Agenda packet — Glendora City Council, June 9, 2026 (part 3 of 7)

AGREEMENT FOR CONTRACT SERVICES
By and Between

CITY OF GLENDORA
and
T&B PLANNING, INC.

Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 1

AGREEMENT FOR CONTRACT SERVICES

BETWEEN THE CITY OF GLENDORA AND
T&B PLANNING, INC.

THIS AGREEMENT FOR CONTRACT SERVICES (herein “Agreement”) is made and entered into this _____ day of __________, 2026 by and between the City of Glendora, a California municipal corporation (“City”) and T&B Planning, Inc., a California corporation (“Consultant”). City and Consultant may be referred to, individually or collectively, as “Party” or “Parties.”

RECITALS
A. City desires to retain Consultant, on an independent contractor basis, to perform the services defined and described particularly in Article 1 of this Agreement.

B. Consultant represents that it is fully qualified to perform such services by virtue of its experience and the training, education and expertise of its principals and employees.

C. Pursuant to the City of Glendora’s Municipal Code Section 2.40.100(c)(3), City has authority to enter into and execute this Agreement.

D. The Parties desire to formalize the selection of Consultant for performance of those services defined and described particularly in Article 1 of this Agreement and desire that the terms of that performance be as particularly defined and described herein.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants made by the Parties and contained herein and other consideration, the value and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1. SERVICES OF CONSULTANT

1.1 Scope of Services.

In compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Consultant shall provide those services specified in the “Scope of Services” attached hereto as Exhibit “A” and incorporated herein by this reference, which may be referred to herein as the “services” or “work” hereunder. As a material inducement to the City entering into this Agreement, Consultant represents and warrants that it has the qualifications, experience, and facilities necessary to properly perform the services required under this Agreement in a thorough, competent, and professional manner, and is experienced in performing the work and services contemplated herein. Consultant shall at all times faithfully, competently and to the best of its ability, experience and talent, perform all services described herein. Consultant covenants that it shall follow the highest professional standards in performing the work and services required hereunder and that all materials will be both of good quality as well as fit for the purpose intended. For purposes of this Agreement, the phrase “highest professional standards” shall mean those standards of practice recognized by one or more first-class firms performing similar work under similar circumstances.

1.2 Consultant’s Proposal.

Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 2 The Scope of Services shall include the Consultant’s scope of work or bid which shall be incorporated herein by this reference as though fully set forth herein. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of such proposal and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.

1.3 Compliance with Law.

Consultant shall keep itself informed concerning, and shall render all services hereunder in accordance with, all ordinances, resolutions, statutes, rules, and regulations of the City and any Federal, State or local governmental entity having jurisdiction in effect at the time service is rendered.

1.4 California Labor Law.

If the Scope of Services includes any “public work” or “maintenance work,” as those terms are defined in California Labor Code section 1720 et seq. and California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 16000 et seq., and if the total compensation is $1,000 or more, Consultant shall pay prevailing wages for such work and comply with the requirements in California Labor Code section 1770 et seq. and 1810 et seq., and all other applicable laws, including the following requirements:
(a) Public Work. The Parties acknowledge that some or all of the work to be performed under this Agreement is a “public work” as defined in Labor Code Section 1720 and that this Agreement is therefore subject to the requirements of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 1720) of the California Labor Code relating to public works contracts and the rules and regulations established by the Department of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) implementing such statutes. The work performed under this Agreement is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR. Consultant shall post job site notices, as prescribed by regulation.
(b) Prevailing Wages. Consultant shall pay prevailing wages to the extent required by Labor Code Section 1771. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773.2, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages are on file at City Hall and will be made available to any interested party on request. By initiating any work under this Agreement, Consultant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) determination of the prevailing rate of per diem wages, and Consultant shall post a copy of the same at each job site where work is performed under this Agreement.
(c) Penalty for Failure to Pay Prevailing Wages. Consultant shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1774 and 1775 concerning the payment of prevailing rates of wages to workers and the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages. The Consultant shall, as a penalty to the City, forfeit two hundred dollars ($200) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing rates as determined by the DIR for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for any public work done pursuant to this Agreement by Consultant or by any subcontractor. (d) Payroll Records. Consultant shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1776, which requires Consultant and each subconsultant to: keep accurate payroll records and verify such records in writing under penalty of perjury, as specified in Section 1776; certify and make such payroll records available for inspection as provided by Section 1776; and inform the City of the location of the records. (e) Apprentices. Consultant shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1777.5, 1777.6, and 1777.7 and California Code of Regulations Title 8, Section 200 et seq. concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects. Consultant shall be responsible for compliance with these aforementioned Sections for all apprenticeable occupations. Prior to commencing work under this Agreement, Consultant shall provide City with a copy of the information submitted to any applicable apprenticeship program. Within sixty (60) days after concluding work pursuant to this Agreement, Consultant Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 3 and each of its subconsultants shall submit to the City a verified statement of the journeyman and apprentice hours performed under this Agreement.
(f) Eight-Hour Work Day. Consultant acknowledges that eight (8) hours labor constitutes a legal day's work. Consultant shall comply with and be bound by Labor Code Section 1810. (g) Penalties for Excess Hours. Consultant shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1813 concerning penalties for workers who work excess hours. The Consultant shall, as a penalty to the City, forfeit twenty-five dollars ($25) for each worker employed in the performance of this Agreement by the Consultant or by any subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 3 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to Labor Code section 1815, work performed by employees of Consultant in excess of eight (8) hours per day, and forty (40) hours during any one week shall be permitted upon public work upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of 8 hours per day at not less than one and one-half (1½) times the basic rate of pay. (h) Workers’ Compensation. California Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700 provide that every employer will be required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees if it has employees. In accordance with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1861, Consultant certifies as follows:
“I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.”
Consultant’s Authorized Initials ____________________________________ (Tracy Zinn, AICP, President/CEO)
(i) Consultant’s Responsibility for Subcontractors. For every subcontractor who will perform work under this Agreement, Consultant shall be responsible for such subcontractor's compliance with Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 1720) of the California Labor Code, and shall make such compliance a requirement in any contract with any subcontractor for work under this Agreement. Consultant shall be required to take all actions necessary to enforce such contractual provisions and ensure subcontractor's compliance, including without limitation, conducting a review of the certified payroll records of the subcontractor on a periodic basis or upon becoming aware of the failure of the subcontractor to pay his or her workers the specified prevailing rate of wages. Consultant shall diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify any such failure by any subcontractor.

1.5 Licenses, Permits, Fees and Assessments.

Consultant shall obtain at its sole cost and expense such licenses, permits and approvals as may be required by law for the performance of the services required by this Agreement. Consultant shall have the sole obligation to pay for any fees, assessments and taxes, plus applicable penalties and interest, which may be imposed by law and arise from or are necessary for the Consultant’s performance of the services required by this Agreement, and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless City, its officers, employees or agents of City, against any such fees, assessments, taxes, penalties or interest levied, assessed or imposed against City hereunder.

1.6 Familiarity with Work.

Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 4 By executing this Agreement, Consultant warrants that Consultant (i) has thoroughly investigated and considered the scope of services to be performed, (ii) has carefully considered how the services should be performed, and (iii) fully understands the facilities, difficulties and restrictions attending performance of the services under this Agreement. If the services involve work upon any site, Consultant warrants that Consultant has or will investigate the site and is or will be fully acquainted with the conditions there existing, prior to commencement of services hereunder. Should the Consultant discover any latent or unknown conditions, which will materially affect the performance of the services hereunder, Consultant shall immediately inform the City of such fact and shall not proceed except at Consultant’s risk until written instructions are received from the Contract Officer.

1.7 Care of Work.

The Consultant shall adopt reasonable methods during the life of this Agreement to furnish continuous protection to the work, and the equipment, materials, papers, documents, plans, studies and/or other components thereof to prevent losses or damages, and shall be responsible for all such damages, to persons or property, until acceptance of the work by City, except such losses or damages as may be caused by City’s own negligence.

1.8 Further Responsibilities of Parties.

Both Parties agree to use reasonable care and diligence to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement. Both Parties agree to act in good faith to execute all instruments, prepare all documents and take all actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement. Unless hereafter specified, neither Party shall be responsible for the service of the other.

1.9 Additional Services.

City shall have the right at any time during the performance of the services, without invalidating this Agreement, to order extra work beyond that specified in the Scope of Services or make changes by altering, adding to or deducting from said work. No such extra work may be undertaken unless a written order is first given by the Contract Officer (as defined below) to the Consultant, incorporating therein any adjustment in (i) the Contract Sum (or a portion of the compensation due to Consultant) for the actual costs of the extra work, and/or (ii) the time to perform this Agreement, which said adjustments are subject to the written approval of the Consultant. Any increase in compensation of up to ten percent (10%) of the Contract Sum or $50,000, whichever is less; or, in the time to perform of up to one hundred eighty (180) days, may be approved by the Contract Officer.

Any greater increases, taken either separately or cumulatively, must be approved by the City Council. It is expressly understood by Consultant that the provisions of this Section shall not apply to services specifically set forth in the Scope of Services. Consultant hereby acknowledges that it accepts the risk that the services to be provided pursuant to the Scope of Services may be more costly or time consuming than Consultant anticipates and that Consultant shall not be entitled to additional compensation therefor. City may in its sole and absolute discretion have similar work done by other Consultants. No claims for an increase in the Contract Sum or time for performance shall be valid unless the procedures established in this Section are followed.

1.10 Special Requirements.

Additional terms and conditions of this Agreement, if any, which are made a part hereof are set forth in the “Special Requirements” attached hereto as Exhibit “B” and incorporated herein by this reference. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of Exhibit “B” and any other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of Exhibit “B” shall govern.

ARTICLE 2. COMPENSATION AND METHOD OF PAYMENT.

Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 5

2.1 Contract Sum.

Subject to any limitations set forth in this Agreement, City agrees to pay Consultant the amounts specified in the “Schedule of Compensation” attached hereto as Exhibit “C” and incorporated herein by this reference. The total compensation, including reimbursement for actual expenses, shall not exceed One Hundred Thirty Thousand Dollars ($130,000) (the “Contract Sum”), unless additional compensation is approved pursuant to Section 1.9.

2.2 Method of Compensation.

The method of compensation may include: (i) a lump sum payment upon completion; (ii) payment in accordance with specified tasks or the percentage of completion of the services, less contract retention; (iii) payment for time and materials based upon the Consultant’s rates as specified in the Schedule of Compensation, provided that (a) time estimates are provided for the performance of sub tasks, (b) contract retention is maintained, and (c) the Contract Sum is not exceeded; or (iv) such other methods as may be specified in the Schedule of Compensation.

2.3 Reimbursable Expenses.

Compensation may include reimbursement for actual and necessary expenditures for reproduction costs, telephone expenses, and travel expenses approved by the Contract Officer in advance, or actual subcontractor expenses of an approved subcontractor pursuant to Section 4.5, and only if specified in the Schedule of Compensation. The Contract Sum shall include the attendance of Consultant at all project meetings reasonably deemed necessary by the City. Coordination of the performance of the work with City is a critical component of the services. If Consultant is required to attend additional meetings to facilitate such coordination, Consultant shall not be entitled to any additional compensation for attending said meetings.

2.4 Invoices.

Each month Consultant shall furnish to City an original invoice for all work performed and expenses incurred during the preceding month in a form approved by City’s Director of Finance. By submitting an invoice for payment under this Agreement, Consultant shall be deemed to have certify compliance with all provisions of this Agreement. The invoice shall contain all information specified in Exhibit “C”, and shall detail charges for all necessary and actual expenses by the following categories: labor (by sub-category), travel, materials, equipment, supplies, and sub-contractor contracts. Sub-contractor charges shall also be detailed by such categories.

Consultant shall not invoice City for any duplicate services performed by more than one person.

City shall independently review each invoice submitted by the Consultant to determine whether the work performed and expenses incurred are in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement. Except as to any charges for work performed or expenses incurred by Consultant which are disputed by City, or as provided in Section 7.3, City will use its best efforts to cause Consultant to be paid within forty-five (45) days of receipt of Consultant’s correct and undisputed invoice; however, Consultant acknowledges and agrees that due to City warrant run procedures, the City cannot guarantee that payment will occur within this time period. In the event any charges or expenses are disputed by City, the original invoice shall be returned by City to Consultant for correction and resubmission. Review and payment by City for any invoice provided by the Consultant shall not constitute a waiver of any rights or remedies provided herein or any applicable law.

2.5 Waiver.

Payment to Consultant for work performed pursuant to this Agreement shall not be deemed to waive any defects in work performed by Consultant.

Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 6 ARTICLE 3. PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE

3.1 Time of Essence.

Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

3.2 Schedule of Performance.

Consultant shall commence the services pursuant to this Agreement upon receipt of a written notice to proceed and shall perform all services within the time period(s) established in the “Schedule of Performance” attached hereto as Exhibit “D” and incorporated herein by this reference. When requested by the Consultant, extensions to the time period(s) specified in the Schedule of Performance may be approved in writing by the Contract Officer but not exceeding one hundred eighty (180) days cumulatively.

3.3 Force Majeure.

The time period(s) specified in the Schedule of Performance for performance of the services rendered pursuant to this Agreement shall be extended because of any delays due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Consultant, including, but not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy, unusually severe weather, fires, earthquakes, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, riots, strikes, freight embargoes, wars, litigation, and/or acts of any governmental agency, including the City, if the Consultant shall within ten (10) days of the commencement of such delay notify the Contract Officer in writing of the causes of the delay. The Contract Officer shall ascertain the facts and the extent of delay, and extend the time for performing the services for the period of the enforced delay when and if in the judgment of the Contract Officer such delay is justified. The Contract Officer’s determination shall be final and conclusive upon the Parties to this Agreement. In no event shall Consultant be entitled to recover damages against the City for any delay in the performance of this Agreement, however caused, Consultant’s sole remedy being extension of this Agreement pursuant to this Section.

3.4 Term.

ARTICLE 4. COORDINATION OF WORK

4.1 Representatives and Personnel of Consultant.

The following principals of Consultant (“Principals”) are hereby designated as being the principals and representatives of Consultant authorized to act in its behalf with respect to the work specified herein and make all decisions in connection therewith:

Tracy Zinn, AICP, President/CEO
It is expressly understood that the experience, knowledge, capability and reputation of the foregoing principals were a substantial inducement for City to enter into this Agreement. Therefore, the foregoing principals Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 7 shall be responsible during the Term of this Agreement for directing all activities of Consultant and devoting sufficient time to personally supervise the services hereunder. All personnel of Consultant, and any authorized agents, shall at all times be under the exclusive direction and control of the Principals. For purposes of this Agreement, the foregoing Principals may not be replaced nor may their responsibilities be substantially reduced by Consultant without the express written approval of City. Additionally, Consultant shall utilize only competent personnel to perform services pursuant to this Agreement. Consultant shall make every reasonable effort to maintain the stability and continuity of Consultant’s staff and subcontractors, if any, assigned to perform the services required under this Agreement. Consultant shall notify City of any changes in Consultant’s staff and subcontractors, if any, assigned to perform the services required under this Agreement, prior to and during any such performance.

4.2 Status of Consultant.

Consultant shall have no authority to bind City in any manner, or to incur any obligation, debt or liability of any kind on behalf of or against City, whether by contract or otherwise, unless such authority is expressly conferred under this Agreement or is otherwise expressly conferred in writing by City. Consultant shall not at any time or in any manner represent that Consultant or any of Consultant’s officers, employees, or agents are in any manner officials, officers, employees or agents of City. Neither Consultant, nor any of Consultant’s officers, employees or agents, shall obtain any rights to retirement, health care or any other benefits which may otherwise accrue to City’s employees. Consultant expressly waives any claim Consultant may have to any such rights.

4.3 Contract Officer.

The Contract Officer shall be Community Development Assistant Director, or such person as may be designated by the City Manager. It shall be the Consultant’s responsibility to assure that the Contract Officer is kept informed of the progress of the performance of the services and the Consultant shall refer any decisions which must be made by City to the Contract Officer. Unless otherwise specified herein, any approval of City required hereunder shall mean the approval of the Contract Officer. The Contract Officer shall have authority, if specified in writing by the City Manager, to sign all documents on behalf of the City required hereunder to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

4.4 Independent Consultant.

Neither the City nor any of its employees shall have any control over the manner, mode or means by which Consultant, its agents or employees, perform the services required herein, except as otherwise set forth herein.

City shall have no voice in the selection, discharge, supervision or control of Consultant’s employees, servants, representatives or agents, or in fixing their number, compensation or hours of service. Consultant shall perform all services required herein as an independent contractor of City and shall remain at all times as to City a wholly independent contractor with only such obligations as are consistent with that role. Consultant shall not at any time or in any manner represent that it or any of its agents or employees are agents or employees of City. City shall not in any way or for any purpose become or be deemed to be a partner of Consultant in its business or otherwise or a joint venturer or a member of any joint enterprise with Consultant.

4.5 Prohibition Against Subcontracting or Assignment.

The experience, knowledge, capability and reputation of Consultant, its principals and employees were a substantial inducement for the City to enter into this Agreement. Therefore, Consultant shall not contract with any other entity to perform in whole or in part the services required hereunder without the express written approval of the City. In addition, neither this Agreement nor any interest herein may be transferred, assigned, conveyed, hypothecated or encumbered voluntarily or by operation of law, whether for the benefit of creditors or otherwise, without the prior written approval of City. Transfers restricted hereunder shall include the transfer to any person Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 8 or group of persons acting in concert of more than twenty five percent (25%) of the present ownership and/or control of Consultant, taking all transfers into account on a cumulative basis. In the event of any such unapproved transfer, including any bankruptcy proceeding, this Agreement shall be void. No approved transfer shall release the Consultant or any surety of Consultant of any liability hereunder without the express consent of City.

ARTICLE 5. INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Insurance Coverages.

Without limiting Consultant’s indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of any services under this Agreement, Consultant shall obtain, provide and maintain at its sole cost and expense during the Term of this Agreement, policies of insurance of the type and amounts described below and in a form satisfactory to City. (a) General Liability Insurance. Consultant shall maintain commercial general liability insurance with coverage at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form CG 00 01, in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence, $2,000,000 general aggregate, for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage, including without limitation, blanket contractual liability. The policy must include contractual liability that has not been amended. Any endorsement restricting standard ISO “insured contract” language will not be accepted.
(b) Automobile Liability Insurance. Consultant shall maintain automobile insurance at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form CA 00 01 covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of the Consultant arising out of or in connection with the services to be performed under this Agreement, including coverage for any owned, hired, non-owned or rented vehicles, in an amount not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for each accident.
(c) Professional Liability (errors & omissions) Insurance. Consultant shall maintain professional liability insurance that covers the Services to be performed in connection with this Agreement, in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 per claim and in the aggregate. Any policy inception date, continuity date, or retroactive date must be before the effective date of this Agreement and Consultant agrees to maintain continuous coverage through a period no less than three (3) years after completion of the services required by this Agreement.
(d) Workers’ Compensation Insurance. Consultant shall maintain Workers’ Compensation Insurance (Statutory Limits) and Employer’s Liability Insurance (with limits of at least $1,000,000). (e) Subcontractors. Consultant shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and certified endorsements for each subcontractor. All coverages for subcontractors shall include all of the requirements stated herein. (f) Additional Insurance. Policies of such other insurance, as may be required in the Special Requirements in Exhibit “B”.

Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 9 (b) Duration of Coverage. Consultant shall procure and maintain for the duration of this Agreement insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property, which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the Services hereunder by Consultant, its agents, representatives, employees or subconsultants.
(c) Primary/Noncontributing. Coverage provided by Consultant shall be primary and any insurance or self-insurance procured or maintained by City shall not be required to contribute with it. The limits of insurance required herein may be satisfied by a combination of primary and umbrella or excess insurance. Any umbrella or excess insurance shall contain or be endorsed to contain a provision that such coverage shall also apply on a primary and non-contributory basis for the benefit of City before the City’s own insurance or selfinsurance shall be called upon to protect it as a named insured. (d) City’s Rights of Enforcement. In the event any policy of insurance required under this Agreement does not comply with these specifications or is canceled and not replaced, City has the right but not the duty to obtain the insurance it deems necessary and any premium paid by City will be promptly reimbursed by Consultant or City will withhold amounts sufficient to pay premium from Consultant payments. In the alternative, City may cancel this Agreement.
(e) Acceptable Insurers. All insurance policies shall be issued by an insurance company currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance or that is on the List of Approved Surplus Line Insurers in the State of California, with an assigned policyholders’ Rating of A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VI (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best’s Key Rating Guide, unless otherwise approved by the City’s Risk Manager.
(f) Waiver of Subrogation. All insurance coverage maintained or procured pursuant to this agreement shall be endorsed to waive subrogation against City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers or shall specifically allow Consultant or others providing insurance evidence in compliance with these specifications to waive their right of recovery prior to a loss. Consultant hereby waives its own right of recovery against City, and shall require similar written express waivers and insurance clauses from each of its subconsultants.
(g) Enforcement of Contract Provisions (non-estoppel). Consultant acknowledges and agrees that any actual or alleged failure on the part of the City to inform Consultant of non-compliance with any requirement imposes no additional obligations on the City nor does it waive any rights hereunder. (h) Requirements not Limiting. Requirements of specific coverage features or limits contained in this section are not intended as a limitation on coverage, limits or other requirements, or a waiver of any coverage normally provided by any insurance. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes of clarification only as it pertains to a given issue and is not intended by any party or insured to be all inclusive, or to the exclusion of other coverage, or a waiver of any type. If the Consultant maintains higher limits than the minimums shown above, the City requires and shall be entitled to coverage for the higher limits maintained by the Consultant. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the City.
(i) Notice of Cancellation. Consultant agrees to oblige its insurance agent or broker and insurers to provide to City with a thirty (30) day notice of cancellation (except for nonpayment for which a ten (10) day notice is required) or nonrenewal of coverage for each required coverage. (j) Additional Insured Status. General liability and automobile policies shall provide or be endorsed to provide that City and its officers, officials, employees, and agents, and volunteers shall be additional insureds under such policies. This provision shall also apply to any excess/umbrella liability policies.

Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 10 (k) Prohibition of Undisclosed Coverage Limitations. None of the coverages required herein will be in compliance with these requirements if they include any limiting endorsement of any kind that has not been first submitted to City and approved by the City in writing. (l) Separation of Insureds. A severability of interests provision must apply for all additional insureds ensuring that Consultant’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the insurer’s limits of liability. The policy(ies) shall not contain any cross-liability exclusions.
(m) Pass Through Clause. Consultant agrees to ensure that its subconsultants, subcontractors, and any other party involved with the services who is brought onto or involved in the services by Consultant, provide the same minimum insurance coverage and endorsements required of Consultant. Consultant agrees to monitor and review all such coverage and assumes all responsibility for ensuring that such coverage is provided in conformity with the requirements of this section. Consultant agrees that upon request, all agreements with consultants, subcontractors, and others engaged in the services will be submitted to City for review. (n) City’s Right to Revise Specifications. The City reserves the right at any time during the Term of this Agreement to change the amounts and types of insurance required by giving the Consultant ninety (90) days advance written notice of such change. If such change results in substantial additional cost to the Consultant, the City and Consultant may renegotiate Consultant’s compensation. (o) Deductibles / Self-insured Retentions. Any deductibles and self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by City. At the option of the City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions with respect to the City, it officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers, or the Consultant shall provide a financial guarantee satisfactory to the city guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claims administration and defense expense. (p) Timely Notice of Claims. Consultant shall give City prompt and timely notice of claims made or suits instituted that arise out of or result from Consultant’s performance under this Agreement, and that involve or may involve coverage under any of the required liability policies. (q) Additional Insurance. Consultant shall also procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, any additional kinds of insurance, which in its own judgment may be necessary for its proper protection and prosecution of the work.

5.3 Indemnification.

To the full extent permitted by law, Consultant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City, its officers, employees and agents (“Indemnified Parties”) against, and will hold and save them and each of them harmless from, any and all actions, either judicial, administrative, arbitration or regulatory claims, damages to persons or property, losses, costs, penalties, obligations, errors, omissions or liabilities whether actual or threatened (herein “claims or liabilities”) that may be asserted or claimed by any person, firm or entity arising out of or in connection with the negligent performance of the work, operations or activities provided herein of Consultant, its officers, employees, agents, subcontractors, or invitees, or any individual or entity for which Consultant is legally liable (“indemnitors”), or arising from Consultant’s or indemnitors’ reckless or willful misconduct, or arising from Consultant’s or indemnitors’ negligent performance of or failure to perform any term, provision, covenant or condition of this Agreement, and in connection therewith:
(a) Consultant will defend any action or actions filed in connection with any of said claims or liabilities and will pay all costs and expenses, including legal costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in connection therewith;
Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 11 (b) Consultant will promptly pay any judgment rendered against the City, its officers, agents or employees for any such claims or liabilities arising out of or in connection with the negligent performance of or failure to perform such work, operations or activities of Consultant hereunder; and Consultant agrees to save and hold the City, its officers, agents, and employees harmless therefrom; (c) In the event the City, its officers, agents or employees is made a party to any action or proceeding filed or prosecuted against Consultant for such damages or other claims arising out of or in connection with the negligent performance of or failure to perform the work, operation or activities of Consultant hereunder, Consultant agrees to pay to the City, its officers, agents or employees, any and all costs and expenses incurred by the City, its officers, agents or employees in such action or proceeding, including but not limited to, legal costs and attorneys’ fees.
(d) Consultant shall incorporate similar indemnity agreements with its subcontractors and if it fails to do so Consultant shall be fully responsible to indemnify City hereunder therefore, and failure of City to monitor compliance with these provisions shall not be a waiver hereof. This indemnification includes claims or liabilities arising from any negligent or wrongful act, error or omission, or reckless or willful misconduct of Consultant in the performance of professional services hereunder. The provisions of this Section do not apply to claims or liabilities occurring as a result of City’s sole negligence or willful acts or omissions, but, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall apply to claims and liabilities resulting in part from City’s negligence, except that design professionals’ indemnity hereunder shall be limited to claims and liabilities arising out of the negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of the design professional. The indemnity obligation shall be binding on successors and assigns of Consultant and shall survive termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6. RECORDS, REPORTS, AND RELEASE OF INFORMATION

6.1 Records.

Consultant shall keep, and require subcontractors to keep, such ledgers, books of accounts, invoices, vouchers, canceled checks, reports, studies or other documents relating to the disbursements charged to City and services performed hereunder (the “books and records”), as shall be necessary to perform the services required by this Agreement and enable the Contract Officer to evaluate the performance of such services. Any and all such documents shall be maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and shall be complete and detailed. The Contract Officer shall have full and free access to such books and records at all times during normal business hours of City, including the right to inspect, copy, audit and make records and transcripts from such records. Such records shall be maintained for a period of three (3) years following completion of the services hereunder, and the City shall have access to such records in the event any audit is required. In the event of dissolution of Consultant’s business, custody of the books and records may be given to City, and access shall be provided by Consultant’s successor in interest. Notwithstanding the above, the Consultant shall fully cooperate with the City in providing access to the books and records if a public records request is made and disclosure is required by law including but not limited to the California Public Records Act.

6.2 Reports.

Consultant shall periodically prepare and submit to the Contract Officer such reports concerning the performance of the services required by this Agreement as the Contract Officer shall require. Consultant hereby acknowledges that the City is greatly concerned about the cost of work and services to be performed pursuant to this Agreement. For this reason, Consultant agrees that if Consultant becomes aware of any facts, circumstances, techniques, or events that may or will materially increase or decrease the cost of the work or services contemplated herein or, if Consultant is providing design services, the cost of the project being designed, Consultant shall promptly notify the Contract Officer of said fact, circumstance, technique or event and the estimated increased or Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 12 decreased cost related thereto and, if Consultant is providing design services, the estimated increased or decreased cost estimate for the project being designed.

6.3 Ownership of Documents.

All drawings, specifications, maps, designs, photographs, studies, surveys, data, notes, computer files, reports, records, documents and other materials (the “documents and materials”) prepared by Consultant, its employees, subcontractors and agents in the performance of this Agreement shall be the property of City and shall be delivered to City upon request of the Contract Officer or upon the termination of this Agreement, and Consultant shall have no claim for further employment or additional compensation as a result of the exercise by City of its full rights of ownership use, reuse, or assignment of the documents and materials hereunder. Any use, reuse or assignment of such completed documents for other projects and/or use of uncompleted documents without specific written authorization by the Consultant will be at the City’s sole risk and without liability to Consultant, and Consultant’s guarantee and warranties shall not extend to such use, reuse or assignment.

Consultant may retain copies of such documents for its own use. Consultant shall have the right to use the concepts embodied therein. All subcontractors shall provide for assignment to City of any documents or materials prepared by them, and in the event Consultant fails to secure such assignment, Consultant shall indemnify City for all damages resulting therefrom. Moreover, Consultant with respect to any documents and materials that may qualify as “works made for hire” as defined in 17 U.S.C. § 101, such documents and materials are hereby deemed “works made for hire” for the City.

6.4 Confidentiality and Release of Information.
(a) All information gained or work product produced by Consultant in performance of this Agreement shall be considered confidential, unless such information is in the public domain or already known to Consultant. Consultant shall not release or disclose any such information or work product to persons or entities other than City without prior written authorization from the Contract Officer. (b) Consultant, its officers, employees, agents or subcontractors, shall not, without prior written authorization from the Contract Officer or unless requested by the City Attorney, voluntarily provide documents, declarations, letters of support, testimony at depositions, response to interrogatories or other information concerning the work performed under this Agreement. Response to a subpoena or court order shall not be considered “voluntary” provided Consultant gives City notice of such court order or subpoena. (c) If Consultant, or any officer, employee, agent or subcontractor of Consultant, provides any information or work product in violation of this Agreement, then City shall have the right to reimbursement and indemnity from Consultant for any damages, costs and fees, including attorney’s fees, caused by or incurred as a result of Consultant’s conduct.
(d) Consultant shall promptly notify City should Consultant, its officers, employees, agents or subcontractors be served with any summons, complaint, subpoena, notice of deposition, request for documents, interrogatories, request for admissions or other discovery request, court order or subpoena from any party regarding this Agreement and the work performed there under. City retains the right, but has no obligation, to represent Consultant or be present at any deposition, hearing or similar proceeding. Consultant agrees to cooperate fully with City and to provide City with the opportunity to review any response to discovery requests provided by Consultant. However, this right to review any such response does not imply or mean the right by City to control, direct, or rewrite said response.

ARTICLE 7. ENFORCEMENT OF AGREEMENT AND TERMINATION

7.1 California Law.

Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 13 This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and governed both as to validity and to performance of the Parties in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Legal actions concerning any dispute, claim or matter arising out of or in relation to this Agreement shall be instituted in the Superior Court of the County of Los Angeles, State of California, or any other appropriate court in such county, and Consultant covenants and agrees to submit to the personal jurisdiction of such court in the event of such action. In the event of litigation in a U.S.

District Court, venue shall lie exclusively in the Central District of California, in the County of Los Angeles, State of California.

7.2 Disputes; Default.

In the event that Consultant is in default under the terms of this Agreement, the City shall not have any obligation or duty to continue compensating Consultant for any work performed after the date of default. Instead, the City may give notice to Consultant of the default and the reasons for the default. The notice shall include the timeframe in which Consultant may cure the default. This timeframe is presumptively thirty (30) days, but may be extended, though not reduced, if circumstances warrant, as determined by the Contract Officer. The cure period may run concurrently with the termination period as provided in Section 7.7, if the option to cure in the alternative to termination. During the period of time that Consultant is in default, the City shall hold all invoices and shall, when the default is cured, proceed with payment on the invoices. In the alternative, the City may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay some or all of the outstanding invoices during the period of default. If Consultant does not cure the default, the City may take necessary steps to terminate this Agreement under this Article. Any failure on the part of the City to give notice of the Consultant’s default shall not be deemed to result in a waiver of the City’s legal rights or any rights arising out of any provision of this Agreement.

7.3 Retention of Funds.

Consultant hereby authorizes City to deduct from any amount payable to Consultant (whether or not arising out of this Agreement) (i) any amounts the payment of which may be in dispute hereunder or which are necessary to compensate City for any losses, costs, liabilities, or damages suffered by City, and (ii) all amounts for which City may be liable to third parties, by reason of Consultant’s acts or omissions in performing or failing to perform Consultant’s obligation under this Agreement. In the event that any claim is made by a third party, the amount or validity of which is disputed by Consultant, or any indebtedness shall exist which shall appear to be the basis for a claim of lien, City may withhold from any payment due, without liability for interest because of such withholding, an amount sufficient to cover such claim. The failure of City to exercise such right to deduct or to withhold shall not, however, affect the obligations of the Consultant to insure, indemnify, and protect City as elsewhere provided herein.

7.4 Waiver.

Waiver by any Party to this Agreement of any term, condition, or covenant of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any other term, condition, or covenant. Waiver by any Party of any breach of the provisions of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any other provision or a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation of any provision of this Agreement. Acceptance by City of any work or services by Consultant shall not constitute a waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy by a non-defaulting Party on any default shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver.

Any waiver by either Party of any default must be in writing and shall not be a waiver of any other default concerning the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

7.5 Rights and Remedies are Cumulative.

Except with respect to rights and remedies expressly declared to be exclusive in this Agreement, the rights and remedies of the Parties are cumulative and the exercise by either Party of one or more of such rights or Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 14 remedies shall not preclude the exercise by it, at the same or different times, of any other rights or remedies for the same default or any other default by the other Party.

7.6 Legal Action.

In addition to any other rights or remedies, either Party may take legal action, in law or in equity, to cure, correct or remedy any default, to recover damages for any default, to compel specific performance of this Agreement, to obtain declaratory or injunctive relief, or to obtain any other remedy consistent with the purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Consultant shall file a statutory claim pursuant to Government Code Sections 905 et seq. and 910 et seq., in order to pursue a legal action under this Agreement.

7.7 Termination Prior to Expiration of Term.

This Section shall govern any termination of this Agreement except as specifically provided in the following Section for termination for cause. The City reserves the right to terminate this Agreement at any time, with or without cause, upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Consultant, except that where termination is due to the fault of the Consultant, the period of notice may be such shorter time as may be determined by the Contract Officer. In addition, the Consultant reserves the right to terminate this Agreement at any time, with or without cause, upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to City, except that where termination is due to the fault of the City, the period of notice may be such shorter time as the Consultant may determine. Upon receipt of any notice of termination, Consultant shall immediately cease all services hereunder except such as may be specifically approved by the Contract Officer. Except where the Consultant has initiated termination, the Consultant shall be entitled to compensation for all services rendered prior to the effective date of the notice of termination and for any services authorized by the Contract Officer thereafter in accordance with the Schedule of Compensation or such as may be approved by the Contract Officer, except as provided in Section 7.3. In the event the Consultant has initiated termination, the Consultant shall be entitled to compensation only for the reasonable value of the work product actually produced hereunder. In the event of termination without cause pursuant to this Section, the terminating party need not provide the non-terminating party with the opportunity to cure pursuant to Section 7.2.

7.8 Termination for Default of Consultant.

If termination is due to the failure of the Consultant to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, City may, after compliance with the provisions of Section 7.2, take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or otherwise, and the Consultant shall be liable to the extent that the total cost for completion of the services required hereunder exceeds the compensation herein stipulated (provided that the City shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate such damages), and City may withhold any payments to the Consultant for the purpose of set-off or partial payment of the amounts owed the City as previously stated.

7.9 Attorneys’ Fees.

If either Party to this Agreement is required to initiate or defend or made a party to any action or proceeding in any way connected with this Agreement, the prevailing party in such action or proceeding, in addition to any other relief which may be granted, whether legal or equitable, shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees. Attorney’s fees shall include attorneys’ fees on any appeal, and in addition a Party entitled to attorneys’ fees shall be entitled to all other reasonable costs for investigating such action, taking depositions and discovery and all other necessary costs the court allows which are incurred in such litigation. All such fees shall be deemed to have accrued on commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment.

Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 15 ARTICLE 8. CITY OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES: NON-DISCRIMINATION

8.1 Non-liability of City Officers and Employees.

No officer or employee of the City shall be personally liable to the Consultant, or any successor in interest, in the event of any default or breach by the City or for any amount which may become due to the Consultant or to its successor, or for breach of any obligation of the terms of this Agreement.

8.2 Conflict of Interest.

Consultant covenants that neither it, nor any officer or principal of its firm, has or shall acquire any interest, directly or indirectly, which would conflict in any manner with the interests of City or which would in any way hinder Consultant’s performance of services under this Agreement. Consultant further covenants that in the performance of this Agreement, no person having any such interest shall be employed by it as an officer, employee, agent or subcontractor without the express written consent of the Contract Officer. Consultant agrees to at all times avoid conflicts of interest or the appearance of any conflicts of interest with the interests of City in the performance of this Agreement.

No officer or employee of the City shall have any financial interest, direct or indirect, in this Agreement nor shall any such officer or employee participate in any decision relating to this Agreement which affects her/his financial interest or the financial interest of any corporation, partnership or association in which (s)he is, directly or indirectly, interested, in violation of any State statute or regulation. The Consultant warrants that it has not paid or given and will not pay or give any third party any money or other consideration for obtaining this Agreement.

8.3 Covenant Against Discrimination.

Consultant covenants that, by and for itself, its heirs, executors, assigns, and all persons claiming under or through them, that there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of, any person or group of persons on account of race, color, creed, religion, sex, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, national origin, ancestry or other protected class in the performance of this Agreement. Consultant shall take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, creed, religion, sex, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, national origin, ancestry or other protected class.

8.4 Unauthorized Aliens.

Consultant hereby promises and agrees to comply with all of the provisions of the Federal Immigration and Nationality Act, 8 U.S.C. § 1101 et seq., as amended, and in connection therewith, shall not employ unauthorized aliens as defined therein. Should Consultant so employ such unauthorized aliens for the performance of work and/or services covered by this Agreement, and should any liability or sanctions be imposed against City for such use of unauthorized aliens, Consultant hereby agrees to and shall reimburse City for the cost of all such liabilities or sanctions imposed, together with any and all costs, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by City.

ARTICLE 9. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9.1 Notices.

Any notice, demand, request, document, consent, approval, or communication either Party desires or is required to give to the other Party or any other person shall be in writing and either served personally or sent by prepaid, first-class mail, in the case of the City, to the City Manager and to the attention of the Contract Officer (with her/his name and City title), City of Glendora, 116 E. Foothill Blvd., Glendora, California 91741-3380, and Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 16 in the case of the Consultant, to the person(s) at the address designated on the execution page of this Agreement.

Either Party may change its address by notifying the other Party of the change of address in writing. Notice shall be deemed communicated at the time personally delivered or in seventy-two (72) hours from the time of mailing if mailed as provided in this Section.

9.2 Interpretation.

The terms of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the meaning of the language used and shall not be construed for or against either Party by reason of the authorship of this Agreement or any other rule of construction which might otherwise apply.

9.3 Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each of the parties intend to be bound by the signatures on any telecopied, .pdf or other electronically delivered document, and are aware that the other party will rely on the telecopied, .pdf or other electronically delivered signatures, and hereby waive any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this Agreement based on the form of signature.

9.4 Integration; Amendment.

This Agreement including the attachments hereto is the entire, complete and exclusive expression of the understanding of the Parties. It is understood that there are no oral agreements between the Parties hereto affecting this Agreement and this Agreement supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, agreements and understandings, if any, between the Parties, and none shall be used to interpret this Agreement.

No amendment to or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and approved by the Consultant and by the City Council. The Parties agree that this requirement for written modifications cannot be waived and that any attempted waiver shall be void.

9.5 Severability.

In the event that any one or more of the phrases, sentences, clauses, paragraphs, or sections contained in this Agreement shall be declared invalid or unenforceable by a valid judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any of the remaining phrases, sentences, clauses, paragraphs, or sections of this Agreement which are hereby declared as severable and shall be interpreted to carry out the intent of the Parties hereunder unless the invalid provision is so material that its invalidity deprives either Party of the basic benefit of their bargain or renders this Agreement meaningless.

9.6 Warranty & Representation of Non-Collusion.

No official, officer, or employee of City has any financial interest, direct or indirect, in this Agreement, nor shall any official, officer, or employee of City participate in any decision relating to this Agreement which may affect his/her financial interest or the financial interest of any corporation, partnership, or association in which (s)he is directly or indirectly interested, or in violation of any corporation, partnership, or association in which (s)he is directly or indirectly interested, or in violation of any State or municipal statute or regulation. The determination of “financial interest” shall be consistent with State law and shall not include interests found to be “remote” or “noninterests” pursuant to Government Code Sections 1091 or 1091.5. Consultant warrants and represents that it has not paid or given, and will not pay or give, to any third party including, but not limited to, any City official, officer, or employee, any money, consideration, or other thing of value as a result or consequence of obtaining or being awarded any agreement. Consultant further warrants and represents that (s)he/it has not engaged in any act(s), omission(s), or other conduct or collusion that would result in the payment of any money, Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 17 consideration, or other thing of value to any third party including, but not limited to, any City official, officer, or employee, as a result of consequence of obtaining or being awarded any agreement. Consultant is aware of and understands that any such act(s), omission(s) or other conduct resulting in such payment of money, consideration, or other thing of value will render this Agreement void and of no force or effect.

Consultant’s Authorized Initials ____________________________ Tracy Zinn, AICP, President/CEO

9.7 Authority.

The persons executing this Agreement on behalf of the Parties hereto warrant that (i) such Party is duly organized and existing, (ii) they are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of said Party, (iii) by so executing this Agreement, such Party is formally bound to the provisions of this Agreement, and (iv) that entering into this Agreement does not violate any provision of any other agreement to which said Party is bound. This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the Parties.
[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]
Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 Agreement: T&B Planning (SH Development Fesability Analysis) 06.09.2026 18 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date and year first-above written.

CITY:

CITY OF GLENDORA, a municipal corporation
Adam Raymond
City Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM: CERTIFY AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS:

ALESHIRE & WYNDER, LLP
Danny Aleshire
City Attorney
Kyle Johnson
Finance Director/City Treasurer
ATTEST:

Kathleen R. Sessman
City Clerk/Communications Director
CONSULTANT:

T&B PLANNING, INC., a California corporation
Name: Tracy Zinn, AICP
Title: Principal / President / CEO
Email Address: [email protected]
Name: Nicole Morse
Title: Principal / Vice President
Email Address: [email protected]
Address: 3200 El Camino Real, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92602 Two corporate officer signatures required when Consultant is a corporation, with one signature required from each of the following groups: 1) Chairman of the Board, President or any Vice President; and 2) Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, Chief Financial Officer or any Assistant Treasurer.

Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 May 28, 2026 | 10:58 AM PDT
May 28, 2026 | 10:48 AM PDT
01240.0001/1070476.1 A-1
EXHIBIT “A”

SCOPE OF SERVICES
I. Consultant will perform the following services:

A. Development Feasibility Analysis
i. Consultant shall develop a complete and comprehensive development feasibility analysis for the City-owned parcels within the South Hills study area. The analysis shall evaluate long-term options for the property, including development scenarios that would occur concurrently with, and not in place of, the planned Bike Park. The analysis should include:
• Evaluation of existing site conditions
• Review of applicable planning and development standards • Identification of title and easement constraints
• Estimation of potential development yield
• Identification of key civil engineering factors affecting development feasibility.

B. Physical and Regulatory Assessment
i. Consultant shall prepare a planning-level assessment of the South Hills properties to establish the site’s physical setting, planning context, and development constraints. This task shall include an existing conditions report that will describe the properties in general terms, include current access and planned Bike Park uses, and existing infrastructure, together with a review of applicable planning and policy framework concurrent with the Glendora Municipal Code, General Plan, and Surplus Land Act.

Consultant shall also:
• Procure and review title reports and legal descriptions • Prepare mapping of easements and other encumbrances
• Utilize available topographic information
A due diligence-level environmental review shall be conducted to identify potential constraints to development.

C. Development Potential Analysis
Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 01240.0001/1070476.1 A-2
i. Task A- Potential Development Scenarios
• Prepare and evaluate conceptual development scenarios for the Project Site based on the Physical and Regulatory Assessment • Analyze realistic development yield potential based on site conditions, regulations, grading constraints, infrastructure, and access limitations
• Evaluate potential commercial, mixed-use, and residential development alternatives.
ii. Task B- Civil and Physical Feasibility
• Conduct preliminary grading, drainage, utility, circulation, and access feasibility analysis
• Evaluate infrastructure considerations, including water, sewer, storm drain, and fire flow requirements
• Assess conceptual roadway and emergency access opportunities • Prepare planning-level maps and exhibits identifying potentially developable areas and pad configurations.

D. Land Development Cost Analysis
i. Consultant shall prepare a cost analysis associated with the development scenarios, identifying, and prioritizing major site development costs by phase. Consultant shall also provide a high-level assessment of land value implications based on development assumptions and associated risks.

E. Illustrative Site Plans
i. Consultant shall include visually appealing maps and illustrative site plans for each of the feasible development alternatives.

F. Fiscal Analysis
i. Consultant shall conduct a planning-level market and fiscal feasibility analysis for selected development scenarios, including the following:
• Review of market conditions, pricing trends, absorption assumptions, and comparable development activity
• Preparation of conceptual valuation analyses and pro forma-based financial modeling
Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 01240.0001/1070476.1 A-3
• Evaluation of the economic viability and long-term land value implications associated with alternative development scenarios.

II. As part of the services, Consultant will prepare and deliver the following tangible work products to the City:

A. Development Feasibility Analysis
i. Consultant shall deliver a Development Feasibility Analysis report for the City-owned parcels within the South Hills study area, approximately 276 acres, evaluating development potential and feasibility based on site characteristics and constraints.

B. Physical and Regulatory Assessment
i. Consultant shall deliver:
• An Existing Conditions Report describing site characteristics, including access, current and planned Bike Park uses, and infrastructure
• A Planning and Regulatory Summary addressing applicable policies and standards
• Title and Constraints Exhibits, including mapped easements and other encumbrances based on reviewed title reports and legal descriptions.

C. Development Potential Analysis
i. Task A- Potential Development Scenarios
• Consultant shall deliver a Development Scenarios Memorandum describing and illustrating feasible development alternatives for the South Hills properties based on prior analyses.
ii. Task B- Civil and Physical Feasibility Analysis
• Consultant shall deliver a Physical Feasibility Memorandum summarizing key engineering, infrastructure, and site development considerations affecting the property
• Maps and illustrations detailing potentially developable areas and pad configurations will also be included.

D. Land Development Cost Analysis
Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 01240.0001/1070476.1 A-4
i. Consultant shall deliver a Land Development Cost Analysis accompanying Summary Memorandum providing recommendations to the City based on anticipated land development costs and associated considerations.

E. Illustrative Site Plans
i. Consultant shall provide illustrative site plans for each of the feasible development alternatives identified in other phases of the analysis.

F. Fiscal Analysis
i. Consultants shall provide planning-level market fiscal feasibility memorandum summarizing market conditions, comparable development activity, valuation assumptions, conceptual pro forma and financial feasibility analyses, scenario-based land value and economic visibility evaluations, and supporting exhibits, tables, graphics, and presentation materials, as applicable.

III. In addition to the requirements of Section 6.2, during performance of the services, Consultant will keep the City appraised of the status of performance by delivering the following status reports:

A. Bi-weekly reports, progress reports, invoices.

IV. All work product is subject to review and acceptance by the City, and must be revised by the Consultant without additional charge to the City until found satisfactory and accepted by City.

V. Consultant will utilize the following personnel to accomplish the services:

A. Tracy Zinn – PIC
B. Rita Mahoney– Sr. Assoc.

C. Terry Galloway – Sr. Assoc.

D. Kimberly Thienes – Assist. PM
E. Scott Emery- QTative PIC
Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 01240.0001/1070476.1 B-1
EXHIBIT “B”

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
None.

Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 01240.0001/1070476.1 C-1
EXHIBIT “C”

SCHEDULE OF COMPENSATION
I. Consultant shall perform the services on a time and materials basis in accordance with the terms herein, and subject to the following limitations on compensation for the tasks/phases to be performed by Consultant.

A. Phase 1- Physical and Regulatory Assessment- $38,250 B. Phase 2- Development Potential Analysis- $23,400
C. Phase 3- Land Development Cost Analysis- $16,550
D. Phase 4- Illustrative Site Plans- $6,800
E. Phase 5- Fiscal Analysis- $45,000
II. The City will compensate Consultant for the services performed upon submission of a valid invoice. Each invoice is to include:

A. Line items for all personnel describing the work performed, the number of hours worked, and the hourly rate.

B. Line items for all materials and equipment properly charged to the Services.

C. Line items for all other approved reimbursable expenses claimed, with supporting documentation.

D. Line items for all approved subcontractor labor, supplies, equipment, materials, and travel properly charged to the Services.

III. The total compensation for the services shall not exceed the Contract Sum as provided in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

IV. The Consultant’s billing rates are attached as Exhibit “C-1”.

Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 01240.0001/1070476.1 D-1
EXHIBIT “C-1”
Consultant Billing Rates
Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 01240.0001/1070476.1 D-2
Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 01240.0001/1070476.1 D-1
EXHIBIT “D”

SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE
I. Consultant shall perform all services timely in accordance with the following schedule:

Description Days to Perform Deadline Date
A. Development
Feasibility
Analysis
154 Days October 2, 2026
B. Physical and
Regulatory
Assessment
21 Days July 17, 2026
C. Development
Potential
Analysis
21 Days August 14, 2026
D. Civil and
Physical
Feasibility
Analysis
14 Days August 28, 2026
E. Land
Development
Cost Analysis
21 Days September 18,
2026
II. Consultant shall deliver the following tangible work products to the City by the following dates.

A. Development Feasibility Analysis (Final Submittal 10/2/26) i. Consultant shall deliver a Development Feasibility Analysis report for the City-owned parcels within the South Hills study area, approximately 276 acres, evaluating development potential and feasibility based on site characteristics and constraints.

B. Physical and Regulatory Assessment (Final Submittal 7/17/26) ii. Consultant shall deliver:

Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138 01240.0001/1070476.1 D-2
• An Existing Conditions Report describing site characteristics, including access, current and planned Bike Park uses, and infrastructure
• A Planning and Regulatory Summary addressing applicable policies and standards
• Title and Constraints Exhibits, including mapped easements and other encumbrances based on reviewed title reports and legal descriptions.

C. Development Potential Analysis (Final Submittal 8/14/26) iii. Consultant shall deliver a Development Scenarios Memorandum describing and illustrating feasible development alternatives for the South Hills properties based on prior analyses.

D. Civil and Physical Feasibility Analysis (Final Submittal 8/28/26) iv. Consultant shall deliver a Physical Feasibility Memorandum summarizing key engineering, infrastructure, and site development considerations affecting the property.

E. Land Development Cost Analysis (Final Submittal 9/18/26) v. Consultant shall deliver a Land Development Cost Analysis accompanying Summary Memorandum providing recommendations to the City based on anticipated land development costs and associated considerations.

III. The Contract Officer may approve extensions for performance of the services in accordance with Section 3.2.

Docusign Envelope ID: D5F9C43D-11C2-89C9-8272-AAE8B7C95138

STAFF REPORT
TO: Mayor and Council Members DATE: June 9, 2026
FROM: City Clerk DISTRICT(S): Not Applicable
SUBJECT: Adoption of a Resolution Designating Employees Required to Receive Fiscal and Financial Training Pursuant to Government Code Section 53238.1 and Senate Bill 827

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council:

1. Adopt a City Council Resolution entitled, “A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF

GLENDORA, CALIFORNIA, DESIGNATING CITY OFFICIALS AND EMPLOYEES REQUIRED TO RECEIVE FISCAL AND FINANCIAL TRAINING PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 53238.1 AND SENATE BILL 827”; and

2. Direct staff to review the designated positions list on a biennial basis and return any recommended updates to the City Council as necessary to ensure compliance with Senate Bill 827 requirements.

STRATEGIC FOCUS AREAS
Not Applicable

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Senate Bill 827 (“SB 827”), effective January 1, 2026, established new mandatory fiscal and financial training requirements for local agency officials pursuant to Government Code Sections 53238 through 53238.4. The legislation requires certain elected officials, appointed officials, executive management personnel, and designated employees involved in fiscal administration, budgeting, or the expenditure of public resources to complete at least two hours of fiscal and financial training every two years.

The proposed Resolution formally designates positions within the City of Glendora that are subject to the training requirements and authorizes administrative implementation of the program. Adoption of the Resolution will ensure the City remains compliant with State law and establishes a clear framework for future employee onboarding and biennial compliance tracking.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY / PREVIOUS ACTIONS
On September 22, 2025, Governor Gavin Newsom signed Senate Bill 827 into law, adding Article 2.4.6 to the California Government Code relating to mandatory fiscal and financial training for local agency officials.

SB 827 became effective January 1, 2026, and requires qualifying local agency officials currently serving as of January 1, 2026, to complete training before January 1, 2028, and every two years thereafter.

DISCUSSION
SB 827 establishes mandatory fiscal and financial training requirements applicable to local agency officials.

Pursuant to Government Code Section 53238, a “local agency official” includes:

Members of a legislative body or elected officers;
Officials appointed by the governing body who make decisions or recommendations regarding financial administration, budgeting, or the use of public resources; Local agency executives or department heads; and
Employees designated by the governing body to receive the training.

Government Code Section 53238.2 further requires that:

Existing qualifying officials complete the training by January 1, 2028; Newly appointed or hired qualifying officials complete the training within six months of assuming duties; and Training thereafter be completed at least once every two years.

In coordination with the City Manager’s Office and department leadership, staff evaluated employee positions throughout the organization to identify employees whose responsibilities include fiscal oversight, budgeting authority, expenditure approvals, procurement administration, financial recommendations, contract administration, or executive-level management responsibilities involving public resources.

Based upon that review and the requirements established under Government Code Section 53238, staff recommends the following positions be designated to complete mandatory fiscal and financial training pursuant to SB 827:

Recommended Position Basis for Inclusion
Assistant Directors Operational and fiscal support
responsibilities
Captains
Operational and fiscal support
responsibilities
Accounting Manager Budgeting, accounting, treasury, and fiscal controls
Business Services Manager Budgeting, Expenditure and Contract oversight
City Engineer Capital project and infrastructure
expenditure oversight
Housing & Economic Development
Manager
Program administration involving
public resources
Planning Manager Development-related fiscal and
operational recommendations
Building Official Permit operations and fiscal
administration responsibilities
Management Analysts
Fiscal analysis and budget
recommendation responsibilities
Purchasing or procurement personnel
with delegated authority
Procurement and expenditure
authorization responsibilities
Department Managers
Administration of departmental
operating budgets
Staff further recommends that the City Council authorize periodic administrative review of the designated positions list to ensure ongoing compliance with SB 827 and to account for future organizational or statutory changes.

The attached Resolution formally establishes the City’s designated position list for SB 827 compliance purposes.

The list includes elected officials, executive management, department directors, fiscal personnel, and other designated administrative or managerial positions that regularly participate in fiscal administration or recommendations involving public resources.

TRAINING PLATFORM AND COMPLIANCE ADMINISTRATION
The City currently utilizes NetFile as its electronic compliance platform for Fair Political Practices Commission (“FPPC”) Form 700 filings, campaign finance reporting, and mandatory ethics training administration.

To support compliance with Senate Bill 827 (“SB 827”), the City will utilize the NetFile SB 827 Fiscal & Financial Training module for designated officials and employees required to complete fiscal and financial training pursuant to Government Code Sections 53238 through 53238.4. The City recently executed an amendment to its existing NetFile Service Agreement that includes the SB 827 Fiscal & Financial Training module for up to 55 users. The annual cost for the SB 827 training module is $1,000 per year and includes multi-system and conference-related discounts with pricing guaranteed through June 30, 2030.

Utilizing the City's existing NetFile compliance infrastructure is anticipated to minimize administrative impacts, streamline onboarding and recurring training compliance, and provide a centralized repository of audit and record retention purposes.

At this time, staff is requesting that the City Council review and approve the designated positions list to identify employees who will be required to take the Fiscal and Financial training as required by Government Code Section 53238.2 and direct staff to submit the designated positions list to the City Council for approval on a biennial basis.

The proposed Resolution includes an Exhibit A containing the designated positions list and authorizes.

FISCAL IMPACT
Implementation of SB 827 will result in an additional annual cost of approximately $1,000 for the City’s NetFile fiscal and financial training module for up to 55 users. Sufficient appropriations are available in the FY2025-2027 Adopted Two-Year Budget and the additional cost will be absorbed within existing departmental operating budgets.

ENVIRONMENTAL DETERMINATION
The proposed action is not subject to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Sections 15060(c)(2), 15061(b)(3), and 15378 because the action will not result in a direct or indirect physical change to the environment and does not constitute a project.

Prepared By: Kathleen R. Sessman, City Clerk/Communications Director Concurs With: Not Applicable
Reviewed By: Kathleen R. Sessman, City Clerk/Communications Director Certified to Availability of Funds: Kyle Johnson, Finance Director/City Treasurer Approved By: Adam Raymond, City Manager
Legal Review: Danny Aleshire, City Attorney
CEQA Review: Not Applicable
Attachments
A_Resoluton_SB_827.pdf
RESOLUTION CC 2026-____

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDORA

DESIGNATING CITY OFFICIALS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE FISCAL AND

FINANCIAL TRAINING PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION
53238.1

THE CITY COUNCIL
City of Glendora, California
WHEREAS, Senate Bill 827 (“SB 827”), effective January 1, 2026, added Article

2.4.6 to the California Government Code requiring certain local agency officials to receive periodic fiscal and financial training;
WHEREAS, Government Code Section 53238 defines “local agency official” to include members of a legislative body, elected officers, appointed officials making recommendations or decisions regarding financial administration or budgeting, local agency executives, department heads, and employees designated by the governing body;
WHEREAS, Government Code Section 53238.2 requires qualifying local agency officials to complete at least two hours of fiscal and financial training every two years; WHEREAS, the City Council desires to formally designate the City officials and employees required to complete such training in accordance with State law; and WHEREAS, the City Council finds that adoption of this Resolution is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) because it does not constitute a project and will not result in a direct or indirect physical change to the environment pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Sections 15060(c)(2), 15061(b)(3), and 15378.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDORA DOES HEREBY RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. RECITALS The foregoing recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference.

SECTION 2. DESIGNATED OFFICIALS Pursuant to Government Code Section 53238, the City officials and employees identified in Exhibit “A,” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, are hereby designated to complete fiscal and financial training as required by SB 827.

SECTION 3. APPROVED TRAINING PROVIDERS Training may be completed through any provider authorized pursuant to Government Code Section 53235, including online or in-person courses approved by the State of California.

SECTION 4. FILING OFFICER AND RECORD RETENTION Designated employees shall file their certificates of completion with the City Clerk, who shall be and perform the duties of filing officer for the City of Glendora. Certificates and related records Resolution CC 2026-____ Page 2 of 3
shall be available for inspection and reproduction upon request in accordance with applicable law. Records for all designated employees shall be retained by the City Clerk.

SECTION 5. EXHIBIT A Exhibit A attached hereto is hereby approved and incorporated into this Resolution by reference.

SECTION 6. EXECUTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE The Mayor shall sign this Resolution and the City Clerk/Communications Director shall attest and certify to the passage and adoption of this Resolution; and the same shall take effect and be in force upon adoption by the City Council.

SECTION 7. DISTRIBUTION OF RESOLUTION The City Clerk/Communications Director is hereby directed to forward a copy of this Resolution to the Glendora Finance Division.

PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the City Council of the City of Glendora this __ day of _____, 2026.

BY:

DAVID FREDENDALL
Mayor
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

Aleshire & Wynder, LLP

DANNY ALESHIRE
City Attorney

CERTIFICATION
I, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly adopted by the City Council of the City of Glendora at a regular meeting held on the ___ day of ____, 2026, by the following vote:

AYES: MEMBERS:

NOES: MEMBERS:

ABSENT: MEMBERS:

ABSTAIN: MEMBERS:

Dated:

KATHLEEN R. SESSMAN
City Clerk/Communications Director
Resolution CC 2026-____ Page 3 of 3

EXHIBIT A

ADDITIONAL EMPLOYEES SUBJECT TO FISCAL AND FINANCIAL TRAINING

REQUIREMENTS
Designated By City Council Resolution

RECOMMENDED POSITION BASIS FOR INCLUSION
Assistant Directors Operational and fiscal support
responsibilities
Captains Operational and fiscal support
responsibilities
Accounting Manager Budgeting, accounting, treasury, and fiscal controls
Business Services Manager Budgeting, Expenditure and Contract oversight
City Engineer Capital project and infrastructure
expenditure oversight
Housing & Economic Development Manager Program administration involving public resources
Planning Manager Development-related fiscal and
operational recommendations
Building Official Permit operations and fiscal
administration responsibilities
Management Analysts Fiscal analysis and budget
recommendation responsibilities
Purchasing/Procurement personnel with delegated authority Procurement and expenditure authorization responsibilities
Department Managers Administration of department operating budgets

MANDATED FILERS
Government Code Section §53234 et seq.

POSITION Category
City Councilmember Elected Officials
Planning Commissioners Appointed Officials
Water Commissioners Appointed Officials
Board of Library Trustees Appointed Officials
Business Improvement District Advisory Board Member Appointed Officials City Manager Executives
Assistant City Manager Executives
Deputy City Manager Executives
Chief of Police Executives
Public Works Director Executives
Finance Director Executives
Community Development Director Executives
IT Director Executives
Recreation/Human Services Director Executives
City Clerk Executives
Library Director Executives

STAFF REPORT
TO: Mayor and Council Members DATE: June 9, 2026
FROM: Information Technology DISTRICT(S): Not Applicable SUBJECT: Authorize Laserfiche Electronic Document Management System (ECMS) Agreement for licenses and implementation with Complete Paperless Solution (CPS) in the amount not to exceed $130,755

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council:

1. Authorize the purchase of Laserfiche Document Management for licensing and implementation, including the OnBase (legacy document management application) conversion, in the amount not to exceed $186,190;

2. Authorize ongoing maintenance in the amount of $52,775 annually, subject to 5% increase year over year; and

3. Authorize the City Manager or his designee to execute the Laserfiche contract including minimal and/or nonsubstantive changes.

STRATEGIC FOCUS AREAS
Goal 5: Staff + Technology

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The current archival system of City documents is a mix of paper documents and electronic files. Documents are stored in file drawers, on the City’s network, or in the electronic document management system (EDMS).

Documents are challenging to manage, not easily accessible to staff, nor are they easily accessible to the public.

Pursuant to goals in the 2025-2027 Strategic Plan – to strengthen City operations through investment in staff and technology improvements, the City Clerk’s Office and Information Technology Department performed extensive research and concluded that Laserfiche is a paperless EDMS solution that can:

Comply with the Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) standards; Conform with industry-recognized standards relating to security techniques and information security management;
Provide administrative users with controls to prevent stored records from being overwritten, deleted, or altered according to the City’s adopted record retention schedule; Leverage the use of artificial intelligence (AI) features to aid with metadata capture and document search; and
Enable productivity and efficiency through workflows, improved knowledge and information sharing, decreased duplication of records, and ease of use for staff and the public.

Implementation will follow a phased approach with strong change management and training to ensure smooth adoption. This investment will streamline operations, lower document‑handling costs, lower annual maintenance costs, and create a scalable foundation for future digital transformation initiatives.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY / PREVIOUS ACTIONS
Purchase and implementation of OnBase, to replace the legacy electronic document management system, were approved in July 2018. The current agreement for OnBase support will terminate on December 31, 2026.

Laserfiche will replace OnBase (the previous system of record), enable greater integration to other business systems, and add functionality that enhances the City services to the public.

DISCUSSION
OnBase is the City's existing system of record and is outdated. Records stored in this system are not easily accessible to staff or the public. Laserfiche will replace OnBase as the new system of record. Laserfiche is a completely paperless solution to manage, secure, and share information developed by Compulink Management Center, Inc. Laserfiche introduces a modern solution designed to replace manual, fragmented, and paper‑based processes with an integrated platform that improves information accessibility, strengthens compliance, and enhances operational efficiency across departments. Included are AI features that enable staff to query documents using natural language, generate concise summaries of lengthy documents for key information, and aid with automating document filing/organization. It also provides a self-service portal for the public to easily and quickly access all authorized documents, including public record request process.

At its annual conference in April 2026, Laserfiche announced that its cloud-based solution will be CJIS compliant and made available later this calendar year. Thus, the City is seeking council's approval for the potential adoption of the cloud-based solution for Police Department documents, if it is deemed to be a better suited solution. No additional funding will be needed for this alternative.

Laserfiche cannot be purchased through the developer Compulink Management Center, Inc. directly and must be purchased through an authorized vendor. Complete Paperless Solutions (CPS) is an authorized vendor for Laserfiche and offers support during City’s business hours, with unlimited access to CPS webinars. CPS also offers VIP support model that the City can consider later if needed.

Purchasing policy GMC 2.40.100(c)(6) states that competitive procurement through the informal procurement and formal procurement process shall not be required in any of the following circumstances:

1. When cooperative purchasing is available and undertaken; or

2. When services can be obtained through federal, state and/or other public entity pricing contracts or price agreements.

Laserfiche was awarded a national cooperative purchasing alliance for document and records management in 2022 and therefore is deemed to be the only provider of goods and services that serves the community's best interest. The purchase of Laserfiche with CPS is approved under the National Cooperative Purchasing Alliance (NCPA). NCPA is a leading national government purchasing cooperating working to reduce the cost of goods and services by leveraging the purchasing power of public agencies in all 50 states. NCPA utilizes state-of-the-art procurement resources and solutions that result in cooperative purchasing contracts that ensure all public agencies are receiving products and services of the highest quality at the lowest price. NCPA’s RFP for electronic management document system has established CPS as a credible retail that will provide the City with the best competitive pricing. Retailers under the NCPA’s RFP are ensured to provide public agencies with the highest quality service at the lowest price. The utilization of another public agency’s purchase of such supply or equipment for procurement is allowed under purchasing policy GMC 2.40.100(c)(6) , which sets forth the required methods for purchasing supplies and equipment.

The project will be executed through a phased approach that includes requirements analysis, system configuration, data migration, user acceptance testing, and enterprise-wide roll-out. Comprehensive change management activities (e.g., communication, training, and user support) will be embedded throughout the implementation to drive adoption and minimize operational disruption.

Successful deployment of the EDMS solution will enable faster decision making, reduce operational costs associated with manual document handling, and create a scalable foundation that supports future digital transformation initiatives. This investment positions the City to operate more efficiently, maintain better control over information assets, and elevate overall service quality.

FISCAL IMPACT
The City currently pays $75,114 for OnBase annual software maintenance fees. By switching to Laserfiche, the overall annual costs will be $52,775, a net saving of $22,339 annually.

Sufficient appropriations are available in the FY2025-27 Adopted Two-Year Budget in the Information Technology Fund (553) account (55330150.59112) in the amount of $130,775 (year 1).

Description Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Cloud-based Laserfiche
Subscription
$31,025 $32,577 $34,206 $35,916 $34,712
On-premise Laserfiche
licenses
$21,750 $22,838 $23,980 $25,179 $26,438
Implementation professional
services
$78,000 $0 $0 $0 $0
Total $130,775 $55,415 $58,186 $61,950 $61,150

ENVIRONMENTAL DETERMINATION
Not applicable.

Prepared By: Kanes Pantayatiwong, IT Project Manager
Concurs With: Not Applicable
Reviewed By: Sam Robbin, Director of Information Technology Certified to Availability of Funds: Kyle Johnson, Finance Director/City Treasurer Approved By: Adam Raymond, City Manager
Legal Review: Danny Aleshire, City Attorney
CEQA Review: Not Applicable
Attachments
A_Laserfiche_Business_Tier_Proposal.pdf
B_Laserfiche_OMNIA_Partners_Contract_01-158.pdf
C_Laserfiche_EDMS_Agreement_with_CPS.pdf
D_Laserfiche_Contract_Signed.pdf
Laserfiche Document Management Proposal with
OnBase Conversion
DATE: 4/7/2026
EXPIRES: 7/6/2026
City of Glendora 2
Table of Contents Key Personnel......................................................................................................................................... 5 Joe Mempin......................................................................................................................................... 5 Arsene Hanssens............................................................................................................................... 5 Terrence Srey ..................................................................................................................................... 5 Joseph Uyan ....................................................................................................................................... 5 Roland Action...................................................................................................................................... 5 ONGOING SUPPORT AND MAINTENANCE OPTIONS .................................................................................... 6 Sample Cloud Timeline ....................................................................................................................... 13 Data Conversion Strategy ................................................................................................................... 14 Pricing.......................................................................................................................................................... 18 Business Tier CLOUD SOFTWARE FOR cITY SIDE.................................................................................................. 18 Business Tier SELF-HOSTED SOFTWARE FOR POLICE DEPARTMENT SIDE ................................................................... 21 Services.................................................................................................................................................... 23 Support..................................................................................................................................................... 23 City of Glendora 3

COVER LETTER / LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
April 7th, 2026
City of Glendora
116 E Foothill Blvd
Glendora, CA 91741
Dear Kathleen,
We are pleased to submit the attached proposal for converting your current OnBase system to 2 Laserfiche Business Tier systems. The Self-Hosted system will be for the Police Department and be CJIS compliant with your existing hardware setup. The Cloud system will be for the city records.

Complete Paperless Solutions, LLC (CPS), located in Anaheim, is a Platinum Certified Solution Provider (SP) of the award-winning Laserfiche™ Enterprise Content Management solution as well as a respected systems integrator and consultancy. Among all service providers in the World, CPS won the Laserfiche coveted Customer’s Choice Award. CPS is also a Premier Partner of Laserfiche.

With CPS being an Employee-Owned Company, we will guarantee consistency, continuity, trust and long term relationships. Our customer-centric business model promotes long-term relationships stemming from excellent service, fair pricing and good old-fashioned know-how.

The CPS staff focuses its business on helping California Municipalities and Special Districts meet the challenge of providing a great public service to your citizens while working in a highdemand, electronic records-intensive environment. CPS has the highest ratio of support engineers per customer in California compared to all other Laserfiche resellers. CPS is also a proud sponsor of MISAC, CCUG, CLEARS, CLETS, ARMA, and CCAC.

Every technical staff member has at least 20+ years of direct Laserfiche experience dealing with organizations like the City of Glendora. Every single technician at CPS is a master at their craft and are filled with a vast amount of knowledge readily available to put to great use.

Sincerely,
Jamie Dunn
Vice President of Sales
Cell: 760-419-3446
Email: [email protected]
City of Glendora 4
Experience
Complete Paperless Solutions, LLC (CPS)
is headquartered in Walnut, CA with remote
offices in Paso Robles, CA and Vista, CA.

CPS has been in business since 2010 and
is an employee-owned company with twelve
(12) staff members.

CPS helps organizations go paperless and
streamline their business processes. We
offer turnkey solutions including:
• Software
• Hardware peripherals
• Professional services such as:
o Consulting
o Implementation
o Training
o Business process design
o Integration and development
(3 developers on Staff)
• Software and hardware support
• Scanning Services
• Complimentary User Workshops and
Webinars
(https://www.cps247.com/resources)
• Complimentary tickets to the
Laserfiche Annual Conference
CPS is currently assisting and supporting
one hundred and forty-one clients on a
national level. The customer base is mainly
in California but spans Arizona, Florida,
Louisiana, Massachusetts, New York,
Pennsylvania, and Texas. CPS has the
highest ratio of support staff per
customer among any other California
Laserfiche Service Provider. CPS is also a
proud sponsor of CCAC and MISAC.

With over 100 years of combined experience
in content management know-how, CPS is
an award-winning, premier service provider
of the Laserfiche Enterprise Content
Management Products (ECM). In fact, over
the years we’ve become California’s “go-to”
ECM vendor of choice. CPS’s portfolio of
skills includes full in-house support, business
and systems analysis, development, and
customization resources. Our ability to
integrate with existing applications and make
content management “work-how-YOU-work”
is unparalleled. Additionally, both private and
public sector clients recognize that CPS is
“THE” systems integrator when it comes to
meeting both governance and compliance
mandates. Whether implementing a
paperless-invoicing process or enhancing
client/case management, CPS has created
and implemented systems for municipalities
for public records request, contract
management, records management,
redactions, and much more.

A sampling of some of our municipalities
customers would include the Cities of
Bakersfield, Big Bear, Beaumont, Brea,
Carlsbad, Chowchilla, Claremont, Ceres,
Cerritos, Coachella, Commerce, Covina,
Desert Hot Springs, El Centro, El Monte, El
Segundo, Encinitas, Fontana, Fountain
Valley, Gilroy, Grand Terrace, Huntington
Beach, La Habra Heights, La Quinta, Indian
Wells, Irwindale, Lathrop, Lemon Grove,
Livermore, Menifee, Montclair, Montebello,
Murrieta, Orange, Palm Desert, Paso
Robles, , Pismo Beach, Porterville, Rancho
Mirage, Redondo Beach, Rosemead,
Salinas, San Bernardino, San Dimas, Santa
Clarita, San Mateo, San Rafael, Seal Beach,
Torrance, Upland, Westminster, West Covina
Yorba Linda and Yucaipa just to name a few.

City of Glendora 5
Key Personnel
Joe Mempin
Manages a professional services team which executes the technical responsibilities of the company. Responsibilities include project management, training, and technical support. Also responsible for customer consultation for product growth and custom application development.

Education: Bachelor of Science in Computer Information Systems, Laserfiche Platinum Certified
Arsene Hanssens
Currently he manages a development team which creates
applications for system conversion and systems integration. Also develops and manages custom applications for image management, timecard management software, data transformation software, and property management software.

Education: Masters of Science in Solid State Physics, Laserfiche Platinum Certified
Terrence Srey
Decades of experience integrating enterprise content management systems and developing business processes for multiple industries with varying compliance and regulatory demands while also maintaining strong client relations.

Education: Associate of Science in Electronics and Computer Technology, Laserfiche Platinum Certified
Joseph Uyan
Member of the CPS Professional Services team with decades of experience in the implementation of configuration, support and troubleshooting of the Laserfiche software.

Education: Bachelor of Science in Financial Management, Laserfiche Platinum Certified
Roland Action
Specializes in custom applications, systems integrations, and conversions. Decades of experience writing applications and toolkits in the document imaging industry.

City of Glendora 6

ONGOING SUPPORT AND MAINTENANCE OPTIONS
CPS offers 2 different levels of ongoing support and maintenance which is explained below.

Customers will receive unlimited telephone technical support and software updates. Technical support includes unlimited email, telephone and remote access to address problems related to system configuration, performance, all troubleshooting, and version upgrades. While guaranteed response times are dictated by the terms of the support agreement, most support calls are taken live and resolved within a single call.

All support calls are logged in a case management system and assigned priority and severity levels that will be escalated (if necessary) to the development team and what lengths are necessary to address them such as providing hotfixes or point releases of the software. All customers are granted access to the Laserfiche Support Site where an abundance of knowledgebase documents can be used to support your internal IT team and Laserfiche users.

Note: Ninety-five (95) percent of support issues taken by our team have “First Call” resolution and are usually resolved within one hour.
i. Support Contact Information
o Support services are provided directly by CPS
o Our toll-free support number: 866-661-2425
o Non-emergency support calls can be directed to
([email protected]) or via our website
(http://www.cps247.com/Support/SubmitTicket.aspx)
City of Glendora 7
ii. Basic Support Level
o Monday to Friday during normal business hours from 8:00AM to 5:00PM PST
o Next business day guaranteed response time
o Unlimited Access to CPS Webinars
o Quarterly Newsletter
iii. CPS VIP Support Level
To create the least amount of burden on the IT staff, and to optimize the benefits of your Laserfiche software, we recommend our VIP support package. Our VIP program offers the following:
• Monday to Friday during normal business hours from 7:00AM to 6:00PM PST.
• 2 hours guaranteed response time.
• A dedicated support engineer will serve as the primary contact for Laserfiche.
• Support through a direct telephone line.
• Unlimited training
• Unlimited support
• Preferred pricing on specific integration and development projects • Free enrollment to the Laserfiche Conference (unlimited access) • No travel cost.

City of Glendora 8
Sample Training
CPS has a reputation for meeting you where YOU are when it comes to training. Beginner, we got you, Expert, we can help you deepen your skillset. We’ll record the training to document it so that you can refer back. And we don’t just train the IT staff, we’ll ensure the Clerk, the Attorney and the HR Director are well-versed in Laserfiche. While we’re happy to build workflows and forms for you, we can train you to do that also.

Training can be performed on-premises or remotely according to your COVID-19 policies and preferences. Training will be done prior, during and after implementation. You will see in our chart below that taking advantage of our VIP Support option allows for unlimited training, which many of our clients greatly enjoy.

CPS also has an entire webpage dedicating to training resources which is available online 24/7 and can be found at https://www.cps247.com/bpm. We are constantly updating and refining our training materials on this page as new features and requests come in.

With training being such an important part of a successful implementation, below is a sampling of training schedule we would provide. Please note that we will never restrict the number of attendees in our training classes and the city will always have the choice to have training onsite if that is the preference. All training can be recorded and sent to the city for future use as well.

Laserfiche 101 – End User Training
Difficulty Easy
Duration 4 Hours
Prerequisites None
Description End User training which covers the basics of Laserfiche Web/Thick Client. Training will focus on:
• Laserfiche Nomenclature
• Laserfiche Interface Overview
• Content Creation1
• Content Searching
• Indexing
• Annotations
• Additional Metadata Options
1 Laserfiche 101 may require procedural processes which will be different among departments and divisions.

Please keep this in mind when setting up training session groups.

City of Glendora 9
Laserfiche 102 - Scanning
Difficulty Easy
Duration 2 Hours
Prerequisites Laserfiche 101
Description Scanning will focus on interfacing with a physical scanner to perform the following:
• Content Scanning/Creation
• Sorting/Reordering
• Scanning into existing content
• Indexing
Laserfiche 103 – Read Only End User Training
Difficulty Easy
Duration 2 Hours
Prerequisites None
Description End User training which covers the basics of Laserfiche Read-Only Portal. Training will focus on:
• Laserfiche Nomenclature
• Laserfiche Interface Overview
• Content Searching
Laserfiche 201 – Power Users
Difficulty Easy
Duration 2 Hours
Prerequisites Laserfiche 101
Description Training will focus on:
• Advanced Search Syntaxes
• Metadata Template Creation
City of Glendora 10
• Content Linking
• Security Tagging
• Content Removal
Laserfiche 204 – Laserfiche Administration
Difficulty Easy
Duration 3 Hours
Prerequisites Laserfiche 101
Description Training will focus on:
• Laserfiche Administration Nomenclature
• Metadata Template Management
• User Management
• Storage Management
• External Data Management
Laserfiche 205 – Laserfiche Workflow Design
Difficulty Medium
Duration 8 Hours
Prerequisites Laserfiche 101
Laserfiche 204 (recommended, not required)
Description Laserfiche Workflow Design requires a level of Laserfiche systems understanding.

Designs in this class will focus on repository interfacing. Design of workflows will focus on:
• Laserfiche Workflow Nomenclature
• Taxonomy
City of Glendora 11
• Content Renaming
• Metadata population
• Basic Conditional Functions
• Notifications
• Shortcuts
• Storage Relocation
Laserfiche 305 – Laserfiche Workflow Integration
Difficulty Hard
Duration 8 Hours
Prerequisites Laserfiche 101
Laserfiche 204 (recommended, not required)
Laserfiche 205
Description Laserfiche Workflow Integration requires knowledge on the following topics:
• Database Design and Functionality
• Regular Expressions
• TSQL Query Language (recommended, not required)
• .NET Scripting (recommended, not required)
Training focuses on:
• Database Functions (Read, Write, Modify)
• Laserfiche Forms Integration
• Access Rights Modification
• Pattern Matching
• Advanced Conditional Functions
• Loops
• Scripting
• PDF/Word Content Creation
City of Glendora 12
Sample Project Timeline
Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors
Laserfiche Implementation 39 days Mon 7/1/26 Mon 8/26/26 Kickoff Meeting 1 day Mon 7/1/26 Mon 7/1/26
Introduction to Laserfiche 1 day Tue 7/2/26 Tue 7/2/26 2 Requirements Gathering 22 days Tue 7/2/26 Thu 8/1/26 2
Laserfiche Requirements 22 days Tue 7/2/26 Thu 8/1/26
Security (Users and Groups) 5 days Tue 7/2/26 Tue 7/9/26 Security (Folders) 5 days Tue 7/9/26 Tue 7/16/26 6
Metadata Usage 5 days Tue 7/16/26 Tue 7/23/26 7
Taxonomy (Folder Structure) 2 days Tue 7/23/26 Thu 7/25/26 8 Records Retention Policy 5 days Mon 7/1/26 Mon 7/8/26 9 Laserfiche Setup 17 days Mon 7/1/26 Wed 7/24/26
Security Implementation (Users and Groups) 2 days Mon 7/1/26 Wed 7/3/26 Metadata Implementation 2 days Wed 7/3/26 Fri 7/5/26 12 Security Implementation (Folders) 3 days Wed 7/3/26 Mon 7/8/26 12 Retention Folders 2 days Mon 7/1/26 Wed 7/3/26
Workflows 13 days Fri 7/5/26 Wed 7/24/26 13
QC and Taxonomy 8 days Fri 7/5/26 Wed 7/24/26
Records Retention 5 days Wed 7/17/26 Wed 7/24/26 17
Laserfiche Operational Thu 8/1/26 Thu 8/1/26 11
Laserfiche Training 16 days Tue 7/9/26 Fri 8/30/26 4
Laserfiche End Users 5 days Tue 7/9/26 Thu 8/15/26 11
Laserfiche Admin User 2 days Tue 7/16/26 Fri 8/17/26 21 Laserfiche Power Users 5 days Mon 7/22/26 Thu 8/29/26 22 Laserfiche Workflow Designers 4 days Mon 7/29/26 Fri 8/30/26 21,22,23 Go Live Thu 7/30/26 Fri 8/30/26 20
City of Glendora 13
Please see below matrix for each step of the project, including required (and optional) participants to the deployment of the project. Depending on configuration, the city should be in full production within 2-3 months.

Sample Cloud Timeline
X – Required
O - Optional
Staff Required
Rec Mgr
LF Admins
IT
End Users

CPS PSG
CPS Dev
CPS Sale
Project Initiation

1.0 Kick off Meeting X X X O X X

2.0 Introduction to Laserfiche – Laserfiche client training and demonstration to grasp Laserfiche functionality – Laserfiche Best practices – Retention Schedules

X X X O X X

3.0 User experience review – OnBase user experience demo X O X X X

4.0 Data and Content Review X O O X X

5.0 Define Repository requirements: Taxonomy and Indexing X X O X

6.0 Project Planning – Work Plan and Statement of Work X X X X X Conversion

1.0 Results Demonstration and Review – initial conversion attempt – resolve issues and finalize requirements X O O O X

2.0 Migration from OnBase to Laserfiche O O O X

3.0 Fixes O O O X X
Set Up System

1.0 Laserfiche Set Up O O X

1.1 Users and Groups

1.2 Security

1.3 Metadata

2.0 Laserfiche Records Management O O X

3.0 Workflows (QC and Taxonomy – Records Retention) O O O O X

4.0 Laserfiche Public Portal O X X

5.0 Laserfiche Vault (Trusted System) O X X
Training

1.0 System Administration – Level 1 O X X X

2.0 Administrator - Workflow O X X X

3.0 End Users – Getting Started with Laserfiche – Multiple Classes X X O X X

4.0 End Users - Capture X X O X

5.0 End Users – Public Portal or Participant – Multiple Classes X X O X Project Closeout

1.0 Closure Meeting X X O X X

2.0 Project Acceptance O X O O X X
City of Glendora 14
Data Conversion Strategy
CPS has performed many conversions of “old” EDMS legacy system such as OnBase, ApplicationXtender, SIRE, Liberty, Questys and many more. CPS unique development skills (3 developers on staff) will ensure methodology and professional approach for the best results all in accordance with your retention schedules policies.

The OnBase conversion is a simple database read which collects data from the OnBase database and traces the documents and its metadata. The documents and metadata are then converted into Laserfiche documents and metadata field values. Each document type, identified by table sets, can be configured to convert metadata and controls where the document will reside in Laserfiche.

The Windows Directories conversion utility is unique in that each conversion is custom made to fit the customer’s Windows folder structure. Each folder name and document name within the root folder can be used as metadata to populate as fields, create Laserfiche folder structures, and set document names. The utility can also convert Microsoft documents and PDFs into images if needed.

All conversion applications include an audit of what was converted from OnBase to Laserfiche.

The audit contains the source system content list and indicates if the content is in Laserfiche.

Those that do not make it into Laserfiche will have a corrective action as to how to get that content into Laserfiche.

The priority of converting the current agency’s document inventory is up to you but we usually approach the conversion by department. We can start with all the public records to be first published after quality check made by staff or wait for everything to be converted prior to doing so.

For a successful conversion, CPS will need the input of each department, thus at a minimum, one person from each one along with the records manager.

In addition, to a successful conversion, each document needs to be identified by at least 2 variables:
• Document type: this will allow us to classify the document per your retention schedules and, • Date: date will allow us to apply retention policies.

City of Glendora 15
CPS has a development team unlike our competitors within the Laserfiche market. We do our Filebound or other conversions in house. We do not contract with 3rd parties. Additionally, our approach and delivery are unique as we deliver a solution that will be built in accordance with the future system design.

The approach is as follows:
• Setting up a meeting to review and demo your own Filebound program • Connect to your Filebound database
• Propose a migration plan. If conclusive…
• Propose a Statement of Work
• Deliver Test data
• Review, adjust
• Convert and migrate
• Adjust inherited documents
• Identify documents that need redaction
• Production
City of Glendora 16
Below is a suggested network diagram for the on-premise proposed solution.

There is typically one major update released each year for Laserfiche with patches and minor updates throughout the year if necessary. The updates are handled by CPS working together with your IT Staff making for a smooth process.

City of Glendora 17
Cloud Database Specifications
With the Laserfiche cloud solution, you will not be restricted to any hardware requirements. Even with document scanners, from smart devices to multifunctional copy devices, we can get your images into Laserfiche.

Below is a diagram of the general layout of the Laserfiche AWS architecture.

City of Glendora 18
Pricing
Business Tier CLOUD SOFTWARE FOR cITY SIDE

LASERFICHE SOFTWARE PRICE QTY EXT PRICE
Laserfiche Business Cloud Users (5-49) $1,115.00 25 $27,875.00 Laserfiche Professional Cloud Vault $3,150.00 1 $3,150.00 SOFTWARE TOTAL $31,025.00
*Pricing based on OMNIA Partners Contract #01-158 and subject to 5% increase year over year Included in Business Tier Subscription:
• AI Features – Designed to streamline operations, extract insights from documents, and improve overall efficiency.
o Smart Fields: This feature leverages natural language processing to automatically extract specific data from documents, including invoices, contracts, and forms. Users can define desired data points using simple prompts, and Smart Fields will extract the information and populate corresponding metadata fields. This can be particularly useful for tasks like capturing invoice line-item data, extracting employee IDs from HR documents, or identifying contract types and expiration dates. Smart Fields supports various document formats, including text-only documents, OCRed image pages, PDFs, and Microsoft Office documents. Includes 50,000 Manual and Automatic processing instances. o Smart Chat: Powered by a large language model, Smart Chat provides an intuitive chat interface for users to query documents using natural language. This allows for quick access to insights and tailored responses with reference links, making it easier to find specific information within large repositories. For example, users can ask questions about student records, regulatory documents, or logistical data to get instant answers. Includes 15,000 Manual processing instances.
o Document Summarization: This AI feature can generate concise summaries of repository files, including text-based documents and transcribed audio or video files. This eliminates the need to read through lengthy documents to grasp key information, significantly reducing manual review time. Document Summarization is particularly beneficial for making faster, more informed decisions. Includes 15,000 Manual processing instances.

City of Glendora 19
• Workflow – Workflows provide no code automation of complex business tasks in Laserfiche using sequences of activities (pre-built, configurable automation elements) in a flow diagram format.
• OCR Automated Text Extraction - Optical Character Recognition (OCR) is the process that converts an image of text into a machine-readable text format. • Indexing – The process of assigning metadata or descriptive information to documents • Direct Share - Laserfiche's direct share allows you to share content from your Laserfiche repository with external users in a manner that is tracked and secured within Laserfiche.
• Autoscaling of Computing and Storage Resources – Cloud feature which allows for optimal performance in searching for items in Laserfiche and most secure storage capabilities.
• Automated Feature and Security Updates – Updates happen during non-production hours of the city and happen in the background.
• Advanced Audit Trail - Auditing enables you to track activities performed in a Laserfiche Repository. Tracked information is used to generate reports. Combined with other aspects of the Laserfiche Account Administration system, auditing not only helps to show compliance with legal regulations, but also contributes to the security of the Laserfiche Repository.
• 10 Quick Fields Complete with Agent – Automates the data capture and storage tool that helps you extract information from documents, organize them, and store them in a Laserfiche repository. Laserfiche Quick Fields Agent is an add-on to Quick Fields that enables you to schedule Quick Fields sessions and have them run unattended. • Workflow Bots for Process Automation - Laserfiche Bots, also known as Laserfiche Workflow Bots, use robotic process automation technology to let you easily configure software bots to automate repetitive, routine work between multiple systems. • 100Gb storage per user – With 25 Full Users that equals 2.5Tb of Data • Import Agent with Email Archiving - A tool for automatically importing files into a Laserfiche repository from a Windows folder. This version features updates to the Email Archive component.
• Laserfiche Scanning - Laserfiche Scanning allows you to use a scanner to capture paper documents and store them in Laserfiche. While scanning, you can perform image enhancements such as rotating or deskewing a page, generate text from the scanned documents, and store additional information about the documents along with them. • Office Plug-in – Direct integration with the Microsoft Office Suite to easily import documents into Laserfiche.
• Integration with Docusign, SharePoint, MS Teams, and Dynamics 365 CRM – Seamlessly send document into Laserfiche from the abovementioned applications out of the box.
• Laserfiche Mobile - Laserfiche Mobile is an app (Android and Apple) that enables you to capture, upload, and securely access and work with documents inside Laserfiche while on the go.

City of Glendora 20
• Snapshot - Laserfiche Snapshot is a virtual printer that allows you to "print" electronic documents into your repository as image pages.
• Connector - Laserfiche Connector provides a streamlined experience for integrators. It lets you capture information from existing lines of business applications and use that information to search for documents, assign metadata to entries, screenshot and save pages, scan and import documents, start workflows and Workflow business processes, open websites and applications, and write data to other applications. • SDK Toolkit - Used by developers to integrate, customize, and extend Laserfiche’s document management and workflow capabilities. It provides APIs and libraries that allow applications to interact with Laserfiche repositories, automate processes, and build custom solutions.
• API 50,000 calls/month - The Laserfiche API is a RESTful application programming interface (API) for Laserfiche Cloud. An API is a set of functions that facilitate communication between two applications. For example, in the case of the Laserfiche API, these functions help other applications interact with the Laserfiche Cloud repository. • Records Management Edition – Allows organizations to manage the entire lifecycle of records while ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements. It provides structured records management, automation, and security for documents and data. • Weblink Public Portal – Unlimited Read-Only viewing capabilities of certain parts of the Laserfiche repository for anyone outside of the city.
• Forms Portal – Unlimited forms submissions for anyone inside or outside of the city City of Glendora 21
Business Tier SELF-HOSTED SOFTWARE FOR POLICE DEPARTMENT SIDE

LASERFICHE SOFTWARE PRICE QTY EXT PRICE
Laserfiche Business Users $870.00 25 $21,750.00
SOFTWARE TOTAL $21,750.00
• AI Features – Designed to streamline operations, extract insights from documents, and improve overall efficiency.
o Smart Fields: This feature leverages natural language processing to automatically extract specific data from documents, including invoices, contracts, and forms. Users can define desired data points using simple prompts, and Smart Fields will extract the information and populate corresponding metadata fields. This can be particularly useful for tasks like capturing invoice line-item data, extracting employee IDs from HR documents, or identifying contract types and expiration dates. Smart Fields supports various document formats, including text-only documents, OCRed image pages, PDFs, and Microsoft Office documents. Includes 10,000 documents per year.
o Smart Chat: Powered by a large language model, Smart Chat provides an intuitive chat interface for users to query documents using natural language. This allows for quick access to insights and tailored responses with reference links, making it easier to find specific information within large repositories. For example, users can ask questions about student records, regulatory documents, or logistical data to get instant answers.
o Document Summarization: This AI feature can generate concise summaries of repository files, including text-based documents and transcribed audio or video files. This eliminates the need to read through lengthy documents to grasp key information, significantly reducing manual review time. Document Summarization is particularly beneficial for making faster, more informed decisions. o Audio/Video Transcription: Converts audio and video content into searchable text, allowing for keyword searches and content analysis within multimedia files.

Includes 50 hours of transcription.
o Automatic Tagging & Classification: Uses AI to identify document types and content to automatically apply templates and tags upon ingestion. • Workflow – Workflows provide no code automation of complex business tasks in Laserfiche using sequences of activities (pre-built, configurable automation elements) in a flow diagram format.
• OCR Automated Text Extraction - Optical Character Recognition (OCR) is the process that converts an image of text into a machine-readable text format. • Indexing – The process of assigning metadata or descriptive information to documents • Advanced Audit Trail - Auditing enables you to track activities performed in a Laserfiche Repository. Tracked information is used to generate reports. Combined with other aspects of the Laserfiche Account Administration system, auditing not only helps to City of Glendora 22
show compliance with legal regulations, but also contributes to the security of the Laserfiche Repository.
• 10 Quick Fields Complete with Agent – Automates the data capture and storage tool that helps you extract information from documents, organize them, and store them in a Laserfiche repository. Laserfiche Quick Fields Agent is an add-on to Quick Fields that enables you to schedule Quick Fields sessions and have them run unattended. • Import Agent with Email Archiving - A tool for automatically importing files into a Laserfiche repository from a Windows folder. This version features updates to the Email Archive component.
• Laserfiche Scanning - Laserfiche Scanning allows you to use a scanner to capture paper documents and store them in Laserfiche. While scanning, you can perform image enhancements such as rotating or deskewing a page, generate text from the scanned documents, and store additional information about the documents along with them. • Office Plug-in – Direct integration with the Microsoft Office Suite to easily import documents into Laserfiche.
• Integration with Docusign, SharePoint, MS Teams, and Dynamics 365 CRM – Seamlessly send document into Laserfiche from the abovementioned applications out of the box.
• Laserfiche Mobile - Laserfiche Mobile is an app (Android and Apple) that enables you to capture, upload, and securely access and work with documents inside Laserfiche while on the go.
• Snapshot - Laserfiche Snapshot is a virtual printer that allows you to "print" electronic documents into your repository as image pages.
• Connector - Laserfiche Connector provides streamlined experience for integrators. It lets you capture information from existing lines of business applications and use that information to search for documents, assign metadata to entries, screenshot and save pages, scan and import documents, start workflows and Workflow business processes, open websites and applications, and write data to other applications. • SDK Toolkit - Used by developers to integrate, customize, and extend Laserfiche’s document management and workflow capabilities. It provides APIs and libraries that allow applications to interact with Laserfiche repositories, automate processes, and build custom solutions.
• API 50,000 calls/month - The Laserfiche API is a RESTful application programming interface (API) for Laserfiche Cloud. An API is a set of functions that facilitate communication between two applications. For example, in the case of the Laserfiche API, these functions help other applications interact with the Laserfiche Cloud repository. • Records Management Edition – Allows organizations to manage the entire lifecycle of records while ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements. It provides structured records management, automation, and security for documents and data. • Weblink Public Portal – Unlimited Read-Only viewing capabilities of certain parts of the Laserfiche repository for anyone inside, or outside, of the city. • Forms Portal – Unlimited forms submissions for anyone inside or outside of the city.

City of Glendora 23
Services

SERVICES PRICE QTY EXT PRICE
Project Management $2,000.00 4 $8,000.00
Requirements gathering $2,000.00 2 $4,000.00
Records Retention implementation $4,000.00 1 $4,000.00
Set-Up: Taxonomy, Design, Security $2,000.00 2 $4,000.00 Training Admin (multiple classes) $2,000.00 1 $2,000.00 Training Full Users (multiple classes) $2,000.00 2 $4,000.00 Records Retention Ingestion per Department $2,000.00 6 $12,000.00 OnBase Conversion $35,000.00 1 $35,000.00
Docusign Integration $5,000.00 1 $5,000.00
TOTAL $80,000.00
Support
DESCRIPTION Year 1 Year 2
Cloud: 25 Business Users with Cloud Vault $31,025.00 $32,577.00* On-Prem: 25 Business Users $21,750.00 $22,838.00*
Implementation: Professional Services $80,000.00 N/A
Option A: Total (Basic Support) $132,775.00 $55,415.00
Option B: Total (VIP Support) $146,608.00 $68,608.00
*Laserfiche reserves the right to increase pricing by 5% year over year NCPA Document and Records Management RFP
Laserfiche
November 16, 2022

3443Long Beach Blvd.

Long Beach, CA 90807
800-985-8533| 562-988-1688
November 16, 2022

Region 14 Education Service Center
1850 Highway 351
Abilene, Texas, 79601
Re: National Cooperative Purchasing Alliance (NCPA) RFP # 36-22 for Document and Records Management
To Whom It May Concern:

We are pleased to submit the attached proposal in response to the NCPA RFP # 36-22 for Document and Records Management. Compulink Management Center, Inc., doing business as Laserfiche, is the developer of the award-winning Laserfiche® enterprise content management solutions, as well as a respected system integrator and consultancy. We have a successful partnership historically with the NCPA contract for Document and Records Management and believe that Laserfiche is a particularly good fit to continue meeting Region 14 ESC’s goal of deploying content management as a foundational technology to assist public agencies drive operational improvements and efficiencies.

Laserfiche is the document management solution of choice for many government and education institutions throughout the world. Over our 30+ years in business, we have cultivated a strong understanding of the business processes within government and education, allowing us to provide solutions which integrate with both commercial and homegrown applications. We have worked hard to foster a sense of community throughout our large and diverse customer base. Our public-sector customers constitute an exceptionally active collection of users anchored by inspirational Laserfiche luminaries.

The Laserfiche software solutions platform is developed and licensed to be implemented as core infrastructure technology for managing content and facilitating optimized business processes. The system bundles functionality and provides for the deployment of servers and repositories so individual departments have access to the tools they need to solve their specific business problems while the enterprise has complete control over system topology. Laserfiche provides the ability to deploy multiple systems for production, testing, development, and training to meet high availability, disaster recovery and changing development needs.

Our proposal follows the format proscribed in the RFP as closely as possible. We have been as concise as possible in our responses. We would be pleased to provide additional information related to this proposal, including our proposed solutions, as requested.

Thank you for your time and consideration.

Sincerely,
Will Talbot
Head of Strategic Sales

1.562.988.1688 ext. 148
[email protected]

Table of Contents
TAB 1 MASTER AGREEMENT – TERMS AND CONDITIONS ............................................................................ 5 SIGNATURE FORM............................................................................................................................ 9 TAB 2 NCPA ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT ............................................................................................. 10 ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS .............................................................. 13 TAB 3 VENDOR QUESTIONNAIRE ................................................................................................................ 14 TAB 4 VENDOR PROFILE .............................................................................................................................. 18 TAB 5 PRODUCTS AND SERVICES / SCOPE .................................................................................................. 23 TAB 6 REFERENCES ...................................................................................................................................... 29 TAB 7 PRICING ............................................................................................................................................. 32 TAB 8 VALUE ADDED PRODUCTS AND SERVICES ........................................................................................ 33 TAB 9 REQUIRED DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................................... 34 FEDERAL FUNDS CERTIFICATIONS ................................................................................................. 35 APPENDIX II TO 2 CFR PART 200 .................................................................................................... 35 RECORD RETENTION REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTS INVOLVING FEDERAL FUNDS ................ 38 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE ENERGY POLICY AND CONSERVATION ACT ............. 38 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH BUY AMERICA PROVISIONS ............................................ 38 CERTIFICATION OF ACCESS TO RECORDS....................................................................................... 39 CERTIFICATION OF APPLICABILITY TO SUBCONTRACTORS ............................................................ 39 CLEAN AIR AND WATER ACT AND DEBARMENT NOTICE ............................................................... 40 CONTRACTOR REQUIRMENTS ........................................................................................................ 41 CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYMENT ELIIGIBILITY ................................. 41 FINGERPRINT & BACKGROUND CHECKS ............................................................................41 BUSINESS OPERATIONS IN SUDAN, IRAN....................................................................................... 41 REQUIRED CLAUSES FOR FEDERAL ASSISTANCE PROVIDED BY FTA .............................................. 42 ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS .............................................................................................. 42 CIVIL RIGHTS / TITLE VI REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................... 42 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS PARTICIPATION ................................................................................ 44 ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................... 45 FEDERAL CHANGES ........................................................................................................................ 45 INCORPORATION OF FEDERAL TRANSIT ADMINISTRATION (FTA) TERMS ..................................... 45 NO FEDERAL GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS TO THIRD PARTIES .................................................... 45 PROGRAM FRAUD AND FALSE OR FRAUDULENT STATEMENTS .................................................... 45 FEDERAL REQUIRED SIGNATURES .................................................................................................. 47

ANTITRUST CERTIFICATION STATEMENTS TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE § 2155.005 .................... 48 STATE NOTICE ADDENDUM ........................................................................................................... 49

TAB 1

MASTER AGREEMENT - GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Customer Support
The vendor shall provide timely and accurate technical advice and sales support. The vendor shall respond to such requests within one (1) working day after receipt of the request.

Disclosures
Respondent affirms that he/she has not given, offered to give, nor intends to give at any time hereafter any economic opportunity, future employment, gift, loan, gratuity, special discount, trip, favor or service to a public servant in connection with this contract.

The respondent affirms that, to the best of his/her knowledge, the offer has been arrived at independently, and is submitted without collusion with anyone to obtain information or gain any favoritism that would in any way limit competition or give an unfair advantage over other vendors in the award of this contract.

Renewal of Contract
Unless otherwise stated, all contracts are for a period of three (3) years with an option to renew for up to two (2) additional one-year terms or any combination of time equally not more than 2 years if agreed to by Region 14 ESC and the vendor.

Funding Out Clause
Any/all contracts exceeding one (1) year shall include a standard “funding out” clause. A contract for the acquisition, including lease, of real or personal property is a commitment of the entity’s current revenue only, provided the contract contains either or both of the following provisions:

Retains to the entity the continuing right to terminate the contract at the expiration of each budget period during the term of the contract and is conditioned on a best efforts attempt by the entity to obtain appropriate funds for payment of the contract.

Shipments (if applicable)
The awarded vendor shall ship ordered products within seven (7) working days for goods available and within four (4) to six (6) weeks for specialty items after the receipt of the order unless modified. If a product cannot be shipped within that time, the awarded vendor shall notify the entity placing the order as to why the product has not shipped and shall provide an estimated shipping date. At this point the participating entity may cancel the order if estimated shipping time is not acceptable.

Tax Exempt Status
Since this is a national contract, knowing the tax laws in each state is the sole responsibility of the vendor.

Payments
The entity using the contract will make payments directly to the awarded vendor or their affiliates (distributors/business partners/resellers) as long as written request and approval by NCPA is provided to the awarded vendor.

Adding Authorized Distributors/Dealers
Awarded vendors may submit a list of distributors/partners/resellers to sell under their contract throughout the life of the contract. Vendor must receive written approval from NCPA before such distributors/partners/resellers considered authorized.

Purchase orders and payment can only be made to awarded vendor or distributors/ business partners/resellers previously approved by NCPA.

Pricing provided to members by added distributors or dealers must also be less than or equal to the pricing offered by the awarded contract holder.

All distributors/partners/resellers are required to abide by the Terms and Conditions of the vendor's agreement with NCPA.

Pricing
All pricing submitted shall include the administrative fee to be remitted to NCPA by the awarded vendor. It is the awarded vendor’s responsibility to keep all pricing up to date and on file with NCPA.

All deliveries shall be freight prepaid, F.O.B. destination and shall be included in all pricing offered unless otherwise clearly stated in writing
Warranty
Proposal should address the following warranty information:
 Applicable warranty and/or guarantees of equipment and installations including any conditions and response time for repair and/or replacement of any components during the warranty period.
 Availability of replacement parts
 Life expectancy of equipment under normal use
 Detailed information as to proposed return policy on all equipment Products: Vendor shall provide equipment, materials and products that are new unless otherwise specified, of good quality and free of defects Construction: Vendor shall perform services in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with industry standards for the service provided.

Safety
Vendors performing services shall comply with occupational safety and health rules and regulations. Also all vendors and subcontractors shall be held responsible for the safety of their employees and any conditions that may cause injury or damage to persons or property.

Permits
Since this is a national contract, knowing the permit laws in each state is the sole responsibility of the vendor.

Indemnity
The awarded vendor shall protect, indemnify, and hold harmless Region 14 ESC and its participants, administrators, employees and agents against all claims, damages, losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from the actions of the vendor, vendor employees or vendor subcontractors in the preparation of the solicitation and the later execution of the contract.

Franchise Tax
The respondent hereby certifies that he/she is not currently delinquent in the payment of any franchise taxes.

Supplemental Agreements
The entity participating in this contract and awarded vendor may enter into a separate supplemental agreement to further define the level of service requirements over and above the minimum defined in this contract i.e. invoice requirements, ordering requirements, specialized delivery, etc. Any supplemental agreement developed as a result of this contract is exclusively between the participating entity and awarded vendor.

Certificates of Insurance
Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the Public Agency prior to commencement of work. The insurance company shall be licensed in the applicable state in which work is being conducted. The awarded vendor shall give the participating entity a minimum of ten (10) days notice prior to any modifications or cancellation of policies. The awarded vendor shall require all subcontractors performing any work to maintain coverage as specified.

Legal Obligations
It is the Respondent’s responsibility to be aware of and comply with all local, state, and federal laws governing the sale of products/services identified in this RFP and any awarded contract and shall comply with all while fulfilling the RFP. Applicable laws and regulation must be followed even if not specifically identified herein.

Protest
A protest of an award or proposed award must be filed in writing within ten (10) days from the date of the official award notification and must be received by 5:00 pm CST. Protests shall be filed with Region 14 ESC and shall include the following:
 Name, address and telephone number of protester
 Original signature of protester or its representative  Identification of the solicitation by RFP number
 Detailed statement of legal and factual grounds including copies of relevant documents and the form of relief requested

Any protest review and action shall be considered final with no further formalities being considered.

Force Majeure
If by reason of Force Majeure, either party hereto shall be rendered unable wholly or in part to carry out its obligations under this Agreement then such party shall give notice and full particulars of Force Majeure in writing to the other party within a reasonable time after occurrence of the event or cause relied upon, and the obligation of the party giving such notice, so far as it is affected by such Force Majeure, shall be suspended during the continuance of the inability then claimed, except as hereinafter provided, but for no longer period, and such party shall endeavor to remove or overcome such inability with all reasonable dispatch.

The term Force Majeure as employed herein, shall mean acts of God, strikes, lockouts, or other industrial disturbances, act of public enemy, orders and regulation of any kind of government of the United States or any civil or military authority; insurrections; riots; epidemics; pandemic; landslides; lighting; earthquake; fires; hurricanes; storms; floods; washouts; droughts; arrests; restraint of government and people; civil disturbances; explosions, breakage or accidents to machinery, pipelines or canals, or other causes not reasonably within the control of the party claiming such inability. It is understood and agreed that the settlement of strikes and lockouts shall be entirely within the discretion of the party having the difficulty, and that the above requirement that any Force Majeure shall be remedied with all reasonable dispatch shall not require the settlement of strikes and lockouts by acceding to the demands of the opposing party or parties when such settlement is unfavorable in the judgment of the party having the difficulty Prevailing Wage
It shall be the responsibility of the Vendor to comply, when applicable, with the prevailing wage legislation in effect in the jurisdiction of the purchaser. It shall further be the responsibility of the Vendor to monitor the prevailing wage rates as established by the appropriate department of labor for any increase in rates during the term of this contract and adjust wage rates accordingly.

Termination
Either party may cancel this contract in whole or in part by providing written notice. The cancellation will take effect 30 business days after the other party receives the notice of cancellation. After the 30th business day all work will cease following completion of final purchase order.

Open Records Policy
Because Region 14 ESC is a governmental entity responses submitted are subject to release as public information after contracts are executed. If a vendor believes that its response, or parts of its response, may be exempted from disclosure, the vendor must specify page-by-page and line-by-line the parts of the response, which it believes, are exempt. In addition, the respondent must specify which exception(s) are applicable and provide detailed reasons to substantiate the exception(s).

The determination of whether information is confidential and not subject to disclosure is the duty of the Office of Attorney General (OAG). Region 14 ESC must provide the OAG sufficient

information to render an opinion and therefore, vague and general claims to confidentiality by the respondent are not acceptable. Region 14 ESC must comply with the opinions of the OAG.

Region14 ESC assumes no responsibility for asserting legal arguments on behalf of any vendor.

Respondent are advised to consult with their legal counsel concerning disclosure issues resulting from this procurement process and to take precautions to safeguard trade secrets and other proprietary information.

SIGNATURE FORM
The undersigned hereby proposes and agrees to furnish goods and/or services in strict compliance with the terms, specifications and conditions at the prices proposed within response unless noted in writing. The undersigned further certifies that he/she is an officer of the company and has authority to negotiate and bind the company named below and has not prepared this bid in collusion with any other Respondent and that the contents of this proposal as to prices, terms or conditions of said bid have not been communicated by the undersigned nor by any employee or agent to any person engaged in this type of business prior to the official opening of this proposal.

Prices are guaranteed: 120 days
Compulink Management Center, Inc. dba Laserfiche
Company Name
3443 Long Beach Blvd
Address
Long Beach California 90807
City State Zip
562-988-1688 N/A
Telephone Number Fax Number
[email protected]
Email Address
Peter Wayman President
Printed Name Position
Authorized Signature

TAB 2

NCPA ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
This Administration Agreement is made as of _______________, by and between National Cooperative Purchasing Alliance (“NCPA”) and
Compulink Management Center, Inc. dba Laserfiche (“Vendor”).

Recitals
WHEREAS, Region 14 ESC has entered into a certain Master Agreement dated , referenced as Contract Number , by
and between Region 14 ESC and Vendor, as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof (the “Master Agreement”), for the purchase of Document and Records Management;
WHEREAS, said Master Agreement provides that any state, city, special district, local government, school district, private K-12 school, technical or vocational school, higher education institution, other government agency or nonprofit organization (hereinafter referred to as “public agency” or collectively, “public agencies”) may purchase products and services at the prices indicated in the Master Agreement;
WHEREAS, NCPA has the administrative and legal capacity to administer purchases under the Master Agreement to public agencies;
WHEREAS, NCPA serves as the administrative agent for Region 14 ESC in connection with other master agreements offered by NCPA
WHEREAS, Region 14 ESC desires NCPA to proceed with administration of the Master Agreement;
WHEREAS, NCPA and Vendor desire to enter into this Agreement to make available the Master Agreement to public agencies on a national basis; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the payments to be made hereunder and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, NCPA and Vendor hereby agree as follows:

General Terms and Conditions
 The Master Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 1 and incorporated herein by reference as though fully set forth herein, and the terms and conditions contained therein shall apply to this Administration Agreement except as expressly changed or modified by this Administration Agreement.
 NCPA shall be afforded all of the rights, privileges and indemnifications afforded to Region 14 ESC under the Master Agreement, and such rights, privileges and indemnifications shall accrue and apply with equal effect to NCPA under this Administration Agreement including, but not limited to, Contractor’s obligation to provide appropriate insurance and certain indemnifications to Region 14 ESC.

December 8, 2022
December 8, 2022 01-158
 Contractor shall perform all duties, responsibilities and obligations required under the Master Agreement in the time and manner specified by the Master Agreement.  NCPA shall perform all of its duties, responsibilities, and obligations as administrator of purchases under the Master Agreement as set forth herein, and Contractor acknowledges that NCPA shall act in the capacity of administrator of purchases under the Master Agreement.
 With respect to any purchases made by Region 14 ESC or any Participating Agency pursuant to the Master Agreement, NCPA (a) shall not be construed as a dealer, remarketer, representative, partner, or agent of any type of Contractor, Region 14 ESC, or such Participating Agency, (b) shall not be obligated, liable or responsible (i) for any orders made by Region 14 ESC, any Participating Agency or any employee of Region 14 ESC or Participating Agency under the Master Agreement, or (ii) for any payments required to be made with respect to such order, and (c) shall not be obligated, liable or responsible for any failure by the Participating Agency to (i) comply with procedures or requirements of applicable law, or (ii) obtain the due authorization and approval necessary to purchase under the Master Agreement. NCPA makes no representations or guaranties with respect to any minimum purchases required to be made by Region 14 ESC, any Participating Agency, or any employee of Region 14 ESC or Participating Agency under this Administration Agreement or the Master Agreement.  With respect to any supplemental agreement entered into between a Participating Agency and Contractor pursuant to the Master Agreement, NCPA, its agents, members and employees shall not be made party to any claim for breach of such agreement.  This Administration Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no other agreement, statement, or promise relating to the subject matter of this Administrative Agreement which is not contained herein shall be valid or binding.  Contractor agrees to allow NCPA to use their name and logo within website, marketing materials and advertisement. Any use of NCPA name and logo or any form of publicity regarding this Administration Agreement or the Master Agreement by Contractor must have prior approval from NCPA.
 If any action at law or in equity is brought to enforce or interpret the provisions of this Administration Agreement or to recover any administrative fee and accrued interest, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.
 Neither this Administration Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder shall be assignable by Contractor without prior written consent of NCPA, provided, however, that the Contractor may, without such written consent, assign this Administration Agreement and its rights and delegate its obligations hereunder in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its assets or business related to this Administration Agreement, or in the event of its merger, consolidation, change in control or similar transaction. Any permitted assignee shall assume all assigned obligations of its assignor under this Administration Agreement.
 This Administration Agreement and NCPA’s rights and obligations hereunder may be assigned at NCPA’s sole discretion, to an existing or newly established legal entity that has the authority and capacity to perform NCPA’s obligations hereunder.

Term of Agreement
This Agreement shall be in effect so long as the Master Agreement remains in effect, provided, however, that the obligation to pay all amounts owed by Vendor to NCPA through the

termination of this Agreement and all indemnifications afforded by Vendor to NCPA shall survive the term of this Agreement.

Fees and Reporting
The awarded vendor shall electronically provide NCPA with a detailed quarterly report showing the dollar volume of all sales under the contract for the previous quarter. Reports are due on the fifteenth (15th) day after the close of the previous quarter. It is the responsibility of the awarded vendor to collect and compile all sales under the contract from participating members and submit one (1) report. The report shall include at least the following information as listed in the example below:

Entity Name Zip Code State PO or Job # Sale Amount
Total
Each quarter NCPA will invoice the vendor based on the total of sale amount(s) reported. From the invoice the vendor shall pay to NCPA an administrative fee based upon the tiered fee schedule below. Vendor’s annual sales shall be measured on a calendar year basis. Deadline for term of payment will be included in the invoice NCPA provides.

Annual Sales Through Contract Administrative Fee
0 - $30,000,000 2%
$30,000,001 - $50,000,000 1.5%
$50,000,001+ 1%
Supplier shall maintain an accounting of all purchases made by Public Agencies under the Master Agreement. NCPA and Region 14 ESC reserve the right to audit the accounting for a period of four (4) years from the date NCPA receives the accounting. In the event of such an audit, the requested materials shall be provided at the location designated by Region 14 ESC or NCPA. In the event such audit reveals an under reporting of Contract Sales and a resulting underpayment of administrative fees, Vendor shall promptly pay NCPA the amount of such underpayment, together with interest on such amount and shall be obligated to reimburse NCPA’s costs and expenses for such audit.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS
National Cooperative Purchasing Alliance
Organization
Compulink Management Center, Inc. dba
Laserfiche
Vendor Name
Peter Wayman
Name Name
President
Title Title
3443 Long Beach Blvd
Address Address
Long Beach, CA 90807
Address Address
Signature Signature

Date Date

Matthew Mackel
Director, Business Development
PO Box 701273
Houston, TX 77270
December 8, 2022
TAB 3

VENDOR QUESTIONAIRE
Please provide responses to the following questions that address your company’s operations, organization, structure, and processes for providing products and services.

Locations Covered
 Bidder must indicate any and all locations where products and services can be offered.  Please indicate the price co-efficient for each location if it varies.

X All 50 States & District of Columbia
(Selecting this box is equal to checking all boxes below) Alabama Illinois Montana Rhode Island
Alaska Indiana Nebraska South Carolina
Arizona Iowa Nevada South Dakota
Arkansas Kansas New Hampshire Tennessee
California Massachusetts New Jersey Texas
Colorado Michigan New Mexico Utah
Connecticut Minnesota New York Vermont
Delaware Mississippi North Carolina Virginia
D.C. Missouri North Dakota Washington
Florida Kentucky Ohio West Virginia
Georgia Louisiana Oklahoma Wisconsin
Hawaii Maine Oregon Wyoming
Idaho Maryland Pennsylvania
X All U.S. Territories and Outlying Areas
(Selecting this box is equal to checking all boxes below) American Somoa Northern Marina Island
Federated States of Micrones Puerto Rico
Guam U.S. Virgin Islands
Midway Islands

X All Canada Provinces and Territories
(Selecting this box is equal to checking all boxes below) Alberta Prince Edward Island
British Columbia Quebec
Manitoba Saskatchewan
New Brunswick Northwest Territories
Newfoundland and Labrador Nunavut
Nova Scotia Yukon
Ontario
If awarded a Master Agreement, will your company extend the terms offered in your Proposal to public agencies in Canada? If no or maybe, please explain.

X Yes Maybe No
If awarded a Master Agreement, will your company extend the terms offered in your Proposal to private sector customers?
X Yes Maybe No
Minority and Women Business Enterprise (MWBE) and (HUB) Participation It is the policy of some entities participating in NCPA to involve minority and women business enterprises (MWBE) and historically underutilized businesses (HUB) in the purchase of goods and services. Respondents shall indicate below whether or not they are an M/WBE or HUB certified.

Minority/Women Business Enterprise
Respondent Certifies that this firm
a Minority / Women Business Enterprise
Historically Underutilized Business
Respondent Certifies that this firm is a
Historically Underutilized Business
Small Business, MWBE and HUB Growth
If Proposer is a Large, National or Multinational Organization/Corporation, what programs are in place that partners or supports the growth of small and MWEB and HUB business? If yes, please describe.

N/A, we are a recognized small, MWEB or HUB organization X No, we do not have any programs in place.

Yes, we have programs in place.

Residency
Responding Company’s principal place of business is in the city of Long Beach, , State of California.

Felony Conviction Notice
Please Check Applicable Box (If the 3rd box is checked, a detailed explanation of the names and convictions must be attached):

A publicly held corporation; therefore, this reporting requirement is not applicable.

X Is not owned or operated by anyone who has been convicted of a felony.

Is owned or operated by the following individual(s) who has/have been convicted of a felony Distribution Channel
Which best describes your company’s position in the distribution channel:

X Manufacturer Direct Certified education/government reseller Authorized Distributor Manufacturer marketing through reseller Value-added reseller Other:

Processing Contact Information
Contact Person Courtney Pugh
Title Assistant Program Manager
Company Compulink Management Center, Inc. dba Laserfiche Address 3443 Long Beach Blvd
City/State/Zip Long Beach, CA 90807
Phone 562-988-1688
Email [email protected]
Pricing Information
In addition to the current typical unit pricing furnished herein, the Vendor agrees to offer all future product introductions at prices that are proportionate to Contract Pricing. If answer is no, attach a statement detailing how pricing for NCPA participants would be calculated for future product introductions.

X Yes No

Pricing submitted includes the required NCPA administrative fee. The NCPA fee is calculated based on the invoice price to the customer.

X Yes No

TAB 4

VENDOR PROFILE
Company’s official registered name
Compulink Management Center, Inc. DBA Laserfiche
Company History
Since 1987, Laserfiche Enterprise Content Management software has been trusted by organizations worldwide to manage, secure, and share information. As a privately-held company based in California, Laserfiche develops solutions for capture, workflow, forms, esignatures and case management that help organizations drive business value—and make timely, informed decisions. Laserfiche represents a unique combination of stability and innovation within the Enterprise Content Management industry. Stability within the management and development teams and sustained, consistent profitability has allowed Laserfiche to follow a long-term strategy without distraction from short-term pressures.

Unparalleled customer loyalty and satisfaction are hallmarks of doing things the right way for decades.

Laserfiche utilizes an integrated architecture that allows services such as document imaging, document management and records management to be layered transparently and exposed through personalized interfaces. With a comprehensive set of tools designed specifically to work together, Laserfiche provides the ability to design and build creative solutions to complex business problems that break patterns developed over 30 years of doing things the way they have always been done.

Usability and accessibility are primary design considerations for every Laserfiche application. All administrative, design and configuration interfaces benefit from the same user focused design applied to user facing applications. This approach ensures that implementing, configuring, and maintaining a Laserfiche system does not require highly specialized technical skills, which makes it easy to rapidly expand system usage while minimizing total cost of ownership.

Dun & Bradstreet (D&B) number.
086512134
Organizational Chart

Corporate Location and Contact Info
Laserfiche Headquarters - 3443 Long Beach Blvd, Long Beach, CA 90807 Name: Will Talbot
Title: Head of Strategic Sales
Telephone: 1.562.988.1688 x 148
Mobile: 1.562.253.1499
E-mail: [email protected]
Standard terms of payment
We sell direct and through a reseller channel. For our direct customers, the standard term is net 30. For our resellers with a credit line, standard term is net 30, except for expired LSSP orders for which standard term is “Due upon Receipt”. For our new resellers, the standard term of payment is prepaid.

Competition in the Marketplace
We provide Enterprise Content Management solutions, so our competition ranges from industry specific document management providers to other ECM solutions. We have been recognized by analysts for being the best value ECM solution (InfoTech) and are consistently rated as one of the leaders in the ECM industry. Laserfiche defines the Transactional Content Management niche.

Financial Information
Financial information may be provided directly under separate cover to prospective customers with signed nondisclosure agreements.

Company Differentiation
Laserfiche is the leading provider of intelligent content management and business process automation. Laserfiche's robust digital transformation tools — including powerful workflows, electronic forms, document management, and analytics — enable organizations to configure solutions that meet their diverse needs. At the same time, Laserfiche provides low-code and no-code process automation that empowers business users to create and deploy solutions quickly. The Laserfiche Solution Marketplace is a powerful example of this approach, with 150-plus prebuilt solution templates aimed at helping jumpstart process automation and digital transformation, which range from common business processes (such as new hire onboarding, accounts payable and contract management) to individual industry or organization needs (such as student registration and enrollment, transportation request or student accident report forms).

Users can quickly deploy their own automated workflows or connect Laserfiche to other applications faster using these prebuilt solutions, which follow industry-vetted designs and best practices.

Laserfiche’s development approach incorporates innovations in machine learning and AI to enable organizations in more than 80 countries to transform into digital businesses.

Customers in the most highly regulated industries — including government, education, financial services, healthcare, and manufacturing — use Laserfiche to boost productivity, scale their business and deliver digital-first customer experiences. With DoD 5015.2 version 3-certified electronic records management, Laserfiche facilitates organizations' compliance with various regulatory requirements, additionally maintaining a set of industry compliance certifications and attestations itself such as SOC2 Type 2 Plus, HECVAT, DoD 5015.2 v3 certification. ISO 27001 is in progress.

Laserfiche has also fostered an active user community, comprising customers who are very enthusiastic about sharing the solutions they’ve built and what they’ve achieved with Laserfiche. This knowledge sharing is incredibly value to users looking to learn and otherwise be inspired by others' digital transformation initiatives.

Marketing of the Contract if Awarded
With NCPA permission, we would market this partnership through the following channels:
• Press Release announcing the contract
• Announce the contract to our resellers and educate them on its use • Partner with NCPA in the future to publicize implementations (with customer approval) and technological innovation at Laserfiche.

Introduction of NCPA to Company
Laserfiche would introduce NCAP to the entire company through email and company intranet, sharing the public press release. We will also educate our sales organization on the contract through our weekly sales enablement meeting.

Online Ordering
Our online catalog, the Laserfiche Ordering System, allows our resellers to place orders for their customers for current Laserfiche software. Resellers and Laserfiche Sales Representatives can then monitor and follow up with customer orders.

Customer Service Department
Our support team can be reached from 6:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. Pacific Standard Time, Monday through Friday, excluding holidays, at: (562) 988-1688 We also have a support portal, the Laserfiche Support Site (https://support.laserfiche.com)
General questions may be emailed to [email protected] Green Initiatives
Laserfiche is committed to building and supporting the paperless office. Not only does this drive efficiency in our daily work, but it also helps to preserve our finite resources. This also supports our customers’ green initiatives, by enabling them to build a paperless office.

As our business grows, we want to make sure we minimize our impact on the Earth’s climate. We are taking every step we can to implement innovative and responsible environmental practices to reduce our carbon footprint, reduce waste, energy conservation, ensure efficient computing and much more.

Laserfiche's corporate social responsibility (CSR) program demonstrates continuing commitment to the company's employees, the local and global community and society-atlarge. As a part of that commitment, mitigating impact on the environment is one of its pillars.

As an electronic content management company, the very nature of Laserfiche’s software promotes paperless business operations through secure electronic records storage and process automation. Laserfiche’s green initiatives focus on reducing our carbon footprint and improving our environmental impact through sustainable, mindful practices and environmental initiatives that preserve resources.

The new Laserfiche Headquarters in Long Beach was completed in early 2022. With

sustainability and wellness at the forefront of the buildings’ design, environmentally friendly building materials were used. Laserfiche recently submitted for Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Gold Certification, the globally recognized symbol of sustainability achievement and leadership. As the most widely used green building rating system in the world, it provides a framework for healthy, highly efficient green buildings.

The headquarters' parking garage encourages sustainable practices, with 21 carpool spots, 16 EV charging stations and a 700+ square foot bike station with 52 bike parking spaces, 2 pumps, and mechanical stations to support employees biking to work. The white building and cooling roof reduces the heat island effect while water retention planters help capture water to re-use, minimizing water run-off during a storm. To promote waste reduction, Laserfiche provides a 3-stream waste program, providing education on waste and receptacles for trash, recycling, and compost.

Windows on each floor maximize the use of natural daylight, while minimizing electricity usage and the attached fins provide shade. Additionally, a special window glazing helps minimize glare from the sun and lessen heat absorption. All lights are motion-censored to save electricity when areas are not in use.

The building features local, cradle-to-cradle recycled carpet, EnergyStar appliances and WaterSense fixtures. To prevent waste of paper and plastic, there are filtered water stations on every floor. Biophilic design of the building provides access to the outdoors, which live plants are scatter throughout the building.

When upgrading to more efficient technology and infrastructure, Laserfiche donates the technology to the nonprofit, Human-I-T, diverting technology from landfills. Since 2018, Laserfiche has diverted 20,578 pounds of technology, which is then repurposed and provided to communities to help bridge the digital divide.

Laserfiche has also partnered with the iDig Long Beach for the 10,000 trees by 2022 initiative. Laserfiche employees have helped plant and maintain street trees in Long Beach to combat air pollution and create an urban forest. Learn more here:
https://laserfiche1.wistia.com/medias/byndbyp9uw?wtime=0. Furthermore, as part of our Laserfiche's Empower user conference, the company asked visitors to share their sustainability initiatives and planted over 600 trees on their behalf.

Anti-Discrimination Policy
Laserfiche is an equal opportunity employer. In accordance with applicable law, we prohibit discrimination and harassment against employees, applicants for employment, individuals providing services in the workplace pursuant to a contract, interns, and volunteers based on their actual or perceived: race (including traits historically associated with race, such as hair texture and protective hairstyles), religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical or mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status (including registered domestic partnership status), sex and gender (including pregnancy, childbirth, lactation, and related medical conditions), gender identity and gender expression (including transgender individuals who are transitioning, have transitioned, or are perceived to be transitioning to the gender with which they identify), age (40 and over), sexual orientation, Civil Air Patrol status, military and veteran status, and any other consideration protected by federal, state, or local law (collectively referred to as “protected characteristics”).

Discrimination on the basis of “national origin” also includes discrimination against an individual because that person holds or presents the California driver license issued to those

who cannot document their lawful presence in the United States, as well as discrimination based upon any of the following: an individual’s or individual’s ancestors’ actual or perceived physical, cultural, or linguistic characteristics associated with a national origin group; marriage to or association with individuals of a national origin group; tribal affiliation; membership in or association with an organization identified with or seeking to promote the interests of a national origin group; attendance or participation in schools, churches, temples, mosques, or other religious institutions generally used by persons of a national origin group; or a name that is associated with a national origin group. An employee’s or applicant for employment’s immigration status will not be considered for any employment purpose except as necessary to comply with federal, state, or local law. Laserfiche allows employees to self-identify their gender, name, and/or pronoun, including gender-neutral pronouns. Laserfiche will use an employee’s gender or legal name as indicated on a government-issued identification document, only as necessary to meet an obligation mandated by law. Otherwise, the Company will identify the employee in accordance with the employee’s current gender identity and preferred name.

Laserfiche will not tolerate discrimination or harassment based upon these protected characteristics or any other characteristic protected by applicable federal, state, or local law. Laserfiche also does not retaliate or otherwise discriminate against applicants or employees who request a reasonable accommodation for reasons related to disability or religion. Our commitment to equal opportunity employment applies to all persons involved in our operations and prohibits unlawful discrimination and harassment by any employee, including supervisors and co-workers.

Vendor Certifications
Laserfiche currently has DoD 5015.2 v3 certification, HECVAT certification and a SOC II PLUS available (provided with signed NDA). ISO 27001 certification in progress.

TAB 5

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Laserfiche will perform and provide its products and/or services under the terms of this agreement with NCPA as well as the terms of its Cloud Subscription Agreement, End User License Agreement and/or Laserfiche Services Agreement, as applicable. Laserfiche will assist the end user with marking a determination of their individual needs.

See above referenced agreements for warranty, indemnification and other legal standard provisions.

The following is a list of Documents and Record Management categories offered by Laserfiche:

1. Categories
• Enterprise Content Management
• Workflow
• Records Management
• Records Storage
• Intelligent Content Capture
• Document Imaging
• Document Management
• Data Backup & Recovery
• eForm Software
• Mobile Access
• Process Automation
All products in the Laserfiche product line are manufactured by Laserfiche, and details regarding functionality can be found on our website at www.laserfiche.com.

2. Products and Services. Laserfiche will offer the following products and services:

2.1 Discovery. Discovery/Assessment of Existing Records, System, and Policies/Procedures shall include discovery/assessment sessions in order to develop a detailed assessment and strategic roadmap for a comprehensive Records Management Program.

Laserfiche typically performs discovery workshops as the first step in process initiation and work with our customers. From these sessions, we can provide a detailed assessment of the current state and a roadmap/plan to develop a comprehensive Records Management Program within the Laserfiche platform.

2.2 Tasks. Laserfiche will perform the following tasks:

A. On-site assessment/discovery interview sessions, with teams from Participating Agency’s departments/divisions, to identify record repositories and processes that result in the generation of records from the following departments.

B. Assess current records requirements by the Participating Agency and types of records generated (e.g., data, documents, messages, hardcopies, electronic/soft copies, etc.) C. Systems utilized to store records for both current and legacy documents.

D. Current taxonomy and metadata implemented.

E. Existing data inventory systems from offsite record storage providers.

F. Systems utilized to store records for both current and legacy documents.

G. Evaluation of adherence to the current Retention Schedule/Record Destruction Policy Identification and evaluation of records generated (hard copy and/or electronic) – Applicable federal, state, and local laws/regulations.

H. Current system used for record storage (current and archived).

I. Areas of potential record duplication.

Laserfiche project lifecycles cover the above tasks. Initial discussions are required to determine exactly what migrations from legacy systems would require. It is Laserfiche's expectation that after a migration all content, Laserfiche would become the source of truth for documents. Any risk of record duplication would be cleared up in the migration plan.

2.3 System Capability. Laserfiche solutions:

A. Are compatible with all modern web browsers (Edge, Firefox, Chrome, Safari, etc.) Laserfiche is supported on the latest versions of Chrome, Microsoft Edge (Chromium), Firefox, and Safari for iOS.

B. Utilize a mobile-friendly, responsive design that is compatible on iOS and Android Mobile devices
C. Allow Participating Agency System Administrator to configure role-based permissions and individual user permissions.

System administrators can set security permissions and feature rights on an individual or group basis.

D. Allow users to enter search parameters to locate documents by reference number, application name, document type, date received, site address and other entered attributes.

These metadata fields can be applied to all files/folders stored in the repository and used in search.

E. Allow Participating Agency Application Administrator to configure new folders, sub- folders, document attributes, and document types without Contractor’s assistance. Administrator can select whether confidential folders are visible in the customer-facing interface.

Admin users can configure security rights, including visibility, on all files within the repository. Authorized users can create new folders, sub folders, metadata fields, templates, or document types, and configure other settings based on their assigned rights.

F. Allow Users to configure their own search parameters to enable searching by a variety of attributes, for example: reference number, date received, and document type.

Users can filter their searches by metadata fields (reference number, date, document type, or any other fields that are configured by authorized users.) These searches can also be saved and reused if needed.

G. Have options for onsite, cloud-based storage and hybrid-based storage Laserfiche is available in either a Cloud SaaS system or Self-hosted system. Self-hosted systems can be hosted on an organization's onsite servers and/or Cloud environments such as Azure or AWS.

H. Allow Participating Agency to retain ownership of the data stored on the platform and the ability to extract it in full at any time.

I. Allow the direct import of common electronic document types (such as, but not limited to: TIF, PDF, JPG, Microsoft Office standard formats such as docx and xlsx).

All file types that can be stored within a Windows system can also be stored in the Laserfiche Repository.

J. Are easy to navigate, user-friendly user interface.

Laserfiche provides a friendly user experience by delivering a modern, intuitive user interface.

K. Allow for add-on for Microsoft Office Integration to enable import of emails directly into system.

Laserfiche has a user-friendly Microsoft Outlook integration that allows users to import emails with only a couple of clicks.

L. Allow for files can be uploaded by using a drag-and-drop system.

M. Allow Application administrator to upload document templates for use by users.

N. Enable storage of application presentation documents, such as PowerPoint files, photographs and videos
All files that can be saved on a Windows device can be uploaded into the

repository.

O. Identify duplicate documents within a folder
Depending on the Repository setup, workflow can be used to identify duplicate documents in a folder based on configured rules (such as when file names match).

2.5 Customer Facing Interface. The Laserfiche User Interface addresses the following requirements:

A. Include a count of the total number of documents in a folder, B. Enable the downloading and printing of documents
C. Allow Administrator to redact sections of documents from public view if needed. Printed and downloaded documents include the redaction in the downloaded version, Annotations, such as redactions, can be applied to document pages. Redactions will be included in downloaded versions of documents. When downloading document pages as PDFs, users can choose to convert Laserfiche annotations to PDF annotations upon download.

D. Ability to generate hyperlinks to specific documents within the system to allow these to be used in reports, emails, etc,
Please note that depending on how the document link is sent, users will still need to login to view the document.

E. Ability to select different languages and/or photos within the interface, Laserfiche offers several language options to translate the interface display text within the repository client. Additionally, users can view photos stored in Laserfiche.

F. ADA Compliant Interface,
As a part of our ongoing commitment to accessibility within our software, Laserfiche has Voluntary Product Accessibility Templates (VPATs) available for review for our product suite. For more information visit https://www.laserfiche.com/legal/accessibility/ G.At-a-glance status of applications based on input meta-data (i.e meta-data and attribute can be added to application folders in addition to documents within folders to enable application status to be published/summarized via a page on the Participating Agency’s website.

Metadata can be applied to folders and updated depending on the status of a document.

This information can be displayed either in the Repository columns, or in the folder name itself so it can be viewed at a glance.

2.6 Reporting and Management. Laserfiche solutions meet the following requirements:

A. System generates reports of number of documents accessed, imported, uploaded, edited and deleted. Results can be refined by user.

Laserfiche Audit Trail enables you to track activities performed in a Laserfiche repository. The tracked information is stored in log files that Audit Trail uses to generate reports. Users can filter reports based on criteria such as action performed, date range, etc.

B. System collects information on when documents are accessed/ viewed/ modified and

downloaded.

Laserfiche Audit Trail can be configured to store this data into log files that can be used to generate reports.

C. System can generate reports on total size of all data stored in the system and, depending on whether system is cloud-based, where data is being stored.

Full storage information can be viewed within administrative consoles for both self-hosted and cloud. Self-hosted systems will also display storage location information by reporting on individual file volumes created for the system.

2.7 Testing. Laserfiche will complete all necessary implementation work in a professional manner that meets the requirements of the Participating Agency. Laserfiche will ensure that system is correctly configured to meet all Participating Agency functional requirements.

Laserfiche will coordinate functional testing to ensure accuracy of configurations. Work shall commence within 45 days of contract award.

Projects always entail the delivery of a requirements document. On signing off on finalized requirements documentation, the development cycle begins. The Laserfiche development cycle runs in an agile manner where the team will demo new features/processes as they are being built to receive immediate feedback in coordination with the requirements deliverable. After development, the project enters the user acceptance testing phase where Laserfiche and our customer will work together to turn the requirements document into a test plan. It will be up to the customer to work through the test plan and confirm requirements are met. Laserfiche's goal with the agile development cycle is to make the User Acceptance Testing phase much easier for both parties as proper expectations are met early in the project.

2.8 Training. Laserfiche will provide resources experienced with developing and executing training plans, including content development and delivery, to assist the Participating Agency in meeting end-user training needs. Implementation shall occur in phases and knowledge transfer shall be an ongoing process throughout the entire project. Laserfiche will also provide knowledge transfer both verbally and through written documentation and procedures.

When working directly with our customer, Laserfiche provides engineers well-versed in all aspects of a project’s lifecycle. A typical project flow runs as follows: project kickoff, requirements gathering, development, user acceptance training/testing, formal user training, go-live and stabilization. Knowledge transfer occurs during the entire project but agreed upon documentation is typically delivered between the UAT/Go-Live phases of the project.

Laserfiche's most successful projects follow a train-the-trainer approach, where a subset of business/admin users are trained directly by the Laserfiche staff and become well versed in the documentation provided. From there, these internal individuals are points of contact for onboarding new users or helping existing users work through any issues.

3. Deliverables. Laserfiche will work with each customer to develop the following deliverables in the assessment of the Participating Agencies current system and proposed solution:

A. Work Plan/Timeline: Provide work timeline with estimated days/hours required to complete the Discovery/Assessment of Existing Records, System, and Procedures.

B. Findings Report with comprehensive findings resulting from the assessment/evaluations and onsite meeting completed.

C. Key Stakeholder Meeting: Conduct one on-site presentation of the gap analysis findings identified form the assessment/ evaluations and onsite meetings to the Participating Agency’s identified project team.

D. Suggested retention processes that are applicable across various record generating processes and systems.

E. Include costs and strategies for implementing such automated processes across different enterprise systems.

F. A reduction of impacts to existing and future document users and resources, including processes that access, use, generate, store or destroy documents (including minimizing new requirements, responsibilities and processes related to managing documents).

G. Recommendations on maximizing the availability and accessibility of documents for business and transparency purposes.

H. Recommendations on minimizing the long-term costs associated with managing documents of all forms, including costs associated with onsite and offsite document filing, storing and retrieving, as well as storing and backing up electronic documents.

I. Recommendations on minimizing Participating Agency’s liability associated with retaining and destroying documents and comply with applicable regulations and laws.

J. Document destruction, transference and conversion guidelines.

K. Identify space (internal or external) and equipment necessary for filing records.

Determine if offsite records storage can be reduced for cost reduction for the Participating Agency.

L. General guidance on executing strategies for successful adoption of new policies, processes and procedures.

M. Recommendations for change management, training and other ongoing program management activities such as self-auditing.

N. Additional recommendations as needed.

O. Work Plan/Schedule for recommendations and strategies (including milestones and phases)

TAB 8

VALUE ADDED PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Laserfiche lists integrations available from our Professional Developer Partnership (PDP) members on the Integration Marketplace (https://www.laserfiche.com/products/marketplace/).

These integrations compliment the Laserfiche product line.

Additionally, the Laserfiche Professional Services Group can work with customers and resellers to meet the customer’s unique product needs. This services rate may be found in our separately provided price list.

TAB 9

REQUIRED DOCUMENTS
 Federal Funds Certifications
 Clean Air and Water Act & Debarment Notice
 Contractors Requirements
 Required Clauses for Federal Assistance by FTA
 Federal Required Signatures
 Antitrust Certification Statements Texas Government Code § 2155.005  State Notice Addendum

FEDERAL FUNDS CERTIFICATIONS
Participating Agencies may elect to use federal funds to purchase under the Master Agreement.

The following certifications and provisions may be required and apply when a Participating Agency expends federal funds for any purchase resulting from this procurement process.

Pursuant to 2 C.F.R. § 200.326, all contracts, including small purchases, awarded by the Participating Agency and the Participating Agency’s subcontractors shall contain the procurement provisions of Appendix II to Part 200, as applicable.

APPENDIX II TO 2 CFR PART 200
(A) Contracts for more than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $250,000, which is the inflation adjusted amount determined by the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council and the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council (Councils) as authorized by 41 U.S.C. 1908, must address administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as appropriate.  Pursuant to Federal Rule (A) above, when a Participating Agency expends federal funds, the Participating Agency and Offeror reserves all rights and privileges under the applicable laws and regulations with respect to this procurement in the event of breach of contract by either party.
(B) Termination for cause and for convenience by the grantee or subgrantee including the manner by which it will be effected and the basis for settlement. (All contracts in excess of $10,000)
 Pursuant to Federal Rule (B) above, when a Participating Agency expends federal funds, the Participating Agency reserves the right to terminate any agreement in excess of $10,000 resulting from this procurement process in the event of a breach or default of the agreement by Offeror as detailed in the terms of the contract (C) Equal Employment Opportunity. Except as otherwise provided under 41 CFR Part 60, all contracts that meet the definition of “federally assisted construction contract” in 41 CFR Part 60-

1.3 must include the equal opportunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, “Equal Employment Opportunity” (30 CFR 12319, 12935, 3 CFR Part, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and implementing regulations at 41 CFR part 60, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor.”
 Pursuant to Federal Rule (C) above, when a Participating Agency expends federal funds on any federally assisted construction contract, the equal opportunity clause is incorporated by reference herein.
(D) Davis-Bacon Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141-3148). When required by Federal program legislation, all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000 awarded by non-Federal entities must include a provision for compliance with the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141-3144, and 3146-3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction”). In accordance with the statute, contractors must be required to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, contractors must be required to pay

wages not less than once a week. The non-Federal entity must place a copy of the current prevailing wage determination issued by the Department of Labor in each solicitation. The decision to award a contract or subcontract must be conditioned upon the acceptance of the wage determination. The non- Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. The contracts must also include a provision for compliance with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from the United States”). The Act provides that each contractor or subrecipient must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency.  Pursuant to Federal Rule (D) above, when a Participating Agency expends federal funds during the term of an award for all contracts and subgrants for construction or repair, offeror will be in compliance with all applicable Davis-Bacon Act provisions  Any Participating Agency will include any current and applicable prevailing wage determination in each issued solicitation and provide Offeror with any required documentation and/or forms that must be completed by Offeror to remain in compliance the applicable Davis-Bacon Act provisions.
(E) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708). Where applicable, all contracts awarded by the non-Federal entity in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers must include a provision for compliance with 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 U.S.C. 3702 of the Act, each contractor must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence.  Pursuant to Federal Rule (E) above, when a Participating Agency expends federal funds, offeror certifies that offeror will be in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act during the term of an award for all contracts by Participating Agency resulting from this procurement process. (F) Rights to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Agreement. If the Federal award meets the definition of “funding agreement” under 37 CFR §401.2 (a) and the recipient or subrecipient wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under that “funding agreement,” the recipient or subrecipient must comply with the requirements of 37 CFR Part 401, “Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements,” and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency.

 Pursuant to Federal Rule (F) above, when federal funds are expended by Participating Agency, the offeror certifies that during the term of an award for all contracts by Participating Agency resulting from this procurement process, the offeror agrees to comply with all applicable requirements as referenced in Federal Rule (F) above (G) Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387), as amended— Contracts and subgrants of amounts in excess of $150,000 must contain a provision that requires the non- Federal award to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401- 7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251- 1387).

Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
 Pursuant to Federal Rule (G) above, when federal funds are expended by Participating Agency, the offeror certifies that during the term of an award for all contracts by Participating Agency member resulting from this procurement process, the offeror agrees to comply with all applicable requirements as referenced in Federal Rule (G) above
(H) Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 12549 and 12689)—A contract award (see 2 CFR 180.220) must not be made to parties listed on the government wide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 CFR 180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 CFR part 1986 Comp., p. 189) and 12689 (3 CFR part 1989 Comp., p. 235), “Debarment and Suspension.” SAM Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as parties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549.  Pursuant to Federal Rule (H) above, when federal funds are expended by Participating Agency, the offeror certifies that during the term of an award for all contracts by Participating Agency resulting from this procurement process, the offeror certifies that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation by any federal department or agency. If at any time during the term of an award the offeror or its principals becomes debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation by any federal department or agency, the offeror will notify the Participating Agency
(I) Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352)—Contractors that apply or bid for an award exceeding $100,000 must file the required certification. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier must also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non-Federal award.
 Pursuant to Federal Rule (I) above, when federal funds are expended by Participating Agency, the offeror certifies that during the term and after the awarded term of an award for all contracts by Participating Agency resulting from this procurement process, the

offeror certifies that it is in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Byrd AntiLobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352). The undersigned further certifies that:
o No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid for on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of a Federal contract, the making of a Federal grant, the making of a Federal loan, the entering into a cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
o If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal grant or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying”, in accordance with its instructions.
o The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all covered sub-awards exceeding $100,000 in Federal funds at all appropriate tiers and all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.

RECORD RETENTION REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTS

INVOLVING FEDERAL FUNDS
When federal funds are expended by Participating Agency for any contract resulting from this procurement process, offeror certifies that it will comply with the record retention requirements detailed in 2 CFR § 200.334. The offeror further certifies that offeror will retain all records as required by 2 CFR § 200.334 for a period of three years after grantees or subgrantees submit final expenditure reports or quarterly or annual financial reports, as applicable, and all other pending matters are closed.

CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE ENERGY

POLICY AND CONSERVATION ACT
When Participating Agency expends federal funds for any contract resulting from this procurement process, offeror certifies that it will comply with the mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency which are contained in the state energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6321 et seq.; 49 C.F.R. Part 18).

CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH BUY AMERICA PROVISIONS To the extent purchases are made with Federal Highway Administration, Federal Railroad Administration, or Federal Transit Administration funds, offeror certifies that its products comply with all applicable provisions of the Buy America Act and agrees to provide such certification or applicable waiver with respect to specific products to any Participating Agency upon request.

Participating Agencies will clearly identify whether Buy America Provisions apply in any issued solicitation. Purchases made in accordance with the Buy America Act must still follow the applicable procurement rules calling for free and open competition.

CERTIFICATION OF ACCESS TO RECORDS
Offeror agrees that the Inspector General of the Agency or any of their duly authorized representatives shall have access to any non-financial documents, papers, or other records of offeror that are pertinent to offeror’s discharge of its obligations under the Contract for the purpose of making audits, examinations, excerpts, and transcriptions. The right also includes timely and reasonable access to offeror’s personnel for the purpose of interview and discussion relating to such documents. This right of access will last only as long as the records are retained.

CERTIFICATION OF APPLICABILITY TO SUBCONTRACTORS
Offeror agrees that all contracts it awards pursuant to the Contract shall be bound by the foregoing terms and conditions.

CLEAN AIR AND WATER ACT AND DEBARMENT NOTICE
By the signature below (Under Federal Required Signatures), I, the Vendor, am in compliance with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act of 1970, as Amended (42 U.S. C. 1857 (h), Section 508 of the Clean Water Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1368), Executive Order 117389 and Environmental Protection Agency Regulation, 40 CFR Part 15 as required under OMB Circular A-102, Attachment O, Paragraph 14 (1) regarding reporting violations to the grantor agency and to the United States Environment Protection Agency Assistant Administrator for the Enforcement.

I hereby further certify that my company has not been debarred, suspended or otherwise ineligible for participation in Federal Assistance programs under Executive Order 12549, “Debarment and Suspension”, as described in the Federal Register and Rules and Regulations.

CONTRACTOR REQUIRMENTS
Contractor Certification
Contractor’s Employment Eligibility
By entering the contract, Contractor warrants compliance with the Federal Immigration and Nationality Act (FINA), and all other federal and state immigration laws and regulations. The Contractor further warrants that it is in compliance with the various state statues of the states it is will operate this contract in.

Participating Government Entities including School Districts may request verification of compliance from any Contractor or subcontractor performing work under this Contract. These Entities reserve the right to confirm compliance in accordance with applicable laws.

Should the Participating Entities suspect or find that the Contractor or any of its subcontractors are not in compliance, they may pursue any and all remedies allowed by law, including, but not limited to: suspension of work, termination of the Contract for default, and suspension and/or debarment of the Contractor. All costs necessary to verify compliance are the responsibility of the Contractor.

The offeror complies and maintains compliance with the appropriate statutes which requires compliance with federal immigration laws by State employers, State contractors and State subcontractors in accordance with the E-Verify Employee Eligibility Verification Program.

Contractor shall comply with governing board policy of the NCPA Participating entities in which work is being performed.

Fingerprint & Background Checks
If required to provide services on school district property at least five (5) times during a month, contractor shall submit a full set of fingerprints to the school district if requested of each person or employee who may provide such service. Alternately, the school district may fingerprint those persons or employees. An exception to this requirement may be made as authorized in Governing Board policy. The district shall conduct a fingerprint check in accordance with the appropriate state and federal laws of all contractors, subcontractors or vendors and their employees for which fingerprints are submitted to the district. Contractor, subcontractors, vendors and their employees shall not provide services on school district properties until authorized by the District.

The offeror shall comply with fingerprinting requirements in accordance with appropriate statutes in the state in which the work is being performed unless otherwise exempted.

Contractor shall comply with governing board policy in the school district or Participating Entity in which work is being performed.

Business Operations in Sudan, Iran
In accordance with A.R.S. 35-391 and A.R.S. 35-393, the Contractor hereby certifies that the contractor does not have scrutinized business operations in Sudan and/or Iran.

REQUIRED CLAUSES FOR FEDERAL ASSISTANCE

PROVIDED BY FTA

ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS
Contractor agrees to:
a) Maintain all non-financial books, records, accounts and reports required under this Contract for a period of not less than two (2) years after the date of termination or expiration of this Contract or any extensions thereof except in the event of litigation or settlement of claims arising from the performance of this Contract, in which case Contractor agrees to maintain same until the FTA Administrator, the U.S. DOT Office of the Inspector General, the Comptroller General, or any of their duly authorized representatives, have disposed of all such litigation, appeals, claims or exceptions related thereto.
b) Permit any of the foregoing parties to inspect all non-financial work, materials, and other data and records that pertain to the Project, and to audit the non-financial books, records, and accounts that pertain to the Project and to reproduce by any means whatsoever or to copy excerpts and transcriptions as reasonably needed for the purpose of audit and examination. The right of access detailed in this section continues only as long as the records are retained.

FTA does not require the inclusion of these requirements of Article 1.01 in subcontracts.

CIVIL RIGHTS / TITLE VI REQUIREMENTS
1) Non-discrimination. In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d, Section 303 of the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 6102, Section 202 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12132, and Federal Transit Law at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, Contractor or subcontractor agrees that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, marital status age, or disability. In addition, Contractor agrees to comply with applicable Federal implementing regulations and other applicable implementing requirements FTA may issue that are flowed to Contractor from Awarding Participating Agency.
2) Equal Employment Opportunity. The following Equal Employment Opportunity requirements apply to this Contract:
a. Race, Color, Creed, National Origin, Sex. In accordance with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e, and Federal Transit Law at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable Equal Employment Opportunity requirements of U.S. Dept. of Labor regulations, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor, 41 CFR, Parts 60 et seq., and with any applicable Federal statutes, executive orders, regulations, and Federal policies that may affect construction activities undertaken in the course of this Project.

Contractor agrees

to take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, creed, national origin, sex, marital status, or age. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. In addition, Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue that are flowed to Contractor from Awarding Participating Agency.
b. Age. In accordance with the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (ADEA) of 1967, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Sections 621 through 634, and Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) implementing regulations, “Age Discrimination in Employment Act”, 29 CFR Part 1625, prohibit employment discrimination by Contractor against individuals on the basis of age, including present and prospective employees. In addition, Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue that are flowed to Contractor from Awarding Participating Agency.
c. Disabilities. In accordance with Section 102 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended (ADA), 42 U.S.C. Sections 12101 et seq., prohibits discrimination against qualified individuals with disabilities in programs, activities, and services, and imposes specific requirements on public and private entities.

Contractor agrees that it will comply with the requirements of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC), “Regulations to Implement the Equal Employment Provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act,” 29 CFR, Part 1630, pertaining to employment of persons with disabilities and with their responsibilities under Titles I through V of the ADA in employment, public services, public accommodations, telecommunications, and other provisions. d. Segregated Facilities. Contractor certifies that their company does not and will not maintain or provide for their employees any segregated facilities at any of their establishments, and that they do not and will not permit their employees to perform their services at any location under the Contractor’s control where segregated facilities are maintained. As used in this certification the term “segregated facilities” means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion or national origin because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. Contractor agrees that a breach of this certification will be a violation of this Civil Rights clause. 3) Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment.

In all solicitations, either by competitive bidding or negotiation, made by Contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by Contractor of Contractor's obligations under this Contract and the regulations relative to non-discrimination on the grounds of race, color, creed, sex, disability, age or national origin.

4) Sanctions of Non-Compliance. In the event of Contractor's non-compliance with the non-discrimination provisions of this Contract, Public Agency shall impose such Contract sanctions as it or the FTA may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: 1) Withholding of payments to Contractor under the Contract until Contractor complies, and/or; 2) Cancellation, termination or suspension of the Contract, in whole or in part.

Contractor agrees to include the requirements of this clause in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA, modified only if necessary to identify the affected parties.

DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS PARTICIPATION
This Contract is subject to the requirements of Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 26, “Participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in Department of Transportation Financial Assistance Programs”, therefore, it is the policy of the Department of Transportation (DOT) to ensure that Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBEs), as defined in 49 CFR Part 26, have an equal opportunity to receive and participate in the performance of DOT-assisted contracts. 1) Non-Discrimination Assurances. Contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall carry out all applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this Contract, which may result in the termination of this Contract or other such remedy as public agency deems appropriate. Each subcontract Contractor signs with a subcontractor must include the assurance in this paragraph. (See 49 CFR 26.13(b)). 2) Prompt Payment. Contractor is required to pay each subcontractor performing Work under this prime Contract for satisfactory performance of that work no later than thirty (30) days after Contractor’s receipt of payment for that Work from public agency. In addition, Contractor is required to return any retainage payments to those subcontractors within thirty (30) days after the subcontractor’s work related to this Contract is satisfactorily completed and any liens have been secured. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above time frames may occur only for good cause following written approval of public agency. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors. Contractor must promptly notify public agency whenever a DBE subcontractor performing Work related to this Contract is terminated or fails to complete its Work, and must make good faith efforts to engage another DBE subcontractor to perform at least the same amount of work.

Contractor may not terminate any DBE subcontractor and perform that Work through its own forces, or those of an affiliate, without prior written consent of public agency.
3) DBE Program. In connection with the performance of this Contract, Contractor will cooperate with public agency in meeting its commitments and goals to ensure that DBEs shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to compete for subcontract work, regardless of whether a contract goal is set for this Contract. Contractor agrees to use good faith efforts to carry out a policy in the award of its subcontracts, agent agreements, and procurement contracts which will, to the fullest extent, utilize DBEs consistent with the efficient performance of the Contract.

ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS
Contractor agrees to comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency which are contained in the State energy conservation plans issued under the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Sections 6321 et seq. and 41 CFR Part 301-10.

FEDERAL CHANGES
Contractor shall at all times comply with all applicable FTA regulations, policies, procedures and directives, listed directly or by reference in the Contract between Public Agency and the FTA, and those applicable regulatory and procedural updates that are communicated to Contractor by Public Agency, as they may be amended or promulgated from time to time during the term of this contract. Contractor’s failure to so comply shall constitute a material breach of this Contract.

INCORPORATION OF FEDERAL TRANSIT ADMINISTRATION (FTA) TERMS The provisions include, in part, certain Standard Terms and Conditions required by the U.S.

Department of Transportation (DOT), whether or not expressly set forth in the preceding Contract provisions. All contractual provisions required by the DOT and applicable to the scope of a particular Contract awarded to Contractor by a Public Agency as a result of solicitation, as set forth in the most current FTA Circular 4220.1F, published February 8th, 2016, are hereby incorporated by reference. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, all FTA mandated terms shall be deemed to control in the event of a conflict with other provisions contained in this Contract. Contractor agrees not to knowingly perform any act, knowingly fail to perform any act, or refuse to comply with any reasonable public agency requests that would directly cause public agency to be in violation of the FTA terms and conditions.

NO FEDERAL GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS TO THIRD PARTIES
Agency and Contractor acknowledge and agree that, absent the Federal Government’s express written consent and notwithstanding any concurrence by the Federal Government in or approval of the solicitation or award of the underlying Contract, the Federal Government is not a party to this Contract and shall not be subject to any obligations or liabilities to agency, Contractor, or any other party (whether or not a party to that contract) pertaining to any matter resulting from the underlying Contract.

Contractor agrees to include the above clause in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with federal assistance provided by the FTA. It is further agreed that the clause shall not be modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to its provisions.

PROGRAM FRAUD AND FALSE OR FRAUDULENT STATEMENTS
Contractor acknowledges that the provisions of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986, as amended, 31 U.S.C. §§ 3801 et seq. and U.S. DOT regulations, “Program Fraud Civil Remedies,” 49 CFR Part 31, apply to its actions pertaining to this Contract. Upon execution of the underlying Contract, Contractor certifies or affirms, to the best of its knowledge, the truthfulness and accuracy of any statement it has made, it makes, it may make, or causes to me

made, pertaining to the underlying Contract or the FTA assisted project for which this Contract Work is being performed.

In addition to other penalties that may be applicable, Contractor further acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification, the Federal Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 on Contractor to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate.

Contractor also acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to me made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification to the Federal Government under a contract connected with a project that is financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance originally awarded by FTA under the authority of 49 U.S.C. § 5307, the Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of 18 U.S.C. § 1001 and 49 U.S.C. § 5307 (n)(1) on the Contractor, to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate.

Contractor agrees to include the above clauses in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. It is further agreed that the clauses shall not be modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to the provisions.

FEDERAL REQUIRED SIGNATURES
Offeror certifies compliance with all provisions, laws, acts, regulations, etc. as specifically noted in the pages above. It is further acknowledged that offeror agrees to comply with all federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations and ordinances as applicable.

Offeror Compulink Management Center, Inc. dba Laserfiche Address 3443 Long Beach Blvd.

City/State/Zip Long Beach, CA 90807
Authorized Signature
Peter Wayman, President
Date

ANTITRUST CERTIFICATION STATEMENTS
TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE § 2155.005
I affirm under penalty of perjury of the laws of the State of Texas that:
(1) I am duly authorized to execute this contract on my own behalf or on behalf of the company, corporation, firm, partnership or individual (Company) listed below; (2) In connection with this bid, neither I nor any representative of the Company has violated any provision of the Texas Free Enterprise and Antitrust Act, Tex. Bus. & Comm. Code Chapter 15; (3) In connection with this bid, neither I nor any representative of the Company has violated any federal antitrust law; and
(4) Neither I nor any representative of the Company has directly or indirectly communicated any of the contents of this bid to a competitor of the Company or any other company, corporation, firm, partnership or individual engaged in the same line of business as the Company.

Company Name Compulink Management Center, Inc. dba Laserfiche Address 3443 Long Beach Blvd
City/State/Zip Long Beach, CA 90807
Telephone Number 562-988-1688
Fax Number Not Applicable
Email Address [email protected]
Printed Name Peter Wayman
Title President
Authorized Signature

STATE NOTICE ADDENDUM
The National Cooperative Purchasing Alliance (NCPA), on behalf of NCPA and its current and potential participants to include all county, city, special district, local government, school district, private K-12 school, higher education institution, state, tribal government, other government agency, healthcare organization, nonprofit organization and all other Public Agencies located nationally in all fifty states, issues this Request for Proposal (RFP) to result in a national contract.

For your reference, the links below include some, but not all, of the entities included in this proposal:
http://www.usa.gov/Agencies/State_and_Territories.shtml https://www.usa.gov/local-governments

AUTHORIZE LASERFICHE ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ECMS) AGREEMENT FOR LICENSES AND IMPLEMENTATION WITH COMPLETE

PAPERLESS SOLUTION (CPS)

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

CITY COUNCIL
JUNE 9, 2026

KANES PANTAYATIWONG, IT PROJECT MANAGER
EDMS
Electronic document management
system

KEY TERMS

CLOUD-BASED
Application running on remote, internetconnected servers

ON-PREMISE
Application running on servers located
within city’s own facility

CURRENT ENVIRONMENT
• MIX OF PAPERS AND ELECTRONIC FILES
• OBSOLETE LEGACY SOFTWARE
• CHALLENGING EXISTING SOFTWARE
• LIMITED ACCESSIBILITY
All images are
placeholders. Click on
image and use “Insert” >
“picture from file” to swap
images as needed
This Photo by Unknown Author is licensed
under CC BY-SA-NC
FUTURE ENVIRONMENT • CLOUD-BASED EDMS (CITY) • Minimal IT overhead • ON-PREMISE EDMS (POLICE) • CJIS Compliant • Cloud-based option in near future • WEB USER INTERFACE • Easy to use, always up-to-date • Artificial intelligence features • INDUSTRY-STANDARDS SECURITY • Flexible and secure • Full audit trail • ACCESSIBILITY • Self-service public record request • Integration to common software • Mobile ready

LASERFICHE

PARENT COMPANY
Compulink Management Center, inc.

Founded 1976

MATURED SOFTWARE SOLUTION
Originated in 1987 (~40 years)
Over 200 city customers in California
Over 9,000 cloud-based customers

OMNIA PARTNERS
Large and experienced cooperative purchasing organization for public sectors Laserfiche contract - compliant with purchasing regulation

COMPLETE PAPERLESS SOLUTION (CPS)

AUTHORIZED VENDOR
Established in 1996 (~25 years)
Laserfiche authorized reseller
Customer’s Choice Award (2022)

RECOMMENDED IMPLEMENTOR
Laserfiche Platinum Certified Solution Provider
Supporting over 50 municipalities in California
Experienced with data conversion/migration from legacy systems Available support during City’s business hours
Licenses & Implementation

CLOUD-BASED LASERFICHE
• City documents
• $31,025 annually

ON-PREMISE LASERFICHE
• Police department documents
• $21,705 annually

IMPLEMENTATION
• Included legacy file conversion
• Users’ training
• $78,000 one-time
Implementation Timeline

PROJECT COSTS & TIMELINE
OVERALL: 40 DAYS
• Requirement gathering: 22 days
• Laserfiche setup: 17 days
• Testing and training: 16 days

RECOMMENDATIONS

1. AUTHORIZE THE PURCHASE OF LASERFICHE DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT

PROPOSAL FOR LICENSING AND IMPLEMENTATION, INCLUDING ONBASE (LEGACY DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS) CONVERSION,
WITH COMPLETE PAPERLESS SOLUTIONS IN THE AMOUNT OF $186,190 FOR THE FIRST TWO YEARS;

2. AUTHORIZE THE ONGOING MAINTENANCE, SUBJECT TO 5% INCREASE YEAR OVER YEAR; AND

3. AUTHORIZE THE CITY MANAGER OR HIS DESIGNEE TO EXECUTE THE LASERFICHE CONTRACT.

QUESTIONS?

AGREEMENT FOR CONTRACT SERVICES
By and Between

CITY OF GLENDORA
and

COMPLETE PAPERLESS SOLUTIONS, LLC
Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 1

AGREEMENT FOR CONTRACT SERVICES

BETWEEN THE CITY OF GLENDORA AND

COMPLETE PAPERLESS SOLUTIONS, LLC
THIS AGREEMENT FOR CONTRACT SERVICES (herein “Agreement”) is made and entered into this _____ day of __________, 2026 by and between the City of Glendora, a California municipal corporation (“City”) and Complete Paperless Solutions, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Consultant”). City and Consultant may be referred to, individually or collectively, as “Party” or “Parties.”

RECITALS
A. City desires to retain Consultant, on an independent contractor basis, to perform the services defined and described particularly in Article 1 of this Agreement.

B. Consultant represents that it is fully qualified to perform such services by virtue of its experience and the training, education and expertise of its principals and employees.

C. Pursuant to the City of Glendora’s Municipal Code, City has authority to enter into and execute this Agreement.

ARTICLE 1. SERVICES OF CONSULTANT

1.1 Scope of Services.

1.2 Consultant’s Proposal.

Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 2 The Scope of Services shall include the Consultant’s scope of work or bid which shall be incorporated herein by this reference as though fully set forth herein. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of such proposal and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.

1.3 Compliance with Law.

1.4 California Labor Law.

If the Scope of Services includes any “public work” or “maintenance work,” as those terms are defined in California Labor Code section 1720 et seq. and California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 16000 et seq., and if the total compensation is $1,000 or more, Consultant shall pay prevailing wages for such work and comply with the requirements in California Labor Code section 1770 et seq. and 1810 et seq., and all other applicable laws, including the following requirements:
(a) Public Work. The Parties acknowledge that some or all of the work to be performed under this Agreement is a “public work” as defined in Labor Code Section 1720 and that this Agreement is therefore subject to the requirements of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 1720) of the California Labor Code relating to public works contracts and the rules and regulations established by the Department of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) implementing such statutes. The work performed under this Agreement is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR. Consultant shall post job site notices, as prescribed by regulation.
(b) Prevailing Wages. Consultant shall pay prevailing wages to the extent required by Labor Code Section 1771. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773.2, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages are on file at City Hall and will be made available to any interested party on request. By initiating any work under this Agreement, Consultant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) determination of the prevailing rate of per diem wages, and Consultant shall post a copy of the same at each job site where work is performed under this Agreement.
(c) Penalty for Failure to Pay Prevailing Wages. Consultant shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1774 and 1775 concerning the payment of prevailing rates of wages to workers and the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages. The Consultant shall, as a penalty to the City, forfeit two hundred dollars ($200) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing rates as determined by the DIR for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for any public work done pursuant to this Agreement by Consultant or by any subcontractor. (d) Payroll Records. Consultant shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1776, which requires Consultant and each subconsultant to: keep accurate payroll records and verify such records in writing under penalty of perjury, as specified in Section 1776; certify and make such payroll records available for inspection as provided by Section 1776; and inform the City of the location of the records. (e) Apprentices. Consultant shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1777.5, 1777.6, and 1777.7 and California Code of Regulations Title 8, Section 200 et seq. concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects. Consultant shall be responsible for compliance with these aforementioned Sections for all apprenticeable occupations. Prior to commencing work under this Agreement, Consultant shall provide City with a copy of the information submitted to any applicable apprenticeship program. Within sixty (60) days after concluding work pursuant to this Agreement, Consultant Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 3 and each of its subconsultants shall submit to the City a verified statement of the journeyman and apprentice hours performed under this Agreement.
(f) Eight-Hour Work Day. Consultant acknowledges that eight (8) hours labor constitutes a legal day's work. Consultant shall comply with and be bound by Labor Code Section 1810. (g) Penalties for Excess Hours. Consultant shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1813 concerning penalties for workers who work excess hours. The Consultant shall, as a penalty to the City, forfeit twenty-five dollars ($25) for each worker employed in the performance of this Agreement by the Consultant or by any subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 3 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to Labor Code section 1815, work performed by employees of Consultant in excess of eight (8) hours per day, and forty (40) hours during any one week shall be permitted upon public work upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of 8 hours per day at not less than one and one-half (1½) times the basic rate of pay. (h) Workers’ Compensation. California Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700 provide that every employer will be required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees if it has employees. In accordance with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1861, Consultant certifies as follows:
“I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.”
Consultant’s Authorized Initials ______________
Jamie Dunn, Vice President of Sales
(i) Consultant’s Responsibility for Subcontractors. For every subcontractor who will perform work under this Agreement, Consultant shall be responsible for such subcontractor's compliance with Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 1720) of the California Labor Code, and shall make such compliance a requirement in any contract with any subcontractor for work under this Agreement. Consultant shall be required to take all actions necessary to enforce such contractual provisions and ensure subcontractor's compliance, including without limitation, conducting a review of the certified payroll records of the subcontractor on a periodic basis or upon becoming aware of the failure of the subcontractor to pay his or her workers the specified prevailing rate of wages. Consultant shall diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify any such failure by any subcontractor.

1.5 Licenses, Permits, Fees and Assessments.

1.6 Familiarity with Work.

Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 4 By executing this Agreement, Consultant warrants that Consultant (i) has thoroughly investigated and considered the scope of services to be performed, (ii) has carefully considered how the services should be performed, and (iii) fully understands the facilities, difficulties and restrictions attending performance of the services under this Agreement. If the services involve work upon any site, Consultant warrants that Consultant has or will investigate the site and is or will be fully acquainted with the conditions there existing, prior to commencement of services hereunder. Should the Consultant discover any latent or unknown conditions, which will materially affect the performance of the services hereunder, Consultant shall immediately inform the City of such fact and shall not proceed except at Consultant’s risk until written instructions are received from the Contract Officer.

1.7 Care of Work.

1.8 Further Responsibilities of Parties.

1.9 Additional Services.

1.10 Special Requirements.

ARTICLE 2. COMPENSATION AND METHOD OF PAYMENT.

Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 5

2.1 Contract Sum.

Subject to any limitations set forth in this Agreement, City agrees to pay Consultant the amounts specified in the “Schedule of Compensation” attached hereto as Exhibit “C” and incorporated herein by this reference. The total compensation, including reimbursement for actual expenses, shall not exceed One Hundred Eighty-Six Thousand One Hundred and Ninety Dollars ($186,190) (the “Contract Sum”), unless additional compensation is approved pursuant to Section 1.9.

2.2 Method of Compensation.

2.3 Reimbursable Expenses.

2.4 Invoices.

Consultant shall not invoice City for any duplicate services performed by more than one person.

2.5 Waiver.

Payment to Consultant for work performed pursuant to this Agreement shall not be deemed to waive any defects in work performed by Consultant.

Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 6 ARTICLE 3. PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE

3.1 Time of Essence.

Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

3.2 Schedule of Performance.

3.3 Force Majeure.

3.4 Term.

Unless earlier terminated in accordance with Article 7 of this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until completion of the services but not exceeding two (2) years from the date hereof (“Term”), except as otherwise provided in the Schedule of Performance (as shown on Exhibit “D” attached hereto). The City Manager may, at his/her sole discretion, extend the Term for three (3) additional one-year terms, provided that compensation for each additional one-year period shall not exceed the amount due to Consultant for the applicable Support Fees (as defined in Exhibit “D” attached hereto) for such one-year period, subject to any applicable adjustment, up to 5%, based on the applicable percentage change in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) for the Los Angeles-Long Beach-Anaheim area.

ARTICLE 4. COORDINATION OF WORK

4.1 Representatives and Personnel of Consultant.

Jamie Dunn, Vice President of Sales
Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 7 It is expressly understood that the experience, knowledge, capability and reputation of the foregoing principals were a substantial inducement for City to enter into this Agreement. Therefore, the foregoing principals shall be responsible during the Term of this Agreement for directing all activities of Consultant and devoting sufficient time to personally supervise the services hereunder. All personnel of Consultant, and any authorized agents, shall at all times be under the exclusive direction and control of the Principals. For purposes of this Agreement, the foregoing Principals may not be replaced nor may their responsibilities be substantially reduced by Consultant without the express written approval of City. Additionally, Consultant shall utilize only competent personnel to perform services pursuant to this Agreement. Consultant shall make every reasonable effort to maintain the stability and continuity of Consultant’s staff and subcontractors, if any, assigned to perform the services required under this Agreement. Consultant shall notify City of any changes in Consultant’s staff and subcontractors, if any, assigned to perform the services required under this Agreement, prior to and during any such performance.

4.2 Status of Consultant.

4.3 Contract Officer.

The Contract Officer shall be the Information Technology Director, or such person as may be designated by the City Manager. It shall be the Consultant’s responsibility to assure that the Contract Officer is kept informed of the progress of the performance of the services and the Consultant shall refer any decisions which must be made by City to the Contract Officer. Unless otherwise specified herein, any approval of City required hereunder shall mean the approval of the Contract Officer. The Contract Officer shall have authority, if specified in writing by the City Manager, to sign all documents on behalf of the City required hereunder to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

4.4 Independent Consultant.

4.5 Prohibition Against Subcontracting or Assignment.

The experience, knowledge, capability and reputation of Consultant, its principals and employees were a substantial inducement for the City to enter into this Agreement. Therefore, Consultant shall not contract with any other entity to perform in whole or in part the services required hereunder without the express written approval of the City. In addition, neither this Agreement nor any interest herein may be transferred, assigned, conveyed, Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 8 hypothecated or encumbered voluntarily or by operation of law, whether for the benefit of creditors or otherwise, without the prior written approval of City. Transfers restricted hereunder shall include the transfer to any person or group of persons acting in concert of more than twenty five percent (25%) of the present ownership and/or control of Consultant, taking all transfers into account on a cumulative basis. In the event of any such unapproved transfer, including any bankruptcy proceeding, this Agreement shall be void. No approved transfer shall release the Consultant or any surety of Consultant of any liability hereunder without the express consent of City.

ARTICLE 5. INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Insurance Coverages.

5.2 General Insurance Requirements.
(a) Proof of Insurance. Consultant shall provide certificates of insurance to City as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein, along with a waiver of subrogation endorsement for workers’ compensation. Insurance certificates and endorsements must be approved by City’s Risk Manager prior to commencement of performance. Current certification of insurance shall be kept on file with City at all times Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 9 during the Term of this Agreement. City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time.
(b) Duration of Coverage. Consultant shall procure and maintain for the duration of this Agreement insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property, which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the Services hereunder by Consultant, its agents, representatives, employees or subconsultants.
(c) Primary/Noncontributing. Coverage provided by Consultant shall be primary and any insurance or self-insurance procured or maintained by City shall not be required to contribute with it. The limits of insurance required herein may be satisfied by a combination of primary and umbrella or excess insurance. Any umbrella or excess insurance shall contain or be endorsed to contain a provision that such coverage shall also apply on a primary and non-contributory basis for the benefit of City before the City’s own insurance or selfinsurance shall be called upon to protect it as a named insured. (d) City’s Rights of Enforcement. In the event any policy of insurance required under this Agreement does not comply with these specifications or is canceled and not replaced, City has the right but not the duty to obtain the insurance it deems necessary and any premium paid by City will be promptly reimbursed by Consultant or City will withhold amounts sufficient to pay premium from Consultant payments. In the alternative, City may cancel this Agreement.
(e) Acceptable Insurers. All insurance policies shall be issued by an insurance company currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance or that is on the List of Approved Surplus Line Insurers in the State of California, with an assigned policyholders’ Rating of A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VI (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best’s Key Rating Guide, unless otherwise approved by the City’s Risk Manager.
(f) Waiver of Subrogation. All insurance coverage maintained or procured pursuant to this agreement shall be endorsed to waive subrogation against City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers or shall specifically allow Consultant or others providing insurance evidence in compliance with these specifications to waive their right of recovery prior to a loss. Consultant hereby waives its own right of recovery against City, and shall require similar written express waivers and insurance clauses from each of its subconsultants.
(g) Enforcement of Contract Provisions (non-estoppel). Consultant acknowledges and agrees that any actual or alleged failure on the part of the City to inform Consultant of non-compliance with any requirement imposes no additional obligations on the City nor does it waive any rights hereunder. (h) Requirements not Limiting. Requirements of specific coverage features or limits contained in this section are not intended as a limitation on coverage, limits or other requirements, or a waiver of any coverage normally provided by any insurance. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes of clarification only as it pertains to a given issue and is not intended by any party or insured to be all inclusive, or to the exclusion of other coverage, or a waiver of any type. If the Consultant maintains higher limits than the minimums shown above, the City requires and shall be entitled to coverage for the higher limits maintained by the Consultant. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the City.
(i) Notice of Cancellation. Consultant agrees to oblige its insurance agent or broker and insurers to provide to City with a thirty (30) day notice of cancellation (except for nonpayment for which a ten (10) day notice is required) or nonrenewal of coverage for each required coverage.

Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 10 (j) Additional Insured Status. General liability and automobile policies shall provide or be endorsed to provide that City and its officers, officials, employees, and agents, and volunteers shall be additional insureds under such policies. This provision shall also apply to any excess/umbrella liability policies. (k) Prohibition of Undisclosed Coverage Limitations. None of the coverages required herein will be in compliance with these requirements if they include any limiting endorsement of any kind that has not been first submitted to City and approved by the City in writing. (l) Separation of Insureds. A severability of interests provision must apply for all additional insureds ensuring that Consultant’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the insurer’s limits of liability. The policy(ies) shall not contain any cross-liability exclusions.
(m) Pass Through Clause. Consultant agrees to ensure that its subconsultants, subcontractors, and any other party involved with the services who is brought onto or involved in the services by Consultant, provide the same minimum insurance coverage and endorsements required of Consultant. Consultant agrees to monitor and review all such coverage and assumes all responsibility for ensuring that such coverage is provided in conformity with the requirements of this section. Consultant agrees that upon request, all agreements with consultants, subcontractors, and others engaged in the services will be submitted to City for review. (n) City’s Right to Revise Specifications. The City reserves the right at any time during the Term of this Agreement to change the amounts and types of insurance required by giving the Consultant ninety (90) days advance written notice of such change. If such change results in substantial additional cost to the Consultant, the City and Consultant may renegotiate Consultant’s compensation. (o) Deductibles / Self-insured Retentions. Any deductibles and self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by City. At the option of the City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions with respect to the City, it officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers, or the Consultant shall provide a financial guarantee satisfactory to the city guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claims administration and defense expense. (p) Timely Notice of Claims. Consultant shall give City prompt and timely notice of claims made or suits instituted that arise out of or result from Consultant’s performance under this Agreement, and that involve or may involve coverage under any of the required liability policies. (q) Additional Insurance. Consultant shall also procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, any additional kinds of insurance, which in its own judgment may be necessary for its proper protection and prosecution of the work.

5.3 Indemnification.

Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 11 (a) Consultant will defend any action or actions filed in connection with any of said claims or liabilities and will pay all costs and expenses, including legal costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in connection therewith;
(b) Consultant will promptly pay any judgment rendered against the City, its officers, agents or employees for any such claims or liabilities arising out of or in connection with the negligent performance of or failure to perform such work, operations or activities of Consultant hereunder; and Consultant agrees to save and hold the City, its officers, agents, and employees harmless therefrom; (c) In the event the City, its officers, agents or employees is made a party to any action or proceeding filed or prosecuted against Consultant for such damages or other claims arising out of or in connection with the negligent performance of or failure to perform the work, operation or activities of Consultant hereunder, Consultant agrees to pay to the City, its officers, agents or employees, any and all costs and expenses incurred by the City, its officers, agents or employees in such action or proceeding, including but not limited to, legal costs and attorneys’ fees.
(d) Consultant shall incorporate similar indemnity agreements with its subcontractors and if it fails to do so Consultant shall be fully responsible to indemnify City hereunder therefore, and failure of City to monitor compliance with these provisions shall not be a waiver hereof. This indemnification includes claims or liabilities arising from any negligent or wrongful act, error or omission, or reckless or willful misconduct of Consultant in the performance of professional services hereunder. The provisions of this Section do not apply to claims or liabilities occurring as a result of City’s sole negligence or willful acts or omissions, but, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall apply to claims and liabilities resulting in part from City’s negligence, except that design professionals’ indemnity hereunder shall be limited to claims and liabilities arising out of the negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of the design professional. The indemnity obligation shall be binding on successors and assigns of Consultant and shall survive termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6. RECORDS, REPORTS, AND RELEASE OF INFORMATION

6.1 Records.

6.2 Reports.

Consultant shall periodically prepare and submit to the Contract Officer such reports concerning the performance of the services required by this Agreement as the Contract Officer shall require. Consultant hereby acknowledges that the City is greatly concerned about the cost of work and services to be performed pursuant to this Agreement. For this reason, Consultant agrees that if Consultant becomes aware of any facts, circumstances, Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 12 techniques, or events that may or will materially increase or decrease the cost of the work or services contemplated herein or, if Consultant is providing design services, the cost of the project being designed, Consultant shall promptly notify the Contract Officer of said fact, circumstance, technique or event and the estimated increased or decreased cost related thereto and, if Consultant is providing design services, the estimated increased or decreased cost estimate for the project being designed.

6.3 Ownership of Documents.

Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 13 ARTICLE 7. ENFORCEMENT OF AGREEMENT AND TERMINATION

7.1 California Law.

This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and governed both as to validity and to performance of the Parties in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Legal actions concerning any dispute, claim or matter arising out of or in relation to this Agreement shall be instituted in the Superior Court of the County of Los Angeles, State of California, or any other appropriate court in such county, and Consultant covenants and agrees to submit to the personal jurisdiction of such court in the event of such action. In the event of litigation in a U.S.

District Court, venue shall lie exclusively in the Central District of California, in the County of Los Angeles, State of California.

7.2 Disputes; Default.

7.3 Retention of Funds.

7.4 Waiver.

Any waiver by either Party of any default must be in writing and shall not be a waiver of any other default concerning the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 14

7.5 Rights and Remedies are Cumulative.

Except with respect to rights and remedies expressly declared to be exclusive in this Agreement, the rights and remedies of the Parties are cumulative and the exercise by either Party of one or more of such rights or remedies shall not preclude the exercise by it, at the same or different times, of any other rights or remedies for the same default or any other default by the other Party.

7.6 Legal Action.

7.7 Termination Prior to Expiration of Term.

7.8 Termination for Default of Consultant.

7.9 Attorneys’ Fees.

If either Party to this Agreement is required to initiate or defend or made a party to any action or proceeding in any way connected with this Agreement, the prevailing party in such action or proceeding, in addition to any other relief which may be granted, whether legal or equitable, shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees. Attorney’s fees shall include attorneys’ fees on any appeal, and in addition a Party entitled to attorneys’ fees shall be entitled to all other reasonable costs for investigating such action, taking depositions and discovery and all other necessary costs the court allows which are incurred in such litigation. All such fees shall Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 15 be deemed to have accrued on commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment.

ARTICLE 8. CITY OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES: NON-DISCRIMINATION

8.1 Non-liability of City Officers and Employees.

8.2 Conflict of Interest.

8.3 Covenant Against Discrimination.

8.4 Unauthorized Aliens.

ARTICLE 9. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9.1 Notices.

Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 16 Any notice, demand, request, document, consent, approval, or communication either Party desires or is required to give to the other Party or any other person shall be in writing and either served personally or sent by prepaid, first-class mail, in the case of the City, to the City Manager and to the attention of the Contract Officer (with her/his name and City title), City of Glendora, 116 E. Foothill Blvd., Glendora, California 91741-3380, and in the case of the Consultant, to the person(s) at the address designated on the execution page of this Agreement.

9.2 Interpretation.

9.3 Counterparts.

9.4 Integration; Amendment.

9.5 Severability.

9.6 Warranty & Representation of Non-Collusion.

No official, officer, or employee of City has any financial interest, direct or indirect, in this Agreement, nor shall any official, officer, or employee of City participate in any decision relating to this Agreement which may affect his/her financial interest or the financial interest of any corporation, partnership, or association in which (s)he is directly or indirectly interested, or in violation of any corporation, partnership, or association in which (s)he is directly or indirectly interested, or in violation of any State or municipal statute or regulation. The determination of “financial interest” shall be consistent with State law and shall not include interests found to be “remote” or “noninterests” pursuant to Government Code Sections 1091 or 1091.5. Consultant warrants and Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 17 represents that it has not paid or given, and will not pay or give, to any third party including, but not limited to, any City official, officer, or employee, any money, consideration, or other thing of value as a result or consequence of obtaining or being awarded any agreement. Consultant further warrants and represents that (s)he/it has not engaged in any act(s), omission(s), or other conduct or collusion that would result in the payment of any money, consideration, or other thing of value to any third party including, but not limited to, any City official, officer, or employee, as a result of consequence of obtaining or being awarded any agreement. Consultant is aware of and understands that any such act(s), omission(s) or other conduct resulting in such payment of money, consideration, or other thing of value will render this Agreement void and of no force or effect.

Consultant’s Authorized Initials
Jamie Dunn, Vice President of Sales

9.7 Authority.

The persons executing this Agreement on behalf of the Parties hereto warrant that (i) such Party is duly organized and existing, (ii) they are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of said Party, (iii) by so executing this Agreement, such Party is formally bound to the provisions of this Agreement, and (iv) that entering into this Agreement does not violate any provision of any other agreement to which said Party is bound. This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the Parties.
[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]
Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Agreement – Laserfiche (Document Retention) 06.09.2026 18 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date and year first-above written.

CITY:

CITY OF GLENDORA, a municipal corporation
Adam Raymond
City Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM: CERTIFY AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS:

ALESHIRE & WYNDER, LLP
Danny Aleshire
City Attorney
Kyle Johnson
Finance Director/City Treasurer
ATTEST:

Kathleen R. Sessman
City Clerk/Communications Director
CONSULTANT:

COMPLETE PAPERLESS SOLUTIONS, LLC, a
California limited liability company
Name: Jamie Dunn
Title: Vice President of Sales
Email Address: [email protected]
Name: Claude Schott
Title: Chief Financial Officer
Email Address: [email protected]
Address:
5130 E. La Palma Avenue, Suite 206, Anaheim, CA 92807
If Consultant is a limited liability company, any one of the following options will satisfy City’s signature requirements pursuant to the Corporations Code.

Option A: One signature required from each of the following groups: 1) Chairman of the Board, President or any Vice President; and 2) Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, Chief Financial Officer or any Assistant Treasurer. Option B: Signatures required from two managers unless the LLC is managed by one manager per its articles of organization, in which case only one signature from that manager is required. Option C: One signature required from any member unless the LLC is manager-managed per its articles of organization. Option D: One signature required from any manager if the LLC is manager-managed per its articles of organization. APPROPRIATE ATTESTATIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE BYLAWS, ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION, OR OTHER RULES OR REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO CONSULTANT’S BUSINESS ENTITY Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B Jun 1, 2026 | 5:24 PM EDT
May 29, 2026 | 6:26 PM EDT
01240.0001/1070476.1 A-1
EXHIBIT “A”

SCOPE OF SERVICES
I. Consultant will perform the following services:

A. The services include: (1) one-time implementation, conversion, configuration, integration, training, and related professional services; (2) first-year software license, cloud subscription, maintenance, and Basic Support services; and (3) second-year software maintenance, cloud subscription, and Basic Support services.

B. Consultant shall implement: (1) one cloud-based Laserfiche Business Tier system for City documents and records; and (2) one self-hosted Laserfiche Business Tier system for Police Department documents and records. The Police Department selfhosted system shall be configured to support applicable law enforcement security and compliance requirements, including CJIS/CLETS requirements to the extent applicable to the Police Department records and Consultant’s services.

C. Consultant shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, software access, subscriptions, support, supervision, project management, configuration, conversion, migration, training, documentation, and related services necessary to perform the following services for the City’s implementation and support of two Laserfiche Business Tier systems:
i. Project Management and Kickoff. Consultant shall provide project management services throughout the implementation period, including a kickoff meeting, project planning, coordination with City staff, development of a work plan, coordination of required City participants, and weekly implementation status meetings.
ii. Requirements Gathering and Business Needs Analysis. Consultant shall lead and perform requirements gathering and business needs analysis for City and Police Department document management. This task includes process mapping and assessment of current document workflows; review of existing document repositories and user experience; identifying compliance, security, and retention requirements; interviewing stakeholders and subject matter experts; and developing use-cases if applicable. iii. Solution Architecture and System Design. Consultant shall architect the solution and system design that best fit the City and Police Department’s needs. This task includes designing document taxonomy, metadata model, folders and classifications; defining access controls, permission structures, and security groups; and designing integrations to existing applications such as Tyler solutions (e.g., Enterprise Resource Planning, Enterprise Permitting and Licensing, DocuSign, ESRI GIS applications, etc.) and other City-identified business systems, as applicable. This task also includes Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B 01240.0001/1070476.1 A-2
designing version-control settings, retention structures, templates, workflows, folder structures, and document classifications. iv. Laserfiche System Implementation. Consultant shall implement two Laserfiche Business Tier systems: one cloud-based system for the City documents and records; and one self-hosted system for the Police Department documents and records. This task includes installation and configuration; setting up repositories, version control, workflows and templates; and establishing role and access provisioning; user and group setup; security configuration; metadata configuration; records management configuration; Laserfiche Vault/Trusted System configuration if applicable; and role-based access provisioning.
v. Conversion and Migration. Consultant shall convert and migrate both City and Police Department electronic documents and records from the legacy systems, including SIRE, Hyland OnBase, and Windows directories to Laserfiche. This task includes content inventory and analysis; data cleansing, classification, and metadata tagging.
vi. Records Retention and Governance. Consultant shall configure records retention functionality in accordance with the City’s approved retention schedules and City-provided direction. This task includes configuration of retention folders, retention rules, document classifications, and related metadata needed to apply retention requirements.
vii. Workflow Design and Setup. Consultant shall design and set up workflows.

This task includes automating document routing, approvals, and retention schedules; and building custom workflows for business processes, such as contracts, public record requests, legal holds, records retention, document review, notifications, storage relocation, quality control, and other document management functions approved by the City.
viii. Integrations and APIs. Consultant shall implement the integrations and application programming interfaces expressly included in Exhibit “C”, and shall assist the City with identifying and designing any additional integrations with City systems, including Tyler solutions, ESRI GIS applications, and other City-identified systems. Consultant shall also assist with single-sign-on setup with the City network, as applicable and as approved by the City.
ix. Security, Compliance, and Governance Configuration. Consultant shall configure system security, compliance and governance. This task includes implementing secure access, audit trails, encryption and retention policies; configure any necessary compliance rules; and setting records management; users, groups, roles, permission structures, and other security and compliance rules approved by the City. Consultant shall configure the Police Department self-hosted system to support applicable law Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B 01240.0001/1070476.1 A-3
enforcement security requirements, including CJIS/CLETS requirements to the extent applicable.
x. Testing and Quality Assurance. Consultant shall assist with testing and quality assurance. This task includes functional testing, workflow testing, and security testing; conversion testing; metadata testing; permissions testing; user acceptance testing; and correction of deficiencies identified during testing.
xi. Training. Consultant shall provide training before, during, and after implementation. This task includes end-user training (role-based), poweruser training, and administrator training; read-only user training; scanning/capture training; workflow training; and other role-based training reasonably necessary for the City to use and administer the Laserfiche systems. Training may be provided on-site or remotely, as approved by the City. Consultant shall provide training recordings or links to training materials accessible to the City.
xii. Go-live support. Consultant shall provide go-live support. This task includes tracking and resolving issues during launch and provide user support and adjustments based on feedback; launch coordination; troubleshooting; correction of configuration issues; and adjustments based on City feedback during the go-live period.
xiii. Ongoing Basic Support and System Maintenance. During the initial twoyear term, Consultant shall provide ongoing support and system maintenance under Option A: Basic Support. Basic Support shall include:

1. Support availability Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

PST, excluding Consultant-recognized holidays;

2. Next-business-day guaranteed response time;

3. Unlimited access to Consultant webinars and quarterly newsletters;

4. Access to Laserfiche support resources or knowledgebase materials made available to Consultant’s customers;

5. Logging of support requests in Consultant’s case management system;

6. Assignment of support requests by priority and severity level; Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B 01240.0001/1070476.1 A-4

7. Escalation of support issues, when necessary, to appropriate technical or development personnel; and

8. Support contact information, including Consultant’s toll-free support number, support email address, and online support-ticket submission option.
xiv. City Data, Export, and Transition Assistance. Consultant shall preserve the City’s ability to access, use, export, and migrate all City documents, records, metadata, OCR text, indexes, reports, retention information, workflows, permissions, configurations, and other data uploaded, migrated, created, stored, or maintained in connection with the Laserfiche systems or Consultant’s services (“City Data”). City Data shall remain the sole property of the City, and Consultant shall not use City Data except as necessary to perform the services under the Agreement.

Upon the City’s request, or upon expiration, termination, non-renewal, or discontinuation of use, Consultant shall provide reasonable transition and export assistance so the City may access and export City Data in nonproprietary or commercially reasonable formats accessible through readily available software, including PDF, PDF/A, TIFF, native file format, CSV, XML, JSON, or other City-approved formats, as applicable. Consultant shall not delete, destroy, restrict, or impair the City’s access to City Data, or use City Data to train artificial intelligence, machine learning, or similar models, unless expressly authorized in writing by the City.

II. As part of the services, Consultant will prepare and deliver the following tangible work products to the City:

A. Kickoff meeting and presentation materials
B. Project plan and implementation schedule
C. Document(s) summarizing business requirements, findings and recommendations D. Design document(s) describing finalized categories, security roles/users/groups, taxonomy, metadata, retention schedules, and workflows.

E. 16 days of Laserfiche on-site training (on-line training optional) F. Weekly update meetings during the implementation period.

G. Link to training recordings, accessible 24/7
Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B 01240.0001/1070476.1 A-5
III. In addition to the requirements of Section 6.2, during performance of the services, Consultant will keep the City appraised of the status of performance by delivering the following status reports:

A. Progress report for each key phase of the project, including:
i. Laserfiche Requirements Gathering
ii. Laserfiche Setup (Security, Retention, and Workflows) iii. Laserfiche Training
IV. All work product is subject to review and acceptance by the City, and must be revised by the Consultant without additional charge to the City until found satisfactory and accepted by City.

V. Consultant will utilize the following personnel to accomplish the services:

A. Joe Mempin
B. Arsene Hanssens
C. Terrence Srey
D. Joseph Uyan
E. Roland Action
Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B 01240.0001/1070476.1 B-1
EXHIBIT “B”

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
(Superseding Contract Boilerplate)
Added text is indicated in bold italics, deleted text is indicated in strikethrough.

I. INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION
Section 5.1(g) “Cyber Liability Insurance” shall be added to the Agreement as follows:
“(g) Cyber Liability Insurance. Technology Professional Liability Errors and Omissions Insurance appropriate to the Consultant’s profession and work hereunder, with limits not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence. Coverage shall be sufficiently broad to respond to the duties and obligations as is undertaken by the Consultant in this Agreement and shall include, but not be limited to, claims involving infringement of intellectual property, copyright, trademark, invasion of privacy violations, information theft, release of private information, extortion and network security. The policy shall provide coverage for breach response costs as well as regulatory fines and penalties as well as credit monitoring expenses with limits sufficient to respond to these obligations.
(i) The policy shall include, or be endorsed to include, property damage liability coverage for damage to, alteration of, loss of, or destruction of electronic data and/or information “property” of the Agency in the care, custody, or control of the Consultant .

If not covered under the Consultant’s liability policy, such “property” coverage of the City may be endorsed onto the Consultant's Cyber Liability Policy as covered property as follows:
(ii) Cyber Liability coverage in an amount sufficient to cover the full replacement value of damage to, alteration of, loss of, or destruction of electronic data and/or information “property” of the City that will be in the care, custody, or control of Consultant.
(iii) Insurance obligations under this Agreement shall be the greater of (1) all the insurance coverage and limits carried by or available to the Consultant; or (2) the minimum insurance requirements shown in this Agreement. Any insurance proceeds in excess of the specified limits and coverage required, which are applicable to a given loss, shall be available to the City. No representation is made that the minimum insurance requirements of this Agreement are sufficient to cover the indemnity or other obligations of the Consultant under this Agreement.”
Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B 01240.0001/1070476.1 B-2
Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B 01240.0001/1070476.1 C-1
EXHIBIT “C”

SCHEDULE OF COMPENSATION
I. Consultant shall perform the following tasks at the following rates:

Basic Support for an initial two-year term. The one-time implementation and professional services included in Year 1 are identified in the services-cost table, as shown below. Year 1 compensation shall not exceed $130,775, which includes the one-time implementation/professional services, first-year software licenses, cloud subscription, maintenance, and Basic Support fees. Year 2 compensation shall not exceed $55,415 ($52,775 + 5%), which includes the second-year software maintenance, cloud subscription, and Basic Support fees (collectively, “Support Fees”). The total compensation for the initial two-year term shall not exceed $188,189.

II. Within the budgeted amounts for each Task, and with the approval of the Contract Officer, funds may be shifted from one Task subbudget to another so long as the Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B 01240.0001/1070476.1 C-2
Contract Sum is not exceeded per Section 2.1, unless Additional Services are approved per Section 1.9.

III. The City will compensate Consultant for the services performed upon submission of a valid invoice. Each invoice is to include:

A. Line items for all personnel describing the work performed, the number of hours worked, and the hourly rate.

B. Line items for all materials and equipment properly charged to the Services.

C. Line items for all other approved reimbursable expenses claimed, with supporting documentation.

D. Line items for all approved subcontractor labor, supplies, equipment, materials, and travel properly charged to the Services.

IV. The total compensation for the Services shall not exceed the Contract Sum as provided in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B 01240.0001/1070476.1 D-1
EXHIBIT “D”

SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE
I. Consultant shall perform all services described in Exhibit “A,” as directed by the Contract Officer.

II. Consultant shall deliver the tangible work products described in Exhibit “A,” as directed by the Contract Officer.

III. The Contract Officer may approve extensions for performance of the services in accordance with Section 3.2.

Docusign Envelope ID: 37257CBA-BC3F-8397-806B-F29A55ECBA0B

STAFF REPORT
TO: Mayor and Council Members DATE: June 9, 2026
FROM: Public Works DISTRICT(S): Citywide
SUBJECT: Consideration of Resolutions Adopting the City of Glendora 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) and the Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP)

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council:

1. Adopt a City Council Resolution entitled, “A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDORA, CALIFORNIA, ADOPTING THE 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN AND DIRECTING THE FILING AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN;”

2. Adopt a City Council Resolution entitled, “A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDORA, CALIFORNIA, ADOPTING THE 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN AND DIRECTING THE FILING AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN;”

3. Direct the City Clerk to publish the Resolutions upon adoption; and

4. Authorize staff to file the 2025 Urban Water Management Plan with the State of California Department of Water Resources.

STRATEGIC FOCUS AREAS
Not Applicable

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Every five years, the City of Glendora is required to provide an update to their Urban Water Management Plan and Water Shortage Contingency Plan to the California Department of Water Resources. In the past, the City has done this as a standalone water purveyor. Due to the nature of the drought conditions and water supply, the City opted to participate in a Regional Urban Water Management Plan. This plan provides guidance on water production, water levels, and water efficiency techniques for the region as well as the City of Glendora.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY / PREVIOUS ACTIONS
In January 1985, Assembly Bill 797 was signed into law and required that each urban water purveyor that annually serves more than 3,000 connections must prepare an Urban Water Management Plan which identifies and quantifies the reliability of their water sources and their best management practices to efficiently use and conserve water. The draft 2025 Urban Water Management Plan was prepared pursuant to the “Urban Water Management Planning Act”, California Water Code, Sections 10608 through 10656.

The draft Urban Water Management Plan was posted on the City’s website and the Notice of Public Hearing was published in the San Gabriel Valley Examiner on May 7 & 14, 2026. Notice was also posted on the bulletin board outside Council Chambers, the Library, and the Teen Center. The Public Hearing took place on May 26, 2026, and the 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan and the Water Shortage Contingency Plan was adopted by City Council.

The purpose of the UWMP is to evaluate our existing water conservation efforts and where practical to review and implement alternative and supplemental water conservation measures. This is an informational document, no action is being taken relative to policies, rather it memorializes existing policies.

DISCUSSION
The Urban Water Management Planning Act requires that an Urban Water Management Plan be adopted and filed with the California Department of Water Resources following a public hearing and that said Plan shall be reviewed and updated every five years. As an urban water purveyor, the City of Glendora annually provides water to approximately 13,500 service connections and is required to prepare an Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) update. In the past, the City of Glendora has worked with a consultant to prepare the UWMP update as a sole water purveyor. Due to the regional nature of water supplies and conservation measures, the City of Glendora chose to work with Three Valley’s Municipal Water District as part of a Regional UWMP. This change in procedure not only reduced the cost of producing the UWMP, but also provides a more complete view of the water situation within the San Gabriel Valley and surrounding groundwater basins. Once adopted, the 2025 UWMP update will be filed with the California Department of Water Resources.

The plan addresses the City’s water system and includes a description of water supply sources, historical and projected water use, and a comparison of water supply and demand. The plan helps determine the City's long term resource planning to ensure adequate water supplies are available to meet current and future water demands. The plan evaluates water supply contingency planning and looks at opportunities to expand supply sources such as desalination and recycled water. For Glendora, there is no infrastructure available to deliver an alternative source of water. However, staff is working with the Water Commission to investigate the feasibility and costs for alternative water sources. The plan provides valuable data relative to the system, operations, historical consumption, and potential future consumption.

The plan also includes the current conservation program and rebate information. Chapter 7 of the UWMP contains the Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP), which is also required to be submitted for approval to the California Department of Water Resources. This portion of the plan explains how and when certain conservation measures are to be taken for the City of Glendora and provides a path for establishing regulations to limit water usage. Due to the sustained drought conditions within California, the City of Glendora is required to adopt the WSCP as not only a part of the UWMP, but also as a tool for conservation purposes on its own.

The adoption of the proposed recommendations are the final approval step in the WSCP and UWMP approval process.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with the recommendations in this report.

ENVIRONMENTAL DETERMINATION
Not Applicable
Prepared By: Armando De Jesus, Management Analyst
Concurs With: Not Applicable
Reviewed By: Paul Zampiello, Assistant Public Works Director Certified to Availability of Funds: Marie Ricci, Deputy City Manager Approved By: Adam Raymond, City Manager
Legal Review: Danny Aleshire, City Attorney
CEQA Review: Not Applicable
Attachments
A_2025_UWMP_Resolution.pdf
B_2025_WSCP_Resolution.pdf
C_Part_1-_Regional_Context_Public_Review_Draft.pdf
D_Part_2_-_City_of_Glendora_Public_Review_Draft.pdf
E_Part_3_-_Regional_Supporting_Information_Public_Review_Draft.pdf F_Part_4-Appendix_B_Glendora_Public_Review_Draft.pdf
G_PH_Urban_Water_Mgmt_Plan_and_Shortage_Contingency_Plan.pdf RESOLUTION CC 2026-____

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDORA ADOPTING THE 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN AND
DIRECTING THE FILING AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN.

THE CITY COUNCIL
City of Glendora, California
WHEREAS, the California Legislature established the Urban Water Management Planning Act (Water Code 16010, et seq.) with the enactment of Assembly Bill 797 during the regular 1983-1984 California Legislature Session; and
WHEREAS, the Urban Water Management Planning Act requires that every urban water purveyor that annually supplies more than 3,000 acre-feet or serves more than 3,000 connections must prepare an Urban Water Management Plan which identifies the reliability of their water sources; and
WHEREAS, the Urban Water Management Planning Act requires that said Urban Water Management Plan must be adopted and filed with the California Department of Water Resources following a public hearing and that said Plan shall be reviewed and updated every five years; and
WHEREAS, the City of Glendora, being an urban water purveyor and annually providing water to nearly 13,000 service connections, has therefore prepared an Urban Water Management Plan update and help a properly noticed public hearing in compliance with the Urban Water Management Planning Act; and
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Glendora subsequently closed said hearing at its regular meeting of May 26, 2026; and

NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDORA, CALIFORNIA, DOES HEREBY RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. That the 2025 Urban Water Management Plan update is hereby adopted and ordered filed by the City Clerk; and
SECTION 2. That the Public Works Director is hereby authorized and directed to file the 2025 Urban Water Management Plan update with the California Department of Water Resources in accordance with the requirements of the Urban Water Management Planning Act; and SECTION 3. The City Clerk shall certify to the passage and adoption of this resolution and shall enter the same in the Book of Original Resolutions.

SECTION 4. The City Clerk shall cause this Resolution to be published once within ten (10) days of adoption in a newspaper or general circulation printed and published within the City of Glendora, and shall post a certified copy of the Resolution in established posting locations according to law.

PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the City Council of the City of Glendora this __ day of ________, 2026.

BY:

DAVID FREDENDALL
Mayor
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

Aleshire & Wynder, LLP

DANNY ALESHIRE
City Attorney

CERTIFICATION
I, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly adopted by the City Council of the City of Glendora at a regular meeting held on the ___ day of ______, 2026, by the following vote:

AYES: MEMBERS:

NOES: MEMBERS:

ABSENT: MEMBERS:

ABSTAIN: MEMBERS:

I further certify that said Resolution was published as required by law in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of Glendora, California on the __day of ____, 2026.

Dated:

KATHLEEN R. SESSMAN
City Clerk/Communications Director
RESOLUTION CC 2026-____

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDORA ADOPTING THE 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN AND
DIRECTING THE FILING AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN.

THE CITY COUNCIL
City of Glendora, California
WHEREAS, the Urban Water Management Planning Act requires that every urban water purveyor that annually supplies more than 3,000 acre-feet or serves more than 3,000 connections must prepare a Water Shortage Contingency Plan within the 2025 Urban Water Management Plan, which identifies their best management practices to efficiently use and conserve water; and
WHEREAS, the Urban Water Management Planning Act requires urban water suppliers to conduct an annual water supply and demand assessment (Annual Assessment) each year and to include in their water shortage contingency plans the procedures they use to conduct the Annual Assessment; and WHEREAS, the City of Glendora, being an urban water purveyor and annually providing water to nearly 13,000 service connections, has therefore prepared a Water Shortage Contingency Plan update and help a properly noticed public hearing in compliance with the Urban Water Management Planning Act; and WHEREAS, the City of Glendora’s water shortage contingency plan provides that by June of each year, City staff will present a completed Annual Assessment for approval by City Council or by the Council’s authorized designee with expressly delegated authority for approval of Annual Assessment determinations; and
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Glendora subsequently closed said hearing at its regular meeting of May 26, 2026; and

NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDORA, CALIFORNIA, DOES HEREBY RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. That the Water Shortage Contingency Plan within the 2025 Urban Water Management Plan update is hereby adopted and ordered filed by the City Clerk; and
SECTION 2. That the Director of Public Works is hereby authorized and directed to file the Water Shortage Contingency Plan within the 2025 Urban Water Management Plan update with the California Department of Water Resources in accordance with the requirements of the Urban Water Management Planning Act; and SECTION 3. That the Director of Public Works is hereby authorized and directed to implement the Water Conservation Programs as detailed in the adopted Water Shortage Contingency Plan within the 2025 Urban Water Management Plan update including the recommendations to the City Council regarding the necessary procedures, rules, and regulations to carry out effective and equitable Water Conservation Programs.

Resolution CC 2026-_____ Page 2 of 2
SECTION 4. That the City Manager is expressly authorized to approve the Annual Assessment each year.

SECTION 5. The City Clerk shall certify to the passage and adoption of this resolution and shall enter the same in the Book of Original Resolutions.

SECTION 6.The City Clerk shall cause this Resolution to be published once within ten (10) days of adoption in a newspaper or general circulation printed and published within the City of Glendora, and shall post a certified copy of the Resolution in established posting locations according to law.

PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the City Council of the City of Glendora this __ day of ________, 2026.

BY:

DAVID FREDENDALL
Mayor
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

Aleshire & Wynder, LLP

DANNY ALESHIRE
City Attorney

AYES: MEMBERS:

NOES: MEMBERS:

ABSENT: MEMBERS:

ABSTAIN: MEMBERS:

I further certify that said Resolution was published as required by law in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of Glendora, California on the __day of ____ 2026.

Dated:

KATHLEEN R. SESSMAN
City Clerk/Communications Director
2025 Part 1: Regional Context

THREE VALLEYS

REGIONAL URBAN WATER

MANAGEMENT PLAN
APRIL 2026

PUBLIC REVIEW DRAFT

THREE VALLEYS REGIONAL

URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN
2025 Part 1: Regional Context
APRIL 2026
Prepared by GEI Consultants, Inc. and Water Systems Consulting, Inc. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. i
Table of Contents
Standard Limitations and Disclaimer ....................................................................v Acronyms and Abbreviations...................................................................................vi Executive Summary.....................................................................................................ix E.S.1. Purpose of the Plan ix
E.S.2. Agencies Included in the RUWMP ix
E.S.3. Regional Setting x
E.S.4. Population and Water Demand Projections x
E.S.5. Regional Water Supply Portfolio x
E.S.6. Water Supply Reliability and Drought Planning xi E.S.7. Threats to Local Supply Reliability xi
E.S.8. Planned Capital Projects xii
E.S.9. Water Conservation and Water Use Efficiency xii
E.S.10. Regional Coordination xiii
E.S.11. Conclusion xiii
E.S.12. Use of This Plan xiii

1. Introduction.........................................................................................................1

1.1. Background and Purpose 1

1.1.1. Regional Urban Water Management Plan 2

1.2. Plan Organization 2

1.3. Plan Preparation and Coordination 6

1.3.1. Participating Agencies 6

1.3.2. Public Participation 7

1.3.3. Stakeholder Workshops 10

1.4. Plan Adoption 10

2. Region Description.........................................................................................13

2.1. Regional Setting 13

2.2. Water Agencies in the Region 15

2.2.1. Water Supply Managers, Wholesalers, and Retailers 15

2.3. Population and Demographics 16

2.3.1. Historic Population Growth 16

2.3.2. Future Population Projections 18

2.3.3. Other Demographic Information 19

2.4. Land Uses 20

2.5. Regional Climate 23

2.5.1. Current Regional Climate 23
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. ii

2.5.2. Potential Effects of Climate Change 24

3. Regional Water Sources and Management.............................................26

3.1. Imported Water 27

3.1.1. Supply Description and Management 27

3.1.2. Supply Reliability and Climate Impacts 28

3.1.3. Imported Water Quality 30

3.1.4. Other Imported and Purchased Water Supplies 31

3.2. Groundwater 32

3.2.1. Main San Gabriel Basin 34

3.2.2. Chino Basin 37

3.2.3. Six Basins 40

3.2.4. Spadra Basin 43

3.2.5. Central Basin 45

3.2.6. Puente Basin 47

3.2.7. Groundwater Quality Impacts on Reliability 49

3.3. Surface Water 52

3.3.1. Surface Hydrology and Major Sources 53

3.3.2. Surface Water Diversions and Management 53

3.3.3. Surface Water Quality and Climate Impacts 54

3.4. Stormwater 56

3.4.1. Regional Stormwater Capture Facilities 56

3.4.2. Climate Change Vulnerabilities and Planned Improvements 57

3.5. Recycled Water and Wastewater 58

3.5.1. Wastewater Collection and Treatment 58

3.5.2. Current Recycled Water Uses 59

3.5.3. Planned Recycled Water Projects 60

3.6. Transfers and Exchanges 60

3.7. Supply From Storage 61

3.7.1. TVMWD Regional Storage Capacity and MWD Cyclic Storage 61

3.7.2. Recharge Mechanisms and Operational Constraints 64

3.8. Desalination Opportunities 64

3.8.1. Opportunities for Brackish Water and/or Groundwater Desalination 64

3.8.2. Opportunities for Seawater Desalination 65

3.9. Planned Water Supply Projects and Programs 65

4. Regional Water Use ........................................................................................68

4.1. Total Water Demands by Agency 68

4.2. Water Use Efficiency 69

4.2.1. SB X7-7 Compliance 69

4.2.2. New Water Conservation Legislation 69

4.2.3. Regional Demand Management Programs 70
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. iii

5. Comparison of Regional Supplies and Demands..................................72

5.1. Supply and Demand Projections Methodology 72

5.1.1. Demand Projections 72

5.1.2. Supply Projections 73

5.2. Summary of Regional Supplies and Demands 74

5.2.1. Normal Year 74

5.2.2. Single Dry Year 77

5.2.3. Five-Consecutive Dry Year and Drought Risk (2026-2030) Assessments 78

6. References .........................................................................................................82 Tables
Table 1-1. Regional vs. Individual Reporting Matrix 6
Table 1-2. Stakeholders Notified of the Preparation of the 2025 RUWMP (60‑Day Notice) 8 Table 1-3. Participating Agency RUWMP Adoption Dates and Resolutions 11 Table 2-1. Water Management Agencies in the TVMWD Region 16 Table 2-2. Los Angeles County Population, 1980 to 2020 17 Table 2-3. TVMWD Population, 1990 to 2020 17
Table 2-4. Los Angeles County Projected Population, 2025 to 2050 18 Table 2-5. Projected Population for the Region (2030 to 2050) 19 Table 2-6. Projected Household for the TVMWD Service Area (2019 to 2050) 19 Table 2-7. Projected Employment for the TVMWD Service Area (2019 to 2050) 19 Table 2-8. Approximate Regional Land Use Distribution 23 Table 2-9. Regional Climate Characteristics (Jul 1990 – Sep 2025) 24 Table 3-1. Overview of Water Sources Used by TVMWD Member Agencies 27 Table 3-2. Projected Availability of TVMWD Wholesale Imported Supplies (from MWD) 29 Table 3-3. Historical Groundwater Production from the Main San Gabriel Basin by TVMWD Agencies (AFY) 35
Table 3-4. Historical and Projected Operating Safe Yield of the Main San Gabriel Basin 35 Table 3-5. TVMWD Storage and Export Agreements in the Main San Gabriel Basin 37 Table 3-6. Historical Groundwater Production from the Chino Basin by TVMWD Agencies (AFY) 40 Table 3-7. TVMWD Storage Agreements in the Chino Basin 40 Table 3-8. Historical Groundwater Production from the Six Basins by TVMWD Agencies (AFY) 41 Table 3-9. Recent Operating Safe Yields (Four Basins) 42 Table 3-10. TVMWD Storage Agreements in the Six Basins 43 Table 3-11. Historical Groundwater Production from the Spadra Basin by TVMWD Agencies (AFY) 44 Table 3-12. Historical Groundwater Production from the Central Basin by TVMWD Agencies (AFY) 47 Table 3-13. Primary Groundwater Contaminants and Regional Treatment Strategies 50 Table 3-14. Primary Surface Water Quality Challenges and Operational Impacts 55 Table 3-15. Major Stormwater Capture and Spreading Facilities Benefiting the Region 57 Table 3-16. Wastewater Treatment Plants Serving the Region 59 Table 3-17. Historical Annual Recycled Water Use by TVMWD Agencies (2021-2025) 60 Table 3-18. TVMWD Regional Groundwater Storage Portfolio Summary 63 Table 4-1. Projected Total Water Demand (RUWMP Participating Agencies) (Acre-Feet) 68 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. iv
Table 5-1. Normal Year Supply and Demand (RUWMP Participating Agencies) (Acre-Feet) 76 Table 5-2. Normal Year Supply and Demand (Regional Total – All Agencies) (Acre-Feet) 77 Table 5-3. Single Dry Year Supply and Demand (RUWMP Participating Agencies) (Acre-Feet) 78 Table 5-4. Single Dry Year Supply and Demand (Regional Total – All Agencies) (Acre-Feet) 78 Table 5-5. Regional Drought Risk Assessment (2026-2030) Supply and Demand by Source (RUWMP Participating Agencies) (Acre-Feet) 79
Table 5-6. Regional Drought Risk Assessment (2026-2030) Supply and Demand by Source (Regional Total – All Agencies) (Acre-Feet) 80
Table 5-7. Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand (RUWMP Participating Agencies) (Acre-Feet) 80 Table 5-8. Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand (Regional Total - All Agencies) (Acre-Feet) 81 Figures
Figure 1-1. Regional Context vs. Local Agency UWMPs Relationship 5 Figure 2-1. Map of TVMWD Service Area 14
Figure 2-2. Los Angeles County Population, 1980 to 2020 17 Figure 2-3. Connect SoCal RTP Population Projection Comparison 19 Figure 2-4. Regional Land Use Map 22
Figure 3-1. TVMWD Regional Groundwater Basins 33
Figure 4-1. Urban Water Use Objectives Regulation Overview 69 Appendices
Part 3 of the 2025 RUMWP contains Regional Supporting Information. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. v
Standard Limitations and Disclaimer
This report was prepared exclusively for the use of Three Valleys Municipal Water District. The findings and conclusions, if any provided by GEI in this report, are based solely on the information reported to GEI as of the date of this report. Future investigations or additional information not provided to GEI at the time of this report may result in modification of this report. GEI’s scope of work did not include verifying the completeness or accuracy of information provided by others. Accordingly, GEI shall not be liable for any damages, costs, or other consequences resulting from reliance on such information if it is later determined to be inaccurate or incomplete. GEI’s professional services for this project have been performed in a manner consistent with that degree of skill and care ordinarily exercised by members of the same profession currently practicing in the same locality, performing similar services under similar conditions. GEI makes no other representations and no warranties, express or implied. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. vi
Acronyms and Abbreviations
Acronym Definition
AB1668 Assembly Bill 1668
AF Acre‑feet
AFY acre‑feet per year
APA Allowed Pumping Allocation
AWUR Annual Water Use Report
AWWA American Water Works Association
BPOU Baldwin Park Operable Unit
CEC Contaminants of Emerging Concern
cfs cubic feet per second
CIC Covina Irrigating Company
CIMIS California Irrigation Management Information System CRA Colorado River Aqueduct
CVWC Covina Valley Water Company
CWC California Water Code
DAC disadvantaged community
DDW Division of Drinking Water
DBP Disinfection Byproduct
DCP Drought Contingency Plan
DCR Delivery Capability Report
DMM demand management measure
DRA Drought Risk Assessment
DVL Diamond Valley Lake
DWR California Department of Water Resources
DYYP Dry‑Year Yield Program
ET evapotranspiration
ETo reference evapotranspiration
FY Fiscal year
GAC Granular Activated Carbon
GAMA Groundwater Ambient Monitoring and Assessment Program GHG greenhouse gas
GIS geographic information systems
GMP Groundwater Management Plan
GPCD gallons per capita per day
gpmd gallons per mile of pipe per day
gpscd gallons per service connection per day
GSA Groundwater Sustainability Agency
GSP Groundwater Sustainability Plan
IEUA Inland Empire Utilities Agency
JWL Joint Water Line
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. vii
Acronym Definition
LACSD Los Angeles County Sanitation Districts
LACDPW Los Angeles County Department of Public Works
LDX Local Data Exchange
LRP Local Resources Program
MAF million acre‑feet
MCL Maximum Contaminant Level
MHI Median Household Income
MGD million gallons per day
mg/L milligrams per liter
MWD Metropolitan Water District of Southern California
MWTP Miramar Water Treatment Plant
NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit
OBMP Optimum Basin Management Program
OSY Operating Safe Yield
PBWA Puente Basin Water Agency
PCE Tetrachloroethene
PFAS Per‑ and polyfluoroalkyl substances
PVPA Pomona Valley Protective Association
RHNA Regional Housing Needs Assessment
RO reverse osmosis
RUWMP Regional Urban Water Management Plan
SB1157 Senate Bill 1157
SB606 Senate Bill 606
SCAG Southern California Association of Governments
SGMA Sustainable Groundwater Management Act
SJCWRP San Jose Creek Water Reclamation Plant
SWP State Water Project
SWRCB State Water Resources Control Board
TAZs traffic analysis zones
TCE Trichloroethene
TDS Total Dissolved Solids
TOC Total Organic Carbon
TCP 1,2,3‑Trichloropropane
TVMWD Three Valleys Municipal Water District
USACE United States Army Corps of Engineers
USGS United States Geological Survey
UWMP Urban Water Management Plan
UWMP Act Urban Water Management Planning Act
VHWC Valencia Heights Water Company
VIC Variable Infiltration Capacity
VOC Volatile Organic Compounds
WUEData Water Use Efficiency Data
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. viii
Acronym Definition
WRD Water Replenishment District of Southern California WRMP Water Resources Master Plan
WRP water reclamation plant
WSCP Water Shortage Contingency Plan
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. ix
Executive Summary
E.S.1. Purpose of the Plan
The 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan (RUWMP or Plan) provides a long-range assessment of water supply reliability for the Three Valleys Municipal Water District (TVMWD) service area and its participating retail agencies through the year 2050. The Plan is prepared in accordance with the California Urban Water Management Planning Act and the 2025 UWMP Guidebook issued by the California Department of Water Resources (DWR) (DWR, 2026a). To satisfy the requirements of California Water Code Section 10630.5, this Executive Summary also serves as the statutory "Lay Description" of the Region's water supply reliability. The analytical framework, assumptions, and findings described in this lay description apply to all participating urban water suppliers included in this RUWMP. Individual UWMPs prepared as part of this regional effort rely on this description to satisfy the lay description requirement of the Urban Water Management Planning Act.

This RUWMP serves two primary purposes:

1. To clearly demonstrate that the Region has adequate and reliable water supplies to meet existing and projected future demands under normal conditions and during droughts; and

2. To provide a coordinated regional planning framework that improves consistency, reduces duplication, and strengthens individual UWMPs prepared by participating retail agencies.

By planning together at a regional scale, the agencies are better positioned to manage shared imported water systems and groundwater basins, respond to climate change, and maintain reliable water service for residents, businesses, and institutions.

E.S.2. Agencies Included in the RUWMP
This RUWMP was led by TVMWD in collaboration with seven retail water agencies (collectively referred to as the Participating Agencies):
⚫ City of Glendora
⚫ City of La Verne
⚫ City of Pomona
⚫ Golden State Water Company – Claremont System
⚫ Golden State Water Company – San Dimas System
⚫ Rowland Water District
⚫ Walnut Valley Water District
In addition, the regional analysis incorporates water demand and supply estimates for other water agencies operating within the TVMWD service area. These include the Boy Scouts of America - Firestone Reservation, California Polytechnic University Pomona (Cal Poly Pomona), the City of Covina, Mt. San 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. x
Antonio College (Mt. SAC), Suburban Water Systems, and Valencia Heights Water Company. While these agencies prepared their own independent UWMPs, their water use affects shared regional supplies.

Including them ensures that the regional water reliability analysis reflects total system conditions, rather than only participating agencies.

E.S.3. Regional Setting
The TVMWD service area (Region) covers approximately 133 square miles in southeastern Los Angeles County, extending from the foothills of the San Gabriel Mountains south to the Puente Hills and east toward the San Bernardino County line. The Region includes the Pomona Valley, Walnut Valley, and portions of the eastern San Gabriel Valley. The service area is predominantly urban with residential neighborhoods, commercial and industrial areas, educational institutions, and public facilities and is home to approximately 516,000 people as of the 2020 Census.

E.S.4. Population and Water Demand Projections
Population growth within the Region is expected to be modest through 2050, with most growth occurring through redevelopment and infill. Water demand projections account for anticipated population changes, employment trends, and land use patterns, as well as the effects of mandatory water conservation requirements.

Projected demands reflect ongoing and future reductions in per capita water use resulting from implementation of State mandated water use efficiency regulations, including the “Making Conservation a California Way of Life” requirements. These conservation measures are expected to partially offset demand increases associated with population growth and climate change.

E.S.5. Regional Water Supply Portfolio
The Region relies on a diversified water supply portfolio, which provides flexibility and resilience during dry conditions. Based on recent historical conditions (2021–2025), the regional water supply consists of:
⚫ Imported Water (~50%)
Water purchased from the Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (MWD), originating from the State Water Project (SWP) and the Colorado River, forms the backbone of the Region’s supply. MWD’s extensive surface and groundwater storage system provides a high level of drought reliability.
⚫ Local Groundwater (~44%)
Groundwater is produced from six basins: the Main San Gabriel Basin, Chino Basin, Six Basins, Spadra Basin, Central Basin, and Puente Basin. These basins are managed through court adjudications or Groundwater Sustainability Plans (GSPs) that protect long-term yields. ⚫ Recycled Water (~4%)
Several agencies use recycled water for non-potable purposes such as landscape irrigation, which reduces demand for potable supplies.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. xi
⚫ Local Surface Water (~2%)
Limited amounts of surface water are diverted from the San Gabriel River and San Antonio Creek, primarily during wet periods.

Together, these supplies support a robust conjunctive use strategy that includes storing imported water in local groundwater basins during wet years and withdrawing stored water during dry years.

E.S.6. Water Supply Reliability and Drought Planning
This RUWMP evaluates water supply reliability under multiple scenarios, including normal hydrologic conditions, a single dry year, and a five consecutive year drought. The analysis incorporates climate change considerations, including increased temperatures and changes in precipitation patterns.

The results of the reliability analysis demonstrate that sufficient supplies are projected to be available to meet regional water demands through 2050 under all evaluated scenarios. Short-term or localized reductions in groundwater or local surface water are assumed to be offset by imported water supplies from TVMWD and MWD, which are projected to remain fully reliable through the planning horizon.

Regional groundwater storage, access to imported water supplies, and coordinated drought response planning provide the necessary flexibility to manage extended dry periods.

Each Participating Agency maintains its own Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP), which outlines actions to be taken during water shortages and drought conditions.

E.S.7. Threats to Local Supply Reliability
While the Region's water portfolio is highly reliable under modeled scenarios, TVMWD and the Participating Agencies face operational threats that require proactive management. These threats primarily impact the physical ability to access and utilize local water supplies:
⚫ Climate Volatility
As identified in the Region's 2024 Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment, rising temperatures and shifting hydrologic patterns threaten both supply and demand. The Region is projected to experience shorter, flashier rainy seasons characterized by high-intensity storm events. This volatility poses a direct challenge to local spreading grounds, as heavy storm flows can exceed the immediate capture capacity of diversion facilities, resulting in lost groundwater recharge.

Concurrently, hotter baseline temperatures are expected to drive up evapotranspiration and outdoor water demands.
⚫ Groundwater Quality and “Stranded Assets”
Decades of historical land-use practices have introduced contaminants – including Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs), nitrates, and perchlorate – into the Region’s underlying aquifers.

Furthermore, the Region faces a threat from moving regulatory targets, specifically the introduction of ultra-low Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) for Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances (PFAS). When wells exceed these strict new safety standards, they must be taken offline. These "stranded assets" temporarily eliminate local extraction capacity, forcing agencies to rely more heavily on imported water when the Region is working to reduce that dependence. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. xii
E.S.8. Planned Capital Projects
To proactively mitigate these climate and regulatory vulnerabilities, TVMWD and its Participating Agencies have identified a suite of collaborative water supply projects. These regional partnerships focus on optimizing existing infrastructure, remediating stranded groundwater assets, expanding conjunctive use, and maximizing the capture of local supplies. Key planned regional projects include:
⚫ Restoring Stranded Assets (GRIP+)
A major regional partnership between TVMWD, the City of Glendora, and the City of Pomona to install new extraction wells and advanced wellhead treatment systems. By treating contaminated groundwater, this project will restore local extraction capacity and produce approximately 9,200 acre-feet per year (AFY) of highly reliable local supply from the Main San Gabriel Basin.
⚫ Advanced Recycled Water Storage (Spadra Basin Optimization) A collaborative initiative spearheaded by Walnut Valley Water District, the City of Pomona, and Cal Poly Pomona. This project proposes injecting advanced treated recycled water into the Spadra Basin via new injection wells, creating a drought-resilient local storage asset with a capacity of up to 3,500 acre-feet (AF).
⚫ Conjunctive Use Exchanges (Chino Basin)
Building upon existing successful dry-year yield programs, TVMWD and Pomona are evaluating an "in-lieu" exchange program. TVMWD would fund extraction and treatment upgrades in the Chino Basin in exchange for Pomona pumping and conveying an equivalent amount of local water to other TVMWD member agencies during droughts.
⚫ Stormwater Capture Enhancements
To address the shift toward shorter, higher-intensity winter storms, the Region is working with local flood control districts and protective associations to excavate deeper recharge basins (such as the San Antonio Spreading Grounds) and upgrade diversion structures. This will increase the instantaneous capture and storage volume of flash-flood runoff. ⚫ External Partnerships and Interties
The Region is actively pursuing new pipeline interties, such as a partnership through the Puente Basin Water Agency with the Covina Valley Water Company. This will allow the physical importation of up to 2,000 AFY of surplus local water eastward, directly offsetting reliance on imported water deliveries.

E.S.9. Water Conservation and Water Use Efficiency
Water conservation and water use efficiency are core components of the Region’s water management strategy. Retail agencies have implemented a wide range of conservation programs, including public education, rebate programs, landscape efficiency improvements, leak detection, and tiered water pricing.

All Participating Agencies previously met the State’s 2020 water conservation targets and continue to align with new efficiency standards established by State legislation and regulations. These efforts reduce long-term demand and improve overall system reliability. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. xiii
E.S.10.Regional Coordination
This RUWMP was developed through a coordinated regional planning process involving TVMWD and Participating Agencies. Regional planning allows for consistent assumptions regarding shared water supplies, reduces duplication of effort, and strengthens the technical foundation of individual agency UWMPs.

Public participation was incorporated through notices, public meetings, and hearings conducted by the Participating Agencies prior to adoption of the Plan. TVMWD also conducted regional workshops with the stakeholders in the Region to provide an update on the development of the RUWMP.

E.S.11.Conclusion
This RUWMP demonstrates that the TVMWD region has adequate and reliable water supplies to meet projected demands through 2050, even under extended drought conditions. Long-term water demands are expected to decline due to conservation regulations, despite modest population growth.

Through continued use of diversified water supplies, conservation, regional coordination, and proactive planning, the Region is well positioned to adapt to future challenges, including climate change and regulatory requirements, while maintaining reliable water service for residents and businesses.

Furthermore, continued investment in groundwater quality treatment is critical to protecting local water supplies. Regional coordination improves planning consistency and strengthens individual agency UWMPs.

E.S.12.Use of This Plan
This RUWMP serves as the regional technical foundation for each Participating Agency’s individual Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP). Each agency adopts the portions of the Plan relevant to its service area while maintaining authority over local operations, conservation programs, and water shortage response actions.

Taken together, the Regional Context (Part 1) and Individual Agency UWMP chapters (Part 2) along with the Regional Supporting Information (Part 3) and Agency Supporting Information (Part 4) provide a comprehensive, coordinated strategy to ensure safe, reliable, and sustainable water service for the Three Valleys region.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 1

1. Introduction
Three Valleys Municipal Water District (TVMWD) and its partnering agencies have long demonstrated a commitment to regional water resilience and sustainable resource management. As water supply reliability challenges continue to evolve across Southern California, TVMWD and its retail agencies recognize that water resources – specifically, imported water from the Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (MWD) and local groundwater basins – are regionally interdependent. To address these shared challenges and ensure consistent planning assumptions, TVMWD has led the development of this 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan (RUWMP or Plan) in collaboration with seven of its retail agencies.

The agencies participating in this 2025 RUWMP (Participating Agencies) include:
⚫ Three Valleys Municipal Water District (Lead Agency)
⚫ City of Glendora
⚫ City of La Verne
⚫ City of Pomona
⚫ Golden State Water Company (GSWC) (Claremont System)
⚫ GSWC (San Dimas System)
⚫ Rowland Water District (Rowland WD)
⚫ Walnut Valley Water District (WVWD)
In addition, there are two TVMWD retail agencies who have prepared independent 2025 UWMPs: the City of Covina and Suburban Water Systems. TVMWD has also coordinated with these agencies through development of this RUWMP and has incorporated their estimated supplies and demands into the regional analysis to provide a comprehensive analysis of regional water resources.

By coordinating as a Region1, the Participating Agencies aim to reduce redundancy, improve consistency in supply and demand assumptions, and strengthen the technical foundation for each agency’s individual planning efforts. This RUWMP presents a unified, regionally consistent analysis of water supply reliability, demand projections, and drought preparedness, providing a roadmap for the region to maintain reliable water service through 2050.

1.1. Background and Purpose
The California Water Code (CWC) requires urban water suppliers within the state to prepare and adopt Urban Water Management Plans (UWMPs) for submission to the California Department of Water Resources (DWR). The UWMPs, which are required to be filed every five years, must satisfy the requirements of the Urban Water Management Planning Act (UWMP Act) of 1983, including subsequent 1 The Three Valleys Municipal Water District service area is referred to as the Region in the context of this RUWMP. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 2
amendments. The UWMP Act requires urban water suppliers providing water for municipal purposes to more than 3,000 customers or supplying more than 3,000 acre-feet (AF) of water annually to prepare a UWMP.

A UWMP is intended to function as a long-term planning tool to guide broad-perspective decisionmaking by water suppliers. It is a general planning framework rather than an exact blueprint for supply and demand management. It generally answers a series of planning questions, including:

1. What are the potential sources of supply and what is the reasonable probable yield from them?

2. What is the probable demand, given a reasonable set of assumptions about growth and implementation of water use efficiency?

3. How well do supply and demand figures match up, assuming that the various probable supplies will be pursued?

4. How will the agency respond to drought conditions or water shortages? This 2025 RUWMP satisfies all CWC requirements for the 2025 cycle, including updates to the UWMP Guidebook, published by DWR in December 2025; details regarding these updates are described in Chapter 1 of the DWR 2025 UWMP Guidebook (DWR, 2026a).

1.1.1. Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Water purveyors are permitted by DWR to work together to develop a cooperative regional UWMP.

CWC Section 10620(d)(1) states: "An urban water supplier may satisfy the requirements of this part by participation in area wide, regional, watershed, or basin wide urban water management planning where those plans will reduce preparation costs and contribute to the achievement of conservation and efficient water use."
The purpose of jointly preparing this RUWMP is to facilitate a consistent evaluation of water sources common to the various agencies (specifically imported water from TVMWD and shared groundwater basins), to take advantage of group knowledge and experience, and to reduce preparation costs.

1.2. Plan Organization
This Plan is organized to meet the requirements of the UWMP Act for the eight Participating Agencies (TVMWD and seven retail agencies). Each Participating Agency has reviewed, adopted, and will implement the portions of this Plan relevant to their agency.

To streamline reporting and avoid redundant data entry, this Plan is organized into four distinct parts:

Part 1: Regional Context
Part 1 contains the information needed to meet the UWMP Act requirements that are common to all Participating Agencies. This section provides a comprehensive "roll-up" of the region’s water portfolio. It includes:
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 3
⚫ Regional System Description: A description of the climate, demographics, and land use for the entire TVMWD service area.
⚫ Water Sources: Detailed descriptions of the shared imported water supplies (from MWD) and the management of regional groundwater basins (Main San Gabriel, Chino, Six Basins, Spadra, Central, and Puente).
⚫ Regional Reliability: An aggregation of supply and demand projections to assess water reliability for normal, single-dry, and five-year consecutive drought scenarios through 2050. Also includes a near-term stress test assessing the region’s ability to meet demands during a drought over the next five years (2026–2030).

It should be noted that while the RUWMP is authored and adopted by the eight Participating Agencies listed above, the regional analysis in Part 1 incorporates data from Other Member Agencies within the TVMWD service area (such as the City of Covina and Suburban Water Systems) to ensure the regional supply and demand assessment accurately reflects the total water use within the TVMWD service area.

Part 2: Individual Agency UWMPs
Part 2 includes a specific chapter for each of the Participating Agencies. Each chapter is supplemental to the regional information presented in Part 1. These chapters contain the agency-specific data required to meet the UWMP Act that cannot be reported regionally, including:
⚫ Service area maps and climate characteristics.
⚫ Descriptions of past and current water use.
⚫ Future demand projection methodologies.
⚫ Local water distribution system losses (water loss audit results). ⚫ SB X7-7 and future water use objectives.
⚫ Water supply entitlements or constraints unique to that retailer. ⚫ Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP) adoption and protocols. ⚫ Demand management measures implemented by that retailer. ⚫ RUWMP adoption.

Part 3: Regional Supporting Information
Part 3 includes all supporting documentation referenced in Part 1 that is applicable to the region as a whole. This includes the DWR Regional UWMP Checklist (Appendix A), documentation of regional public notices and workshops, water supply agreements and legal documents, and the regional adoption resolution by the Lead Agency (TVMWD), which formally adopts both this Regional Context and TVMWD’s specific wholesale UWMP components.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 4
Part 4: Local Agency Supporting Information
Part 4 includes a set of supporting documentation for each retail Participating Agency, corresponding to their respective chapters in Part 2. Documents for each agency include:
⚫ The DWR Retail UWMP Checklist verifying the agency has met UWMP Act requirements. ⚫ Proof of agency-specific public hearing notices and adoption resolutions. ⚫ The full text of the agency’s WSCP.
⚫ Completed DWR Submittal Tables specific to that agency. ⚫ Water supply agreements specific to that agency.

Reporting Structure
This 2025 RUWMP utilizes a layered reporting approach to satisfy both regional and individual requirements. This structure ensures consistency across agency-specific chapters while maintaining the necessary granularity for individual agency compliance. Figure 1-1 illustrates the relationship between the Regional Context (Part 1) and the Local Agency UWMPs (Part 2). Table 1-1 identifies the location of key UWMP data elements within this document.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 5
Figure 1-1. Regional Context vs. Local Agency UWMPs Relationship 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 6
Table 1-1. Regional vs. Individual Reporting Matrix
UWMP Requirement Part 1: Regional Context Part 2: Individual Agency Chapters System Description Regional Climate and
Demographics
Local Service Area Map and
Customer Class Data
Water Use (Demand) Aggregated Regional Demand
Totals
Agency-Specific Demand
Projections
SB X7-7 / AB 1668 Compliance General Regional Trends Specific Target Calculations and Compliance
Water Supply: Imported MWD Reliability and Wholesale
Allocation
Agency-Specific Purchase
Projections
Water Supply: Groundwater Basin Descriptions, Management, and Safe Yield
Agency-Specific Pumping Rights and
History
Water Supply: Recycled Regional Infrastructure and
Opportunities Agency-Specific Use and Projection
Water Supply Reliability Regional Water Budget
(Surplus/Deficit) Agency-Specific Reliability Tables
Drought Risk Assessment (DRA) Regional 5-Year Stress Test (2026- 2030) Agency-Specific 5-Year Stress Test
Water Shortage Contingency Plan Regional Summary and
Consistency
Full Agency WSCP Adoption and
Protocols
Demand Management Measures Regional Conservation Programs (TVMWD) Local Conservation Programs
Adoption and Submittal Regional Resolution (TVMWD) Individual Resolutions (Retailers) By utilizing this structure, the Participating Agencies ensure that the "Regional Context" serves as the substantiated technical foundation for the "Individual Agency UWMPs," resulting in a cohesive and defensible regional planning document.

1.3. Plan Preparation and Coordination
Management of water resources in the Three Valleys region takes place within a complex legal and institutional framework. Development of this RUWMP required comprehensive coordination involving the cooperation of many parties engaged in water management. TVMWD solicited public involvement in the planning process by presenting updates at scheduled workshops and Board meetings, as well as soliciting public comments on the draft RUWMP.

The successful development of this 2025 RUWMP required strong coordination between TVMWD, MWD, and its retail agencies. The planning process was structured to ensure clear communication, foster collaboration, and maintain transparency between all agencies and broader stakeholders.

1.3.1. Participating Agencies
The agencies participating in the development and adoption of this RUWMP are listed in Section 1 (Introduction). These eight agencies (TVMWD and seven retail agencies) actively collaborated to develop 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 7
the demand and supply projections, assess regional drought risk, and align water shortage communication protocols where feasible (though each agency retains its own independent WSCP).

In addition to the Participating Agencies, this RUWMP incorporates data from "Other Member Agencies" within the TVMWD service area. While these agencies are not co-authors or signatories to this specific RUWMP, their water demands draw from the same regional aqueducts and groundwater aquifers as the Participating Agencies; collectively, these agencies represent a significant portion of the region's total water demand. To accurately project whether the region can meet its needs through 2050, projections for these agencies were estimated based on publicly available data (such as Master Plans and previous UWMPs) and data provided to TVMWD as part of regular reporting and was incorporated into the regional analysis in Part 1.

These Other Member Agencies include:
⚫ Boy Scouts of America - Firestone Reservation / City of Industry ⚫ California Polytechnic University, Pomona
⚫ City of Covina
⚫ Mt. San Antonio College
⚫ Suburban Water Systems
⚫ Covina Valley Water Company
Among the Other Member Agencies, the City of Covina and Suburban Water Systems have prepared independent 2025 UWMPs, as mentioned in the Introduction.

1.3.2. Public Participation
The Participating Agencies encouraged public participation in the preparation of this Plan to ensure the public’s comments were considered in decisions about water management in the region. In accordance with the UWMP Act, the Participating Agencies issued a Notice of Plan Preparation to cities and counties within the region at least 60 days prior to the public hearing (notices distributed between March 13 and March 27, 2026). This notice informed stakeholders that the 2025 RUWMP was being prepared and invited input. Table 1-2 identifies the stakeholders notified of the 2025 RUWMP preparation.

Copies of these 60-day Notice of Preparation letters and the associated distribution lists are included in each Participating Agency’s Public Outreach appendix (Appendix [X]-2) in Part 4.

Prior to adoption, each Participating Agency provided notice to the public through its website and published announcements of the public hearing in a local newspaper once per week for two consecutive weeks. Copies of the proofs of publication for these public hearings are included in each Participating Agency’s Public Outreach appendix (Appendix [X]-2) in Part 4. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 8
Table 1-2. Stakeholders Notified of the Preparation of the 2025 RUWMP (60‑Day Notice) Agency/City/County Three Valleys
Municipal
Water District
City of
Glendora
City of
La Verne
City of
Pomona
GSWC -
Claremont
GSWC - San
Dimas
Rowland
Water District
Walnut Valley
Water District
Building Industry Association n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓ n/a Cal Poly Pomona ✓ n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Chino Basin Watermaster ✓ n/a n/a ✓ n/a n/a n/a n/a
City of Azusa ✓ ✓ n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
City of Claremont ✓ n/a ✓ ✓ ✓ n/a n/a n/a
City of Covina ✓ ✓ n/a n/a n/a ✓ n/a n/a
City of Diamond Bar ✓ n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓ ✓
City of Glendora ✓ ✓ n/a n/a n/a ✓ n/a n/a
City of Industry ✓ n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓ ✓
City of La Habra n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓ n/a
City of La Puente ✓ n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓ n/a
City of La Verne ✓ n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓ n/a n/a
City of Montclair n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓ n/a n/a n/a
City of Pomona ✓ n/a ✓ ✓ ✓ n/a ✓ n/a
City of San Dimas n/a n/a ✓ n/a n/a ✓ n/a n/a
City of Upland n/a n/a n/a ✓ ✓ n/a n/a n/a
City of Walnut ✓ n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓ ✓ ✓
City of West Covina n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓ ✓
City of Whittier n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓ n/a
Covina Valley Water
Company
✓ ✓
n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓n/a
Golden State Water Co. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ n/a n/a n/a n/a
Hacienda La Puente Unified
School District n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓
n/a
Inland Empire Utilities
Agency
✓ n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 9
Agency/City/County Three Valleys
Municipal
Water District
City of
Glendora
City of
La Verne
City of
Pomona
GSWC -
Claremont
GSWC - San
Dimas
Rowland
Water District
Walnut Valley
Water District
La Habra Heights County
Water District n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓
n/a
La Puente Valley County
Water District
n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓
n/a
Los Angeles County ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Main San Gabriel Basin
Watermaster
✓ ✓
n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Metropolitan Water District ✓ n/a n/a ✓ n/a n/a n/a n/a Mt. San Antonio College ✓ n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Pico Water District n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓ n/a
Rowland Unified School
District
n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓n/a
Rowland Water District ✓ n/a n/a ✓ n/a n/a n/a ✓
Six Basins Watermaster ✓ n/a n/a ✓ n/a n/a n/a n/a
Suburban Water Systems ✓ ✓ n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Sycamore Development
Partners
n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓n/a
Three Valleys Municipal
Water District
n/a ✓ ✓ ✓n/a n/a ✓
✓
Upper San Gabriel Valley
Municipal Water District
✓ ✓ n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Valley County Water District n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓ n/a Walnut Valley Water District ✓ n/a n/a ✓ n/a n/a ✓ n/a
Yorba Linda Water District n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ✓ n/a Note: n/a = not applicable.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 10

1.3.3. Stakeholder Workshops
Participating Agencies collaborated in the development of the Plan through a series of individual meetings and regional workshops to update elements of the Plan and review and provide feedback on preliminary results.

Individual Agency Data Collection
The data collection effort began with individual meetings between TVMWD planning staff and each of the seven retail Participating Agencies. These meetings were aimed at gathering granular data – including production numbers, consumption logs, and water loss audits – from the previous five fiscal years (FYs) 2021-2025). Following the initial data analysis, follow-up meetings were held with each agency to "ground-truth" their draft demand and supply projections. This iterative process allowed each agency to verify that their draft projections accurately reflected their specific portfolios, development plans, and operational constraints.

Regional Workshops
TVMWD hosted two regional workshops to facilitate data sharing and consensus among the agencies. ⚫ Workshop 1 (January 29, 2026): The first workshop brought together Participating Agencies and other non-participating agencies to review the 2025 RUWMP structure, confirm the regional supply and demand projections, and review the results of the DRA. The meeting agenda, sign-in sheets, and presentation materials for this workshop are included in Part 3, Appendix E. ⚫ Workshop 2 (April 2, 2026): A second workshop was held to review the Draft RUWMP and individual agency chapters prior to public release. This workshop focused on ensuring consistency across the agency-specific chapters (Part 2) and the regional roll-up (Part 1). The meeting agenda, sign-in sheets, and presentation materials for this workshop are included in Part 3, Appendix E.

1.4. Plan Adoption
The CWC requires that the UWMP be adopted by the governing body of each Participating Agency.

Before the Plan could be adopted, the agencies were required to notify the public and hold a public hearing to encourage community input.

Adoption Strategy (Part 1 vs. Part 2)
To ensure that each Participating Agency meets its individual regulatory obligations while benefiting from a coordinated regional approach, this RUWMP was structured to allow agencies to adopt the specific components relevant to their service area.
⚫ Three Valleys Municipal Water District (Lead Agency): Adopted Part 1 (Regional Context), Part 3 (Regional Supporting Information), and its specific wholesale agency chapter in Part 2. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 11
⚫ Retail Participating Agencies: Adopted Part 1, Part 3, and their respective individual agency chapter in Part 2 and local appendices in Part 4.

This structure ensures that the "Regional Context" (Part 1) serves as a common foundation for the Participating Agencies, while the "Individual Agency UWMPs" (Part 2) remain the specific responsibility of each local governing body.

Public Hearing and Resolution
Following the public noticing period described in Section 1.3, each Participating Agency held a public hearing to discuss the 2025 RUWMP and the WSCP. The hearings provided an opportunity for the public to comment on the agencies' water management strategies.

Following the public hearing, each agency’s governing body adopted the 2025 RUWMP and the 2025 WSCP via resolution. Table 1-3 summarizes the adoption dates and resolution numbers for each Participating Agency. Copies of the signed resolutions are included in Part 3, Appendix F (for the TVMWD Lead Agency resolution) and Part 4.

Table 1-3. Participating Agency RUWMP Adoption Dates and Resolutions Agency Public Hearing and Adoption Meeting
TVMWD June 3, 2026
City of Glendora May 26, 2026
City of La Verne May 18, 2026
City of Pomona May 18, 2026
GSWC (Claremont) May 26, 2026
GSWC (San Dimas) May 26, 2026
Rowland Water District May 19, 2026
Walnut Valley Water District May 18, 2026
Plan Submittal
In accordance with the UWMP Act, the Final 2025 RUWMP and WSCPs were submitted to DWR within 30 days of adoption and by the statutory deadline of July 1, 2026. The submittal was completed electronically using the DWR Water Use Efficiency Data (WUEdata) online portal.

Additionally, copies of the adopted Plan were submitted to the California State Library and the cities and counties within the region within 30 days of adoption. Transmittal receipts and letters are provided in Part 3, Appendix G.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 12
Amending the Plan
If the adopted 2025 RUWMP or WSCP requires amendment in the future, the agency proposing the amendment will follow the same procedures for notification, public hearing, adoption, and submittal as were used for the original Plan, in accordance with the CWC. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 13

2. Region Description
The Three Valleys Municipal Water District service area (Region) is located in the southeastern portion of Los Angeles County and covers a diverse landscape ranging from the foothills of the San Gabriel Mountains to the urbanized valley floors. This chapter describes the Region’s characteristics, including its physical setting, population demographics, land use, and regional climate.

This chapter also identifies the local agencies and water suppliers that have a role in managing water resources within the Region. These agencies work collaboratively to manage a complex portfolio of imported water, local groundwater, and local surface water to support a thriving regional economy and population. A detailed discussion of the water resources managed within the Region is provided in Chapter 3 (Regional Water Sources and Management).

2.1. Regional Setting
The Region is defined by the service area of TVMWD, which encompasses approximately 133 square miles. The Region derives its name from the three primary valleys that make up its service area: the Pomona Valley, the Walnut Valley, and the eastern portion of the San Gabriel Valley. Figure 2-1 summarizes this Region and its surrounding area.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 14
Figure 2-1. Map of TVMWD Service Area
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 15
Geographically, the Region is bordered by the San Gabriel Mountains to the north, which provide a critical watershed for local surface flows and spreading grounds. To the east, the Region is bounded by the San Bernardino County line; to the south, by the Puente Hills and Orange County line; and to the west, by the San Gabriel River and the main San Gabriel Valley urbanized corridor.

The topography of the Region varies significantly, ranging from rugged foothill terrain in the north (Claremont, Glendora, La Verne) to the gently sloping valley floors where the majority of the residential and commercial development is located. This variation in terrain influences the Region's water management strategies, particularly regarding groundwater recharge capability and pressure zone management for water distribution.

The Region is a highly urbanized to semi-urbanized area that serves as a transition zone between the greater Los Angeles metropolitan area and the Inland Empire. It is traversed by major transportation corridors, including Interstates 10 and 210 and State Route 57, which have historically driven population growth and economic development in the area. Despite its urbanization, the Region maintains significant connection to natural resources, particularly along the northern foothill interface, which also presents specific climate vulnerabilities such as wildfire risk.

2.2. Water Agencies in the Region
Management of the Region's water resources involves a hierarchy of water suppliers, including a regional wholesaler and multiple retail agencies. TVMWD acts as the regional wholesaler, bridging the gap between the imported water supplies from MWD – a regional wholesale cooperative responsible for importing and managing Colorado River and State Water Project (SWP) supplies for Southern California – and the retail agencies that serve residents and businesses. The retail agencies include municipalities, special districts, investor-owned utilities, and mutual water companies, each responsible for the direct management of water supply distribution, local groundwater extraction, and customer service.

2.2.1. Water Supply Managers, Wholesalers, and Retailers TVMWD is a public agency formed by election of voters in 1950. As a member agency of MWD, TVMWD is the primary wholesale water supplier for the Region. TVMWD is responsible for long-range regional water supply management, including the importation of supplemental water from the SWP and the Colorado River Aqueduct (CRA) via MWD. TVMWD manages the transmission pipelines and treatment facilities necessary to deliver this imported water to its member agencies. Additionally, TVMWD plays a critical role in regional groundwater management by coordinating connection to MWD’s replenishment programs for the Main San Gabriel, Chino, and Six Basins.

Regional Water Agencies
There are 13 retail water agencies and/or community water systems operating within the TVMWD service area. These agencies vary in size and governance structure, but all rely on the common regional resources managed in this Plan.

For the purposes of this 2025 RUWMP, the retail agencies are categorized into two groups:
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 16

1. Participating Agencies: Seven retail agencies actively participated in the development of this Plan. Detailed descriptions of their specific service areas, water use, and supply reliability are provided in their respective chapters in Part 2 of this Plan.

2. Other Member Agencies: Six additional agencies operate within the Region. While these agencies are not signatories to this specific RUWMP, their water demands represent a significant portion of the regional total. Therefore, their supply and demand data has been estimated and included in the Regional Context (Part 1) analysis to ensure an accurate assessment of total regional reliability.

Table 2-1 summarizes the water agencies within the Region.

Table 2-1. Water Management Agencies in the TVMWD Region Agency Name Agency Type RUWMP Status
Three Valleys Municipal Water District Special District (Wholesaler) Lead Agency City of Glendora Municipality Participating Agency
City of La Verne Municipality Participating Agency
City of Pomona Municipality Participating Agency
Golden State Water Co. (Claremont) Investor-Owned Utility Participating Agency Golden State Water Co. (San Dimas) Investor-Owned Utility Participating Agency Rowland Water District Special District Participating Agency Walnut Valley Water District Special District Participating Agency City of Covina Municipality Other Member Agency
Suburban Water Systems Investor-Owned Utility Other Member Agency Covina Valley Water Company Retail
(Formally Valencia Heights Water Company) Mutual Water Company Other Member Agency Cal Poly Pomona State University Other Member Agency
Mt. San Antonio College Community College Other Member Agency Boy Scouts (Firestone Reservation) Non-Profit/Institutional Other Member Agency

2.3. Population and Demographics
Understanding the demographic makeup and growth trajectory of the TVMWD service area is essential for accurately projecting future water demands, designing effective conservation programs, and developing equitable long-term water management strategies. While the Region experienced periods of rapid residential and commercial expansion throughout the late 20th century, recent demographic data indicates a transition toward stabilized, modest population growth driven primarily by urban infill and redevelopment.

2.3.1. Historic Population Growth
The Region covers the eastern part of Los Angeles County, as well as the eastern half of the San Gabriel Valley. Because of the San Gabriel Valley’s close relationship with the economy and job market of the general Los Angeles region, economic trends that affect housing demands and job growth in Los Angeles 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 17
can be generally applied to San Gabriel Valley and the TVMWD service area. Historic U.S. Census population values and average annual growth rates for Los Angeles County are shown in Table 2-2. and Figure 2-2. Between 1980 and 2000, Los Angeles County grew rapidly, adding nearly 140,000 people each year from 1980 to 1990. By 2000, growth slowed and has been flattening out, gaining only 20,000 people per year from 2010 to 2020. Going forward, the population of Los Angeles County is projected to decline through 2050, as discussed in the following section.

Table 2-2. Los Angeles County Population, 1980 to 2020
Los Angeles County Population 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020
Population 7,477,239 8,863,052 9,519,315 9,818,605 10,014,009 Average Annual % Increase 1.71% 0.72% 0.31% 0.20%
Annual Average Population
Increase, people per year
139,000 66,000 30,000 20,000
Figure 2-2. Los Angeles County Population, 1980 to 2020 U.S. Census data indicate the TVMWD service area has experienced somewhat slower population growth than the greater Los Angeles County area. The Census populations for the TVMWD service area and annual average growth rates are shown in Table 2-3.

Table 2-3. TVMWD Population, 1990 to 2020
TVMWD Population 1990 2000 2010 2020
Population 474,112 508,711 506,446 515,688
Average Annual % Increase 0.71% (0.04%) 0.18%
Annual Average Population Increase, people per year 3,460 230 920 0 2,000,000
4,000,000
6,000,000
8,000,000
10,000,000
12,000,000
1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 2020
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 18

2.3.2. Future Population Projections
According to the California Department of Finance projections, the population of Los Angeles County is projected to decline from 2025 to 2050, as shown in Table 2-4 (DOF, 2025).

Table 2-4. Los Angeles County Projected Population, 2025 to 2050 Projected Population 2025 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050
Population 9,853,842 9,867,515 9,840,458 9,775,762 9,684,285 9,554,157 Average Annual % Increase (0.32%) 0.03% (0.05%) (0.13%) (0.19%) (0.27%) Annual Average Population
Change, people per year
(32,000) 3,000 (5,000) (13,000) (18,000) (26,000)
To project population for the TVMWD service area, the Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) demographics and growth forecast for the 2024 Connect SoCal Regional Transportation Plan (RTP) were used (SCAG, 2024). These projections include estimated population, households, and employment in 2019, 2035, and 2050 inside each of the approximately 13,062 traffic analysis zones (TAZs) that cover the SCAG region. SCAG publishes data per jurisdiction and TAZ as GIS shapefiles. This data is intersected with supplier service areas to provide an estimate of population within service areas for 2019, 2035, and 2050. SCAG prepares demographic forecasts based on land use data for their region and outside sources such as the 2020 Census and Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA). SCAG incorporates essential land use planning information to reflect anticipated future populations and land uses.

In 2022, SCAG launched the Local Data Exchange (LDX), a tool where jurisdictions can directly input their data. This change has increased data input, participation, and validation for the 2019, 2035, and 2050 projections. SCAG’s projections undergo extensive local review, incorporating zoning information from city and county general plans, input from local planners and jurisdictions, and coordination with local or regional land use authorities.

SCAG’s 2024 population growth projections have declined from the last Connect SoCal RTP in 2020, due to ongoing economic impacts of COVID-19, pandemic-related death increases, increasingly negative net domestic migration, decline in births, and near-zero level of foreign immigration. SCAG’s 2024 update uses a 2019 base year and incorporates a broader data range from 2016 to 2022, capturing key postCOVID shifts in population, employment, and household trends.

Figure 2-3Table 2-5 provides a comparison of population projections from the 2020 and 2024 Connect SoCal RTP. While 2024 SCAG projects slower growth, the result still shows a minor increase in population within the TVMWD service area, which is estimated to grow by about 30,000 people by 2050 from a 2020 Census value of 515,688. Table 2-5 shows 2024 Connect SoCal RTP projections along with a percent growth rate from 2030 to 2050. Table 2-6. and Table 2-7 show SCAG projections of households and employment (jobs) for the TVMWD service area, respectively. Near-term employment trends are discussed in more detail in the next section.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 19
Table 2-5. Projected Population for the Region (2030 to 2050) Projected Population 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050
Total 532,566 538,918 541,174 543,431 545,688
% Growth Rate 0.24% 0.08% 0.08% 0.08%
Figure 2-3. Connect SoCal RTP Population Projection Comparison Table 2-6. Projected Household for the TVMWD Service Area (2019 to 2050) Projected Households 2019 2035 2050
Total 159,913 183,170 188,818
% Growth Rate 0.85% 0.19%
Table 2-7. Projected Employment for the TVMWD Service Area (2019 to 2050) Projected Jobs 2019 2035 2050
Total 233,679 243,785 245,538
% Growth Rate 0.26% 0.04%

2.3.3. Other Demographic Information
The Region comprises about half of the San Gabriel Valley, on the eastern portion of the Los Angeles County as described in Section 2.3.1. Economic conditions in the Region can be reflected by the 2025 San Gabriel Valley Economic Forecast prepared by the San Gabriel Valley Economic Partnership and Cal Poly Pomona (SGVEP & Cal Poly Pomona, 2025). Overall, the Region has been experiencing a slowdown in economic growth for 2025, due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. Like most communities in Southern California, the post-pandemic recovery period is still present today. -
100,000
200,000
300,000
400,000
500,000
600,000
2025 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050
2020 Connect SoCal RTP 2024 Connect SoCal RTP
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 20
Currently, the San Gabriel Valley is experiencing long-term economic impacts from wildfires, such as displacement of residents, business disruption, and rebuilding costs. The San Gabriel Valley was affected by multiple wildfires in January of 2025, burning over 38,000 acres of Los Angeles County. A high demand of housing and rental increases have left residents to be displaced or migrate out of the San Gabriel Valley. The forecast indicates that most rebuilding activity is expected to occur over multiple years rather than in the near term. The San Gabriel Valley is expected to continue experiencing the economic effects of the wildfires over the coming years.

In developing the economic forecast, the San Gabriel Valley considered three major factors observed over the past year: wildfires, tariffs, and federal layoffs. Without these factors, total nonfarm employment was expected to grow steadily by approximately 0.4 percent, with job gains concentrated in the healthcare, transportation, and warehousing sectors. When these impacts are incorporated, however, 2025 is projected to result in a loss of approximately 6,500 nonfarm jobs, representing a 0.9 percent decline across the San Gabriel Valley. Manufacturing has been the sector most affected, with an estimated 2,900 jobs lost, accounting for roughly 5.7 percent of the sector’s workforce. Looking ahead, total nonfarm employment is projected to rebound by approximately 4,800 jobs (0.7 percent) by 2027, relative to 2025 levels.

Disadvantaged Communities
In accordance with DWR guidance, a community is classified as a disadvantaged community (DAC) if its median household income is below 80 percent of the statewide Median Household Income (MHI) for California. The current dataset used by DWR in the DAC Mapping Tool is the U.S. Census American Community Survey 5‑Year data for the 2018–2023 period (U.S. Census Bureau, 2024). Based on this dataset, the statewide MHI is $63,783, resulting in a DAC income threshold of $77,067.

A substantial number of census tracts within the Region are identified as DACs. The largest concentration of DACs is located in the eastern portion of the Region in the City of Pomona to the western portion in the Cities of Walnut and Rowland Heights, with additional DAC areas present in portions of the City of La Verne. Smaller, dispersed DAC areas are also located throughout the Region.

Many DAC residents within the Region are served by public water systems and receive water supplies that meet all applicable state and federal drinking water quality standards from the water agencies serving their communities. While water quality standards are met, affordability remains a challenge in some DAC areas. Communities with the highest concentrations of DAC residents have implemented assistance programs to help households manage water‑related costs while continuing to ensure that water and wastewater services comply with all state and federal regulatory requirements.

2.4. Land Uses
Land use patterns within the Region are a primary driver of water demand, particularly regarding outdoor irrigation needs. As described in Section 2.1, the Region covers approximately 133 square miles characterized by a diverse mix of developed urban landscapes and natural foothill terrain. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 21
The valley floors (Pomona, Walnut, and San Gabriel Valleys) are largely built-out and urbanized. The predominant land use in these areas is residential, consisting of a mix of low-density single-family homes (which historically drive higher per capita water use due to landscaping) and medium-to-high density multi-family developments. Current land use trends focus on redevelopment, "in-fill" projects, and densification (such as the addition of Accessory Dwelling Units). The northern boundary of the Region, defined by the foothills of the San Gabriel Mountains, remains largely comprised of protected open space and low-density residential interface zones. The Region also supports significant commercial and light industrial corridors, particularly along Interstates 10 and 210 and State Route 57.

A unique characteristic of the Region is the presence of major institutional land uses. The area is home to several large educational institutions, including California State Polytechnic University, Pomona (Cal Poly Pomona), Mt. San Antonio College (Mt. SAC), and the Claremont Colleges. These campuses represent distinct water use profiles, often managing large, landscaped areas, independent water infrastructure systems, and substantial demand shifts that correspond with instructional sessions and breaks.

Planning Coordination
While TVMWD and its Participating Agencies manage water supplies, most of them do not have land use authority. The authority to approve General Plans, Specific Plans, and zoning designations lies with the local municipalities (e.g., City of Pomona, City of Glendora) and Los Angeles County.

However, the California Government Code requires coordination between land use and water planning.

The Participating Agencies generally voluntarily comply with local building codes and standards.

Furthermore, the demand projections utilized in this Plan (and discussed in Section 4) rely on growth forecasts from the SCAG, which are derived from the local land use plans of the cities and counties within the Region (SCAG, 2024). SCAG conducts coordination with land use agencies as part of its regional forecast cycles. Figure 2-4 and Table 2-8 show the land uses within the Three Valley Region. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 22
Figure 2-4. Regional Land Use Map
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 23
Table 2-8. Approximate Regional Land Use Distribution
Land Use Category Description Approximate % of
Service Area
Single-Family Residential Detached homes, typically with outdoor landscaping 38% Multi-Family Residential Apartments, condos, townhomes 5% Commercial / Industrial Retail, office parks, manufacturing, logistics 16% Institutional Schools, universities, hospitals, government facilities 6% Open Space / Vacant Foothills, parks, spreading grounds, undeveloped land 35% Agriculture Remnant agricultural parcels (e.g., Cal Poly campus) <1%

2.5. Regional Climate
The climate within the Region is characterized as "Mediterranean," consisting of hot, dry summers and mild, wet winters. This seasonal pattern is the primary driver of the Region's water demand profile:
water use typically peaks in the summer months (July through September) due to high outdoor irrigation demands and drops in the winter months (December through March) when rainfall is more prevalent and evaporation rates are lower.

The Region’s local hydrology is heavily influenced by the San Gabriel Mountains to the north. These mountains act as a barrier to storm systems, creating an orographic effect that results in higher precipitation totals in the foothills compared to the valley floor. Surface water supplies from the San Gabriel River and San Antonio Creek account for approximately 2 percent of the Region’s water supply portfolio and are directly dependent on this mountain precipitation and snowpack. Recycled water, which is largely independent of local precipitation, accounts for an additional 4 percent of the regional supply.

2.5.1. Current Regional Climate
The Region has extensive historical climate records used for planning. For evaluating historical hydrologic extremes and long-term variability, the Glendora West Station gauge serves as a key benchmark, with records dating back to 18832. Historical analysis of this station indicates significant variability in the Region, with annual rainfall ranging from a low of 7.67 inches (1961) to a high of 46.55 inches (1978).

While the Glendora West Station provides an excellent centennial record for precipitation, it does not capture the full suite of climatological data necessary for modern demand modeling. Therefore, to establish the current baseline for average monthly temperatures, precipitation, and reference evapotranspiration (ETo), the Region utilizes data from the California Irrigation Management Information System (CIMIS) Station 78, located in Pomona (DWR, 2026b). Table 2-9 summarizes these baseline climate characteristics for the Region for the last 35 years (1990-2025). This specific timeframe 2 https://wrcc.dri.edu/cgi-bin/cliMAIN.pl?ca7050
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 24
was selected because it represents the full period of continuous, reliable data available for CIMIS Station 78.

Table 2-9. Regional Climate Characteristics (Jul 1990 – Sep 2025) Month Average
Temperature (°F)
Average
Minimum
Temperature (°F)
Average
Maximum
Temperature (°F)
Average Total
Precipitation
(Inches)
ETo
(Inches)
January 53.6 42.3 67.3 3.1 1.99
February 54.3 43.0 67.2 3.4 2.37
March 56.7 45.1 69.7 2.3 3.73
April 59.7 47.4 73.1 1.0 4.74
May 63.3 52.4 76.0 0.4 5.20
June 68.2 56.8 82.0 0.2 5.96
July 73.0 60.7 87.8 0.2 6.74
August 74.0 60.9 89.7 0.3 6.59
September 71.5 58.9 87.0 0.5 4.99
October 65.3 53.1 80.3 0.8 1.94
November 58.2 46.0 73.4 1.1 2.39
December 52.5 41.3 66.7 2.5 1.77
Annual 62.5 50.6 76.7 15.9 48.41
Source: California Department of Water Resources, CIMIS Station 78 (Pomona) (DWR, 2026b) As shown in the table, the Region's climate creates a significant structural imbalance between natural water supply and outdoor water demand. Annual ETo (48.41 inches) is more than three times the average annual precipitation (15.9 inches). This significant deficit necessitates the application of supplemental irrigation to maintain landscaping and agriculture throughout the majority of the year.

Precipitation is highly concentrated, with approximately 71 percent of the average annual rainfall (11.3 inches) occurring in a four-month window between December and March. Conversely, the summer months (June through September) experience negligible precipitation (less than 1 inch combined) while accounting for the highest ETo rates, peaking at 6.74 inches in July.

2.5.2. Potential Effects of Climate Change
Climate change adds a layer of uncertainty to the Region’s future water supply reliability. As part of development of TVMWD’s 2025 Water Resources Master Plan (WRMP) (TVMWD, 2025) (included in Part 3, Appendix H), TVMWD completed a Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment (Climate Assessment) in July 2024 (TVMWD, 2024a) (the Climate Assessment is included in Part 3, Appendix I).

The Climate Assessment utilized data from DWR and 20 global climate models to project impacts on the Region’s water supplies and demands through 2045.

The assessment evaluated three potential future scenarios: (1) Drier with Extreme Warming ("Dry Hot"), (2) Median Future Conditions, and (3) Wetter with Moderate Warming ("Wet Warm"). Key climate change impacts identified in the standalone 2024 Climate Assessment include:
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 25
⚫ Increased Temperatures and Outdoor Demand: Regional increases in average maximum temperatures are projected to reach approximately 4°F to 5°F by the mid-21st century. This warming trend is expected to increase evapotranspiration (ET) rates for landscaping and crops.

Under the "Dry Hot" scenario, average annual outdoor water demand in the Region is projected to increase by approximately 5.8 percent by 2045. When combined with population growth, total water demand in the service area could increase by up to 15 percent under this scenario compared to baseline conditions.
⚫ Hydrologic Volatility and Shorter Rainy Seasons: While the total volume of annual precipitation may not decrease drastically (projected decrease of 6.5 percent under Dry Hot conditions), the timing of rainfall is expected to shift. The Region is projected to experience a shorter rainy season with higher intensity precipitation events. This volatility poses a challenge for local spreading grounds, as storm flows may occur in peaks that exceed the immediate capacity of diversion facilities, potentially reducing the volume of water successfully captured for groundwater recharge.
⚫ Reduced Local Surface Water: Under the “Dry Hot” scenario, flows in the San Gabriel River are projected to decrease by approximately 10 percent by 2045. This reduction directly impacts the availability of local surface water for treatment and groundwater replenishment. ⚫ Increased Reliance on Imported Water: Due to the projected stabilization or slight decrease in local supplies (groundwater and surface water) combined with the climate-driven increase in demand, the Region’s reliance on imported water from MWD is projected to increase. The Climate Assessment indicates that imported water supply requirements could increase by approximately 15,400 acre-feet per year (AFY) by 2045 under extreme warming conditions.

While the 2024 Climate Assessment established the foundational vulnerabilities summarized above (using modeled theoretical demands through 2045), TVMWD and the Participating Agencies opted to utilize a more rigorous, hybrid analytical approach for the actual supply and demand projections presented in this 2025 RUWMP (which extends to 2050, as detailed in Chapter 5).

To ensure operational accuracy through 2050, the climate change factors derived from the Climate Assessment were updated through 2050 and applied directly to scale the future availability of local supplies. Conversely, rather than relying solely on modeled theoretical demand increases, this RUWMP projects future drought demands using empirical stress-test data. As described in Chapter 5, the relationship between actual elevated water use during the historical 2018–2022 drought and the 2021– 2025 average baseline was used to establish localized drought scaling factors.

By applying these updated Climate Assessment climate factors through 2050 to the supply side and empirical historical scaling factors to the demand side, this RUWMP provides a conservative, operationally grounded assessment of the Region's reliance on imported water through 2050. Because of this shift from 2045 theoretical modeling to 2050 empirical historical scaling, the final volumetric projections in Chapter 5 supersede the preliminary 2045 estimates cited in the Climate Assessment summary above.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 26

3. Regional Water Sources and Management
Securing a reliable water supply is the primary mission of TVMWD and its Participating Agencies. The Region relies on a diversified portfolio of water assets to meet the needs of its residential, commercial, and institutional customers.

Based on the regional baseline established for this Plan (2021–2025), the Region’s water supply portfolio consists of:
⚫ Imported Water (approximately 50%): Primarily water purchased from the MWD originating from the Colorado River and the SWP. This is supplemented by other imported or wholesale purchases from neighboring municipalities and mutual water companies. ⚫ Local Groundwater (approximately 44%): Groundwater extracted from the Main San Gabriel, Chino, Six Basins, Spadra, Central, and Puente basins.
⚫ Recycled Water (approximately 4%): Treated wastewater utilized for non-potable demands. ⚫ Local Surface Water (approximately 2%): Surface flows diverted from the San Gabriel River and San Antonio Creek.

This chapter describes the current and planned water resources available to the Region through 2050. It also details the management frameworks – including legal judgments, Watermasters, and regional agreements – that govern how these resources are extracted, stored, and shared among the agencies.

Regional Water Supply Portfolio Overview
While the percentages above represent the aggregate regional supply, the specific water supply portfolios vary significantly among the individual retail agencies. Because of the Region's diverse geography, hydrogeology, and historical infrastructure development, each agency relies on a unique combination of imported water, groundwater, surface water, and recycled water.

For example, agencies located in the northern foothills may have access to local surface water diversions, while agencies in the southern portion of the Region may rely more heavily on imported water and recycled water. This diversity is a regional strength. However, it also means that each agency is impacted differently by drought, regulatory shifts, or infrastructure constraints.

Table 3-1 provides a high-level overview of the water sources currently utilized by each agency within the TVMWD service area.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 27
Table 3-1. Overview of Water Sources Used by TVMWD Member Agencies Agency Groundwater Imported
Water
Surface
Water
Recycled
Water
Participating Agencies (RUWMP Co-Authors) n/a n/a n/a n/a City of Glendora ✓ ✓ n/a n/a
City of La Verne ✓ ✓ n/a n/a
City of Pomona ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Golden State Water Company (Claremont) ✓ ✓ n/a n/a
Golden State Water Company (San Dimas) ✓ ✓ n/a n/a
Rowland Water District ✓ ✓ n/a ✓
Walnut Valley Water District ✓ ✓ n/a ✓
Other TVMWD Agencies n/a n/a n/a n/a
Boy Scouts of America n/a ✓ n/a n/a
Cal Poly Pomona ✓ ✓ n/a ✓
City of Covina n/a ✓ n/a n/a
Mt. San Antonio College n/a ✓ n/a n/a
Suburban Water Systems ✓ ✓ n/a ✓
Covina Valley Water Company Retail
(Formally Valencia Heights Water Company)
✓ ✓ ✓ n/a
Note: Some agencies purchase local surface water or groundwater that has been treated and delivered by third-party mutual water companies, such as the Covina Valley Water Company. n/a = not applicable.

3.1. Imported Water
Imported water is the single largest source of supply for the Region. While several retail agencies’ supply portfolios include external wholesale purchases (detailed in Section 3.1.4), the vast majority of the Region's imported water is provided by TVMWD. TVMWD is a member agency of MWD, a regional wholesaler that delivers water to 26member public agencies across Southern California. MWD imports water from two primary sources: the Colorado River via the CRA and the Sacramento-San Joaquin BayDelta via the SWP.

TVMWD purchases both treated and untreated imported water from MWD. Treated water is delivered directly to retail agencies through service connections to the MWD distribution system. Untreated water is delivered to TVMWD’s Miramar Water Treatment Plant for treatment and distribution or used for groundwater replenishment in the Main San Gabriel and Six Basins.

3.1.1. Supply Description and Management
MWD’s primary sources of water are the Colorado River and the SWP. To secure these supplies against drought, regulatory restrictions, and climate change, MWD continues to invest in a diverse resource mix, including storage (such as Diamond Valley Lake), water transfers, and conservation programs. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 28
Colorado River Aqueduct
The CRA transports water 242 miles from Lake Havasu to Lake Mathews in Riverside County. MWD’s entitlement to Colorado River water is established by the "Law of the River," a collection of compacts, federal laws, and court decrees. Although MWD’s base apportionment is 550,000 AFY, MWD supplements this supply through agricultural conservation programs (such as the agreement with the Palo Verde Irrigation District) and storage programs in Lake Mead.

It is important to note that due to hydraulic constraints in the regional distribution system, several of TVMWD’s member agencies are located in "SWP Dependent Areas." These areas (including parts of the cities of Glendora and La Verne) cannot receive Colorado River water and are solely dependent on supplies from the SWP.

State Water Project
The SWP, managed by DWR, transports water from Northern California to Southern California via the California Aqueduct. MWD is the largest contractor of the SWP, with a maximum Table A allocation of 1,911,500 AFY.

Actual SWP deliveries vary annually based on hydrology, reservoir storage in Northern California, and environmental regulations in the Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta. To manage this variability, MWD utilizes its significant storage capacity (surface reservoirs and groundwater banking) to store surplus water during wet years for use during dry years.

TVMWD Access to Imported Water
Historically, TVMWD accessed MWD supplies through a Purchase Order structure with tiered rates.

However, MWD recently transitioned to a single volumetric rate structure (MWD 2025, 2026a). Over the most recent five-year baseline period (2021–2025), TVMWD’s annual imports have averaged approximately 55,600 AFY. TVMWD continues to coordinate closely with MWD to ensure reliable, costeffective access to imported supplies.

3.1.2. Supply Reliability and Climate Impacts
The amount of water delivered through the SWP and CRA in any given year is highly dependent on statewide hydrology, snowpack, and regulatory constraints (such as pumping restrictions in the Sacramento-San Joaquin Bay-Delta to protect endangered species). During severe, multi-year droughts, allocations from the SWP have historically dropped as low as 5 percent of contracted amounts (e.g., in 2014 and 2021). Furthermore, the Colorado River Basin has experienced a prolonged two-decade drought, leading to historic shortage declarations by the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation.

MWD Storage and Reliability Mitigation
If TVMWD relied solely on the annual yield of the SWP and CRA, the Region would face severe structural deficits during droughts. However, MWD has invested billions of dollars in a massive regional storage portfolio – including Diamond Valley Lake (DVL), Lake Mathews, Lake Skinner, and extensive Central Valley and Mojave groundwater banking programs.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 29
Entering the 2026 planning cycle, MWD’s storage reservoirs are situated at near-record highs, holding nearly 4 million acre-feet (MAF) of water. As summarized in Table 3-2, MWD’s 2025 UWMP reliability modeling (provided in Part 3, Appendix J) demonstrates that even with severe cutbacks on SWP and Colorado River supplies, MWD possesses sufficient storage reserves to meet all wholesale member agency demands without triggering mandatory shortage allocations over the next five years, and projects 100 percent supply capability through 2050 under all modeled drought scenarios (MWD, 2026b).

Table 3-2. Projected Availability of TVMWD Wholesale Imported Supplies (from MWD) Hydrologic
Scenario
MWD Base Allocations
(SWP and CRA)
MWD Storage Withdrawals (DVL,
Groundwater Banks)
TVMWD Projected
Imported Reliability
Normal Year Average to High Minimal (Net Storage Accumulation) 100% of Demand Met Single Dry Year Constrained High (Storage Drawn Down) 100% of Demand Met 5-Year Drought Severely Constrained Maximum (Sustained Storage Drawdown) 100% of Demand Met Infrastructure Constraints: SWP-Dependent Areas
While MWD’s aggregate supply is highly reliable, TVMWD must navigate localized infrastructure constraints. Due to pipeline elevations and network physics, certain northern portions of the TVMWD service area – specifically serving the City of Glendora and the City of La Verne – are classified as "SWPDependent Areas." These zones cannot physically receive treated Colorado River water.

When SWP allocations are severely constrained during extreme droughts, MWD cannot simply substitute CRA water for these agencies. To maintain reliability in these specific zones, TVMWD and the Participating Agencies rely on local groundwater extraction, shifting supplies via the Pomona-WalnutRowland Joint Water Line (JWL), and utilizing TVMWD's cyclic storage accounts in the Main San Gabriel and Six Basins to offset the localized imported deficit.

To mitigate these constraints, MWD is actively constructing and planning a suite of infrastructure projects under its Capital Investment Plan designed to physically push stored water into SWP-Dependent Areas during extreme droughts.

For the eastern portion of the MWD’s service area – which directly benefits TVMWD's SWP-dependent agencies like the cities of the Glendora and La Verne – MWD is constructing the Diamond Valley Lake (DVL) to Rialto Pipeline Delivery Project (anticipated completion in late 2028). This project utilizes the Wadsworth Pumping Plant to pump stored water from DVL (which includes both banked SWP and Colorado River water) north into the Rialto Pipeline, reducing the area's strict reliance on real-time California Aqueduct flows and enhancing drought reliability.

Additionally, MWD’s 2025 UWMP identifies additional regional projects to provide relief to SWPDependent Areas across Southern California. These include west-side distribution upgrades – such as the Sepulveda Feeder Pumping Station and Greg Avenue Pump Station expansions – which reverse flow to push treated water into areas normally reliant on the West Branch of the SWP. Regionally, MWD is also advancing Pure Water Southern California, a massive, advanced water purification project that could produce up to 150 million gallons per day (MGD) of new supply. MWD is planning over 50 miles of large- 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 30
diameter pipeline from Carson to La Verne to provide raw water augmentation directly into the Weymouth Water Treatment Plant, which would further reduce the Region's demand for imported SWP supplies and increase reliability for TVMWD.

MWD Supply Reliability Modeling
As the regional wholesaler, MWD is responsible for projecting the reliability of imported water supplies for its member agencies. In its 2025 Draft UWMP, MWD assessed its ability to meet demands under normal, single-dry, and five-year consecutive drought conditions through the year 2050 (MWD, 2026b).

MWD’s analysis incorporates DWR’s Delivery Capability Report (DCR) CalSim models (DWR, 2025) and accounts for potential future constraints on the Colorado River. MWD’s modeling demonstrates that, through the implementation of its Integrated Resources Plan, which includes active conservation, local resource development, and storage management, it has sufficient supply capabilities to meet all projected member agency supplemental water demands through 2050, even under a repeat of historic drought conditions.

Based on MWD’s reliability assessment, TVMWD projects that imported water will be 100 percent reliable to meet the projected demands of its Participating Agencies through the planning horizon of this RUWMP.

3.1.3. Imported Water Quality
MWD is responsible for managing the water quality of the SWP and CRA and providing treated and untreated water that meets or exceeds all regulatory standards. The water quality of the SWP and CRA differ significantly, and the proportion of each source delivered to TVMWD fluctuates based on hydrology, MWD operational decisions, and drought conditions.

State Water Project Quality
Water imported via the SWP originates in the Sierra Nevada and flows through the Sacramento-San Joaquin Bay-Delta. SWP water is generally characterized by lower salinity, with Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) typically ranging from 250 to 350 milligrams per liter (mg/L). However, as water flows through the Sacramento-San Joaquin Bay-Delta, it picks up organic carbon and bromide. When treated with chlorine, these natural constituents can react to form Disinfection Byproducts (DBPs), which are strictly regulated by the EPA. SWP supplies are also susceptible to seasonal algal blooms, which can cause harmless but noticeable taste and odor issues, as well as suspended solids from winter storm runoff.

Colorado River Aqueduct Quality
Water imported via the CRA generally contains higher mineral content and salinity. TDS levels in CRA water are typically twice as high as SWP water, averaging between 580 mg/L and 620 mg/L, and can spike up to 700 mg/L or higher during prolonged droughts in the Colorado River Basin. In addition to higher hardness and salinity, the Colorado River watershed has historically faced localized challenges with perchlorate, uranium, and chromium-6, though MWD actively manages and monitors these constituents to ensure they remain well below regulatory limits prior to delivery. The CRA system also 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 31
requires aggressive management to control the spread of invasive Quagga mussels, which can clog intake and delivery infrastructure.

Salinity Management and Blending Strategies
Salinity is a critical water quality metric for the Region. High TDS in imported water not only affects the aesthetic quality (hardness) of drinking water but also has cascading impacts on the Region's local resources. When high-TDS imported water is used indoors, it increases the salinity of the wastewater sent to local reclamation plants. This, in turn, increases the salinity of the recycled water produced, which can limit its use for landscape irrigation and groundwater recharge due to strict Regional Water Quality Control Board Basin Plan objectives.

To mitigate this, MWD attempts to blend CRA water with lower-salinity SWP water to achieve a target TDS of approximately 500 mg/L for its treated water deliveries. However, during severe drought years when SWP allocations are drastically reduced, MWD must rely more heavily on the CRA. During these periods, TVMWD and its retail agencies experience higher salinity in their imported supplies.

Local Treatment and Operations
While MWD delivers some pre-treated water directly to TVMWD’s retail agencies for potable use, TVMWD also purchases raw, untreated imported water. TVMWD is responsible for treating this raw water at the Miramar Water Treatment Plant (MWTP) located in Claremont. The MWTP utilizes conventional filtration and disinfection processes to meet all Division of Drinking Water (DDW) standards before distributing the water to member agencies. The MWTP has a design capacity of 25 MGD and is undergoing continuous modernization, including planned upgrades to incorporate Granular Activated Carbon (GAC) into its filter basins to proactively address contaminants of emerging concern.

Additionally, untreated imported water is delivered to the Covina Valley Water Company (CVWC), which treats the water at its William B. Temple Treatment Plant prior to supplying it to local agencies in the western portion of the Region. Both TVMWD and CVWC must dynamically adjust their treatment plant operations to handle the shifting water quality profiles of MWD's blend of SWP and CRA water.

3.1.4. Other Imported and Purchased Water Supplies
While TVMWD/MWD supplies constitute the vast majority of imported water in the Region, several retail agencies rely on external imports, wholesale purchases, and inter-agency transfers to meet their localized demands. To accurately capture the Region's total water portfolio in the supply and demand assessments (Section 5), these distinct supplies are categorized collectively as "Imported Water (Other)."
This category encompasses water secured outside of the TVMWD wholesale network. This includes wholesale purchases of treated surface water and groundwater from mutual water companies (such as the Covina Valley Water Company), purchases from neighboring municipalities (such as the City of Upland), and other external basin transfers utilized by agencies like Suburban Water Systems to serve their respective customers.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 32

3.2. Groundwater
Groundwater is a foundational component of the Region’s water supply portfolio, accounting for approximately 44 percent of the baseline water use (2021–2025 average). The Participating Agencies rely on local groundwater to meet baseload demands and to buffer against fluctuations in imported water availability during dry years.

The Region overlies a complex network of groundwater basins, each with distinct hydrogeological characteristics, recharge capabilities, and legal frameworks. The local groundwater supply utilized by the agencies within the TVMWD service area is primarily drawn from four basins that underlie the Region:
the Main San Gabriel Basin, the Chino Basin, the Six Basins, and the Spadra Basin. Additionally, agencies and joint powers authorities operating within the TVMWD service area hold adjudicated groundwater rights in two supplemental basins – the Central Basin and the Puente Basin – which are hydrologically connected to the Region's primary basins but lie partially or wholly south of the TVMWD service area boundary. Figure 3-1 summarizes the groundwater basins in the Region. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 33
Figure 3-1. TVMWD Regional Groundwater Basins
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 34
Groundwater extraction within the Region is highly regulated. The Main San Gabriel, Chino, Six Basins, Central, and Puente Basins are adjudicated, meaning that groundwater rights, safe yields, and recharge obligations are governed by court judgments and managed by court-appointed Watermasters or administrative bodies. Because they are adjudicated, these basins are exempt from the requirement to develop a Groundwater Sustainability Plan (GSP) under the Sustainable Groundwater Management Act (SGMA). The Spadra Basin is the only non-adjudicated basin utilized by the Region and is managed locally in compliance with SGMA.

While TVMWD acts primarily as a wholesale importer and only directly produces a small amount of groundwater from the Six Basins, it plays a vital role in regional groundwater sustainability. TVMWD delivers untreated imported water to replenish these local aquifers and maintains significant cyclic storage accounts to ensure water is available during extended droughts.

The physical characteristics, management structures, TVMWD’s and the Participating Agencies’ specific involvement in each of these basins are detailed in the following subsections.

3.2.1. Main San Gabriel Basin
The Main San Gabriel Basin (DWR Basin No. 4-013) is the primary groundwater basin of the Region's local supply, providing approximately 64 percent of the total regional groundwater utilized by agencies within the TVMWD service area. Within the context of this RUWMP, it primarily serves the western portion of the Region, including the City of Glendora, Golden State Water Company (San Dimas), and several Other Member Agencies such as Suburban Water Systems and the City of Covina.

Physical Characteristics and Hydrogeology
The Main San Gabriel Basin lies in eastern Los Angeles County and encompasses a surface area of approximately 167 square miles. The basin is bounded by the San Gabriel Mountains to the north, the Raymond fault to the northwest, the Repetto, Monterey, and Puente Hills to the south and southwest, and the San Jose fault to the east.

The basin's water-bearing formations consist of highly permeable alluvial deposits of sand, gravel, and silt. The basin is primarily drained by the San Gabriel River and the Rio Hondo. Dominant recharge to the sub-basin comes from the percolation of precipitation, infiltration of runoff from the San Gabriel Mountains, and the artificial recharge of imported water and recycled water at spreading grounds operated by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Works. Because of the basin's high permeability, it responds rapidly to both extraction and recharge events, making it an ideal basin for large-scale conjunctive use and water banking. Table 3-3 summarizes the aggregated historical groundwater production from the Main San Gabriel Basin by retail agencies within the TVMWD service area over the 2021–2025 baseline period.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 35
Table 3-3. Historical Groundwater Production from the Main San Gabriel Basin by TVMWD Agencies (AFY)
Water Source / Agency 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 5-Year
Average
Participating Agencies 12,483 11,055 9,022 9,951 12,645 11,214 Other TVMWD Agencies* 29,120 28,961 28,568 29,005 28,940 28,919 Regional Total 41,603 40,016 37,590 38,956 41,046 40,133 *Note: To accurately reflect the total regional reliance on the Main San Gabriel Basin, this table incorporates estimated groundwater production for Other Member Agencies within the TVMWD service area. Because these agencies are not formal signatories to this 2025 RUWMP, their historical production volumes were estimated utilizing the best available public data, including 2020 UWMPs and recent Main San Gabriel Basin Watermaster Annual Reports.

Adjudication and Basin Management
The Main San Gabriel Basin was adjudicated in 1973 (Upper San Gabriel Valley MWD v. City of Alhambra). The Judgment (included in Part 3, Appendix K) established the Main San Gabriel Basin Watermaster to manage the basin and defined the prescriptive pumping rights of the overlying producers.

Instead of a fixed safe yield, the Watermaster manages the basin through an Operating Safe Yield (OSY), which is determined annually based on groundwater elevations, rainfall, and anticipated imported water availability. Historical OSYs for the Main San Gabriel Basin are shown in Table 3-4.

Table 3-4. Historical and Projected Operating Safe Yield of the Main San Gabriel Basin Fiscal Year(s) Operating Safe Yield (AF)
2010-2011 170,000
2012 210,000
2013 200,000
2014 180,000
2015-2024 150,000
2025-2026 160,000
2027-2030* 140,000
*Note: Projected OSYs are from Main San Gabriel Basin Watermaster Report on Final Determination of Operating Safe Yield for 2025-26 Through 2029-30 (Main San Gabriel Basin Watermaster, 2025) Pumping rights for each producer are calculated as a percentage of the OSY. However, extractions are not limited to a producer’s pumping rights. If a producer extracts water in excess of their right, they incur a "Replacement Water" assessment. The Watermaster uses these assessments to purchase untreated imported water to recharge the basin, thereby ensuring long-term sustainability and preventing overdraft.

Additionally, the Main San Gabriel Basin Watermaster annually adopts a Five-Year Water Quality and Supply Plan (included in Part 3, Appendix K) to proactively manage the basin’s groundwater quality and coordinate the delivery of Replacement Water (Main San Gabriel Watermaster, 2023). Because the Main San Gabriel Basin contains multiple EPA Superfund sites and areas impacted by legacy contaminants 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 36
(such as VOCs, PFAS, and nitrates), this Five-Year Water Quality and Supply Plan serves as a critical regulatory and reliability tool. It outlines the strategic funding and deployment of wellhead treatment facilities to prevent the migration of contaminant plumes. By treating contaminated groundwater and aggressively managing recharge, the Watermaster prevents wells from becoming "stranded," thereby safeguarding the basin's OSY and preventing unexpected, emergency spikes in demand for TVMWD's imported water during droughts.

Projected Supply Methodology
Because the OSY is determined annually by the Watermaster based on real-time hydrological conditions, reservoir storage, and groundwater elevations, this RUWMP does not attempt to forecast a firm administrative OSY out to the year 2050. Instead, to ensure this aggregated regional projection is realistic, TVMWD and the Participating Agencies compared the anticipated future groundwater extractions against the recent historical range of the basin's OSY.

Future local groundwater supplies from the Main San Gabriel Basin were developed using a bottom-up, agency-specific approach. For the Participating Agencies, the TVMWD Climate Assessment’s groundwater climate factors (discussed in Section 2.5.2) for 2030-2050 were applied directly to each agency's individual 2021-2025 actual average pumping baseline (TVMWD, 2024a). For the Other Member Agencies, Main San Gabriel Basin extractions were estimated utilizing the best available public data, as shown in Table 3-5. These individual projections were then aggregated to determine the total regional Main San Gabriel Basin supply through 2050.

Based on this bottom-up aggregation, regional extractions from the Main San Gabriel Basin are projected to range from 40,886 AF in 2030, gradually decreasing to 40,102 AF by 2050. Because these projected extractions fall below the Region's historical five-year average (41,046 AFY) during the basin's most restrictive recent historical OSYs (150,000-160,000 AF), this analysis confirms that the projected extractions remain highly plausible and can be sustainably managed through the Watermaster's existing Replacement Water assessment framework.

TVMWD's Role and Storage Programs
As a regional wholesaler, TVMWD is a critical partner in the management of the Main San Gabriel Basin.

TVMWD delivers untreated imported water from MWD to the basin's spreading grounds to satisfy the Replacement Water obligations of the pumpers located within TVMWD's service area.

To capture additional imported supplies during wet years when MWD water is abundant, TVMWD participates in a Cyclic Storage Program within the basin. The Cyclic Storage Agreement between MWD, TVMWD, and the Watermaster (included in Part 3, Appendix K) allows for the pre-delivery and storage of up to 50,000 AF of imported water. This agreement, originally signed in 1991, was recently amended effective June 2024 to extend the termination date to June 2034. TVMWD had approximately 3,079 AF stored in the basin as of the end of 2025.

Additionally, the Puente Basin Water Agency (PBWA) – a joint powers authority between Rowland Water District and Walnut Valley Water District – maintains a storage and export agreement with the 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 37
Main San Gabriel Basin for 30,000 AF (included in Part 3, Appendix K). This banking arrangement allows PBWA to purchase surplus imported water or local supplies when available, bank them in the Main San Gabriel Basin, and subsequently extract and export that water to the Rowland and Walnut Valley service areas during dry years or periods of imported supply constraint. This provides a critical local buffer for these two retail agencies, which are historically highly dependent on imported water.

Table 3-5 summarizes the current regional storage agreements and capacities within the Main San Gabriel Basin.

Table 3-5. TVMWD Storage and Export Agreements in the Main San Gabriel Basin Agreement / Account Type Managing Entities Maximum Storage Capacity (AF)
Estimated Stored Balance
(End of 2025) (AF)
Cyclic Storage Agreement TVMWD, MWD, Main
Basin Watermaster
50,000 3,079
Storage and Export Agreement PBWA 30,000 3,0001

1. Balance estimated based on the PBWA Board of Commissioners' October 2024 authorization to purchase 3,000 AF of cyclic storage for the 2025-2029 water years (PBWA, 2024).

3.2.2. Chino Basin
The Chino Basin (DWR Basin No. 8-02.01) provides approximately 17 percent of the total regional groundwater utilized by agencies within the TVMWD service area. Within the context of this RUWMP, extraction from the Chino Basin is predominantly utilized by the City of Pomona to serve the eastern portion of the Region.

Physical Characteristics and Hydrogeology
The Chino Basin is a large groundwater basin located in the southwest corner of San Bernardino County and the northwest corner of Riverside County. The basin is bordered by the San Gabriel Mountains to the north, the Rialto-Colton fault to the east, and the Jurupa Mountains and Puente Hills to the south and southwest. The surface area of the Chino Basin is approximately 154,000 acres (or 240 square miles). The San Antonio Creek and Cucamonga Creek drain the Chino Basin area southward and flow into the Santa Ana River. The Chino Basin is a subbasin of the Upper Santa Ana Valley Groundwater Basin and has a total storage capacity of approximately 5,000,000 AF.

The basin consists of highly permeable alluvial deposits. Surface drainage in this portion of the region flows generally southward via San Antonio Creek and Chino Creek toward the Santa Ana River. The principal sources of natural recharge are percolation of precipitation and infiltration of runoff from the San Gabriel Mountains. This is supplemented by significant artificial recharge of imported water and recycled water managed by regional partners.

Adjudication and Basin Management
The Chino Basin was adjudicated in 1978 (Chino Basin Municipal Water District v. City of Chino et al.) (included in Part 3, Appendix L). The Judgment established the Chino Basin Watermaster to account for 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 38
and implement the management of the basin, and it contains a physical solution to meet the requirements of all water users.

The Chino Basin Judgment originally established a Safe Yield for the Chino Basin of 140,000 AFY. The Safe Yield is typically recalculated every 10 years and is defined in the Chino Basin Judgment as “the long-term average annual quantity of ground water (excluding replenishment of stored water but including return flow to the Basin from use of replenishment or stored water) which can be produced from the Chino Basin under conditions of a particular year without causing an undesirable result”.

Pursuant to the most recent Safe Yield reset effective in 2020, the Safe Yield for the Chino Basin is currently 131,000 AFY (effective from July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2030).

In April 2017, a Court Order regarding the Safe Yield of the Chino Basin (San Bernardino County Superior Court, 2017) was issued, which caused the Safe Yield to be recalculated in 2025. The 2017 Safe Yield Court Order also required changes to the Safe Yield Reset methodology. The methodology was updated in 2022, and the 2025 Safe Yield Reset process began in 2023. The 2025 Safe Yield Reset is not yet final, so for purposes of this UWMP, the Safe Yield for the Chino Basin is based on the currently effective value of 131,000 AFY. Additional information on the 2025 Safe Yield Reset is available on the Chino Basin Watermaster website (https://www.cbwm.org/pages/syrm/).

The Chino Basin Judgment’s allocation of the Safe Yield includes three separate pools:

1. Overlying Agricultural Pool (farmers, State of California, and other minimal producers)

2. Overlying Non-Agricultural Pool (businesses and industries)

3. Appropriative Pool (cities, agencies, and other water suppliers, including Ontario) As of July 2020, the Safe Yield is allocated among these three pools at 82,800 AFY to the Overlying Agricultural Pool, 7,366 AFY to the Overlying Non-Agricultural Pool, and 40,834 AFY to the Appropriative Pool.

Appropriators who are Parties to the Chino Basin Judgment are authorized to produce groundwater in excess of their rights. For any groundwater produced in excess of their rights, Appropriators pay assessments to the Chino Basin Watermaster, which are used to purchase water to replenish the Chino Basin. The Chino Basin Watermaster purchases water from MWD through IEUA and/or TVMWD, on behalf of the Parties, to replenish the Chino Basin. Occasionally, Watermaster has purchased water from storage accounts from parties within the Chino Basin.

In addition to the water rights described above, the Judgment provides for additional provisions to allocate the Chino Basin water as described below:

Land Use Conversion
When land is converted from agricultural to urban use, water rights are permanently transferred from the Overlying Agricultural Pool to the Appropriative Pool. Land use conversions assign the increase in Appropriative Pool rights to the party whose sphere of influence includes the converted land. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 39
Annual Unused Overlying Agricultural Pool Rights
The Chino Basin Watermaster also reallocates the unused portion of the Chino Basin Safe Yield from the Overlying Agricultural Pool to the Appropriative Pool members’ rights in any year. These transfers are permanent if agricultural land has been converted to non-agricultural use (described above), or temporary if agricultural pool extractions are less than their share of the Safe Yield. From FY20/21 to FY24/25, 9,000 AFY of rights have been reallocated from the Overlying Agricultural pool to the Appropriative Pool that were not claimed as part of a permanent land conversion.

Today, the basin is comprehensively managed through the implementation of the Optimum Basin Management Program (OBMP) (included in Part 3, Appendix L), which was originally developed in 2000 and updated in 2020 (Chino Basin Watermaster, 2020). The OBMP functions similarly to a GSP under SGMA, featuring robust monitoring, subsidence management, and coordinated recharge programs to ensure long-term sustainability.

Chino Basin Storage Management Plan
The Peace Agreement (2000) (included in Part 3, Appendix L) establishes rules and regulations, standard storage agreements, and related forms for storage in the Chino Basin. Since 2000, Chino Basin Watermaster administers groundwater storage in the Chino Basin pursuant to the storage management plan described in the 2000 OBMP.

There are five types of storage accounts: Excess Carryover, Local Supplemental-Recycled, Local Supplemental-Imported, Pre-2000 Quantified Supplemental, and Storage and Recovery. ⚫ Excess Carryover Account – includes a Party’s unproduced rights in the Safe Yield (Safe Yield for Overlying Non-Agricultural Pool Parties and OSY for Appropriative Pool Parties) and Basin Water purchased or transferred from other Parties.
⚫ Local Supplemental-Recycled Account– includes recycled water that is recharged by a producer and similar water acquired from other Parties.
⚫ Local Supplemental-Imported Account– includes imported water that is recharged by a producer and similar water acquired from other Parties.
⚫ Pre-2000 Quantified Supplemental Account – functions similar to Local Supplemental Water Account.
⚫ Storage and Recovery Account – holds Supplemental Water (imported or recycled) and is intended to provide a broad and mutual benefit to the Parties of the Judgment.

Dry Year Yield Program
MWD’s Dry-Year Yield Program (DYYP) is the only active Storage and Recovery Program in Chino Basin.

This program is a water exchange as discussed in Section 3.7.1.

Table 3-6 summarizes the aggregated historical groundwater production from the Chino Basin by retail agencies within the TVMWD service area over the 2021–2025 baseline period. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 40
Table 3-6. Historical Groundwater Production from the Chino Basin by TVMWD Agencies (AFY) Water Source / Agency 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 5-Year
Average
Participating Agencies 10,255 11,222 11,111 11,440 10,734 10,952 Other TVMWD Agencies 0 0 0 0 0 0
Regional Total 10,255 11,222 11,111 11,440 10,734 10,952 Projected Supply Methodology
Utilizing the same bottom-up, climate-scaled methodology described for the Main San Gabriel Basin (see Section 3.2.1), future local groundwater supplies from the Chino Basin were projected through 2050.

This approach ensures regional consistency while aligning with the management criteria established by the Chino Basin Watermaster.

Based on this regional aggregation, extractions from the Chino Basin by agencies within the TVMWD service area are projected to range from 11,053 AF in 2030, gradually decreasing to 10,204 AF by 2050.

While the near-term projected extraction (11,053 AF) represents a slight increase over the 2021–2025 historical baseline average (10,952 AFY), these extractions remain consistent with the agencies’ historically exercised rights within the basin’s Appropriative Pool. As described above, because the Chino Basin is strictly adjudicated, all extractions – by TVMWD agencies and the numerous other overlying and appropriative purveyors sharing the basin's 131,000 AF Operating Safe Yield – are comprehensively tracked by the Watermaster. Any pumping that exceeds an individual agency's specific allocated share is mitigated through mandatory replenishment assessments used to purchase imported recharge water. Therefore, this analysis confirms that the projected extractions by TVMWD agencies are plausible and can be sustainably managed within the Optimum Basin Management Program (OBMP) framework.

TVMWD's Role and Storage Programs
Because the Chino Basin largely falls outside of TVMWD’s primary wholesale service boundaries, TVMWD’s interaction with the basin is facilitated through partnerships with its member agencies, primarily the City of Pomona (included in Part 3, Appendix L). Currently, TVMWD holds a storage account of 1,390 AF in the Chino Basin through a one-time agreement with the City of Pomona.

Table 3-7 summarizes TVMWD's current storage capacity within the Chino Basin.

Table 3-7. TVMWD Storage Agreements in the Chino Basin
Agreement / Account Type Managing Entities Maximum Storage Capacity (AF)
Estimated Stored Balance
(End of 2025) (AF)
One-Time Storage
Agreement
TVMWD, City of Pomona 1,390 1,390

3.2.3. Six Basins
The Six Basins area provides approximately 13 percent of the total regional groundwater utilized by agencies within the TVMWD service area. Within the context of this RUWMP, it is a vital local supply 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 41
source for the City of Pomona, the City of La Verne, Golden State Water Company (Claremont system), and uniquely, TVMWD itself, which directly extracts groundwater from this basin to supplement its wholesale portfolio.

Physical Characteristics and Hydrogeology
Located along the base of the San Gabriel Mountains, the Six Basins area overlies a portion of the eastern San Gabriel Valley in Los Angeles County and western San Bernardino County. The area is bounded by the San Gabriel Mountains to the north, the San Jose Hills to the south, the Main San Gabriel Basin to the west, and the Chino Basin to the east.

As the name implies, the area consists of six interconnected groundwater sub-basins: Canyon Basin, Upper Claremont Heights Basin, Lower Claremont Heights Basin, Pomona Basin, Live Oak Basin, and Ganesha Basin. The primary source of natural groundwater replenishment is surface-water runoff from precipitation falling on the San Gabriel Mountains, which infiltrates through highly permeable sediments, predominantly at the San Antonio Spreading Grounds. Table 3-8 summarizes the aggregated historical groundwater production from the Six Basins by retail agencies within the TVMWD service area over the 2021–2025 baseline period.

Table 3-8. Historical Groundwater Production from the Six Basins by TVMWD Agencies (AFY) Water Source / Agency 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 5-Year Average Participating Agencies 9,581 8,728 6,682 7,629 9,597 8,444 Other TVMWD Agencies 0 0 0 0 0 0
Regional Total 9,581 8,728 6,682 7,629 9,597 8,444
Adjudication and Basin Management
The pumping and storage rights for the Six Basins were adjudicated in 1998 (Southern California Water Company vs. City of La Verne, et al., Case No. KC029152). The Judgment (included in Part 3, Appendix M) established the Six Basins Watermaster to oversee the physical solution and coordinated management of the interconnected basins.

Pursuant to the Judgment, the statutory safe yield of the Six Basins is 19,300 AFY, defined as the amount of water that can be produced by the parties on an annual basis to ensure long-term, sustainable groundwater production. For management purposes, the Judgment divides the Six Basins into two distinct operational areas. The production, replenishment, and recovery of the Live Oak and Ganesha Basins (collectively referred to as the "Two Basins") are reserved solely for the City of La Verne and are not subject to groundwater production limitations, provided that La Verne's production does not substantially injure the rights of any other Six Basin parties.

Conversely, the Canyon, Upper Claremont Heights, Lower Claremont Heights, and Pomona Basins (collectively referred to as the "Four Basins") are managed using an OSY rather than a static safe yield.

The Watermaster annually determines the OSY based on current groundwater elevations, precipitation, and recharge capabilities to ensure the parties can reliably pump their respective rights while preventing 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 42
overdraft and mitigating the risk of high groundwater damaging shallow infrastructure during wet periods. Table 3-9 summarizes the recent OSY determinations for the Four Basins.

Table 3-9. Recent Operating Safe Yields (Four Basins)
Calendar Year Operating Safe Yield (AF)
2011-2013 17,500
2014 16,500
2015-2016 16,000
2017 14,000
2018 13,500
2019-2023 13,000
2024 13,500
2025 14,000
Pumping rights for each producer in the Four Basins are allocated based on the annual OSY. To provide operational flexibility, the Judgment allows producers to carry over a portion of their unused annual pumping rights (up to a maximum of 25% of their share of the OSY) into the following year.

Furthermore, extractions are not strictly limited to a producer’s base pumping right. If a producer extracts water in excess of their right, that excess amount is either deducted from their following year’s water rights or they incur a replacement water assessment. The Watermaster utilizes these assessments to purchase supplemental water (such as untreated imported water from TVMWD) to recharge the basin, thereby ensuring long-term sustainability, providing year-to-year flexibility for the pumpers, and preventing overdraft.

Additionally, the Six Basins Watermaster actively manages the basin’s groundwater quality and coordinates recharge efforts through its comprehensive Strategic Plan (included in Part 3, Appendix M) and ongoing Watermaster management initiatives. Because portions of the Six Basins face localized water quality challenges (such as nitrate and VOC accumulation, particularly in the Pomona Basin), these management strategies serve as critical regulatory and reliability tools. They guide the strategic funding and deployment of wellhead treatment and blending facilities to prevent the migration of contaminant plumes. By treating contaminated groundwater and aggressively managing stormwater and imported water recharge at facilities like the San Antonio Spreading Grounds, the Watermaster prevents wells from becoming "stranded." This safeguards the basin's OSY and prevents unexpected, emergency spikes in demand for TVMWD's imported water during droughts.

Projected Supply Methodology
Utilizing the same bottom-up, climate-scaled methodology described for the Main San Gabriel Basin (see Section 3.2.1), future local groundwater supplies from the Six Basins were projected through 2050.

Based on this bottom-up aggregation, regional extractions from the Six Basins are projected to range from 9,355 in 2030, gradually decreasing to 8,811 by 2050. While these projected volumes represent a slight increase over the 2021–2025 historical average (8,438 AFY), they remain conservative and sustainable. The maximum projected extraction of 9,355 AF is less than half of the basin's adjudicated Base Safe Yield (19,300 AF) and remains well below the Watermaster's most restrictive recent drought 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 43
OSY (13,000 AF, in 2021). Therefore, this analysis confirms that the projected extractions are plausible and can be sustainably managed within the Watermaster's existing framework.

TVMWD's Role and Storage Programs
TVMWD’s relationship with the Six Basins is unique among the region's groundwater sources because TVMWD acts as both a replenisher and a direct producer. TVMWD owns and operates three active groundwater extraction wells located in the Six Basins. The raw groundwater produced from these wells is conveyed to TVMWD’s MWTP, where it is treated and blended with imported supplies before being distributed to member agencies.

To support dry-year reliability, TVMWD holds a direct operational storage account in the Six Basins with a capacity of 3,500 AF (included in Part 3, Appendix M). Table 3-10 summarizes TVMWD's current storage capacity within the Six Basins. TVMWD actively supports the replenishment of the basin by delivering untreated imported water to the San Antonio Spreading Grounds, occasionally utilizing interconnections like the City of Pomona’s Canon pipeline to maximize surface water capture and recharge.

Table 3-10. TVMWD Storage Agreements in the Six Basins
Agreement / Account
Type
Managing Entities Maximum Storage
Capacity (AF)
Estimated Stored Balance
(End of 2025) (AF)
Operational Storage
Account
TVMWD, Six Basins
Watermaster
3,500 ~3,5001

1. Based on 2024 Annual Watermaster Report (Six Basins Watermaster, 2025). Final 2025 stored balances are subject to ongoing Six Basins Watermaster reconciliation.

3.2.4. Spadra Basin
While smaller in volume than the other regional basins, the Spadra Basin provides a localized and highly valuable groundwater supply for the southeastern portion of the Region. Because groundwater produced from this basin often requires treatment or blending to comply with SWRCB-DDW drinking water standards, it is currently utilized primarily to meet non-potable overlying demands. Within the context of this RUWMP, extractions from the Spadra Basin are utilized primarily by the WVWD, the City of Pomona, and Cal Poly Pomona.

Physical Characteristics and Hydrogeology
The Spadra Basin is a small sub-basin of the larger San Gabriel Valley Groundwater Basin. It is located within the San Jose Creek valley in eastern Los Angeles County. The basin is distinctly bounded by the San Jose Hills to the north and northwest, and the Puente Hills to the south and southwest.

The basin's hydrogeology consists of alluvial deposits from surrounding highlands, with San Jose Creek serving as the primary surface drainage feature flowing westward toward the San Gabriel River. Natural recharge occurs primarily through the percolation of precipitation and surface water runoff from the San Jose Hills and Puente Hills, as well as infiltration from San Jose Creek. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 44
SGMA Compliance and Basin Management
Unlike the Main San Gabriel, Chino, and Six Basins, the Spadra Basin is not adjudicated. Therefore, it is subject to the requirements of SGMA.

DWR has designated the Spadra Basin as a "very low-priority" basin. Under SGMA, very low-priority basins are not legally required to form a Groundwater Sustainability Agency (GSA) or adopt a GSP.

However, recognizing the strategic importance of this local supply, WVWD and the City of Pomona proactively entered into a Memorandum of Agreement (included in Part 3, Appendix N) to collectively form the Spadra Basin GSA. The GSA has developed a GSP (included in Part 3, Appendix N) to comprehensively manage the basin, monitor water quality, and ensure sustainable extractions that prevent chronic lowering of groundwater levels.

Instead of an OSY determined by a Watermaster, the GSP establishes a long-term "Sustainable Yield" for the basin, which is currently estimated at approximately 1,050 AFY (Spadra Basin GSA, 2022). To ensure extractions remain within sustainable limits, the GSP defines specific Sustainable Management Criteria, including Measurable Objectives (MOs) and Minimum Thresholds for groundwater elevations.

Sustainable management practices actively implemented by the GSA include:
⚫ Comprehensive Monitoring: Regular tracking of groundwater levels and water quality to ensure the basin operates within its established MOs and avoids "Undesirable Results" (such as the chronic lowering of groundwater levels or degraded water quality). ⚫ Recharge Optimization: As detailed in Section 3.9, the GSA agencies are actively pursuing the Spadra Basin Optimization Project. By utilizing advanced treated recycled water for underground injection, the GSA aims to physically bolster the basin's Sustainable Yield and increase local extraction capacity without causing overdraft.
⚫ Water Quality Management: Collaborating with basin producers (such as Cal Poly Pomona) to implement wellhead treatment for localized VOCs, ensuring existing wells remain operational and do not become stranded assets.

Table 3-11 summarizes the aggregated historical groundwater production from the Spadra Basin by agencies within the TVMWD service area over the 2021–2025 baseline period.

Table 3-11. Historical Groundwater Production from the Spadra Basin by TVMWD Agencies (AFY) Water Source /Agency 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 5-Year Average Participating Agencies 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other TVMWD Agencies* 704 704 704 704 704 704
Regional Total 704 704 704 704 704 704
*Note: To accurately reflect the total regional reliance on the Spadra Basin, this table incorporates estimated groundwater production for Other Member Agencies within the TVMWD service area. Because these agencies are not formal signatories to this 2025 RUWMP, their historical production volumes were estimated utilizing the best available public data, including related environmental documentation and the Spadra Basin GSP.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 45
Projected Supply Methodology
Utilizing the same bottom-up, climate-scaled methodology described for the Main San Gabriel Basin (see Section 3.2.1), future local groundwater supplies from the Spadra Basin were projected through 2050.

This approach ensures regional consistency while adhering to the management criteria established in the Spadra Basin GSP.

Based on this regional aggregation, extractions from the Spadra Basin are projected to remain consistent at 856 AF in 2030 through 2050. Because these projected volumes align closely with the 2021–2025 historical average (704 AFY) and remain below the basin's estimated Sustainable Yield (approximately 1,050 AFY), this analysis confirms that the projected extractions are plausible and can be sustainably managed within the Spadra Basin GSA's framework. Furthermore, to increase the margin of safety and protect against climate volatility, the GSA agencies are advancing the Spadra Basin Optimization Project (detailed in Section 3.9) to inject recycled water and significantly expand the basin's sustainable yield threshold.

TVMWD's Role and Planned Storage Programs
Currently, TVMWD does not hold an active operational storage account in the Spadra Basin. However, expanding the use of the Spadra Basin is a key component of the Region's future mitigation and reliability strategy.

3.2.5. Central Basin
The Central Basin (DWR Basin No. 4-011.04) is a large adjudicated groundwater basin located in the Coastal Plain of Los Angeles, immediately south and southwest of the TVMWD service area. While the Central Basin is not a primary local supply source for the Region, it is included in this RUWMP because it is hydrologically connected to the TVMWD service area through the Main San Gabriel Basin and because two entities operating within the TVMWD service area – Suburban Water Systems and PBWA – hold adjudicated pumping rights within the basin. Within the context of this RUWMP, groundwater extraction from the Central Basin is utilized exclusively by Suburban Water Systems to serve the southwestern portion of its service area, providing approximately 3 percent of the total regional groundwater utilized by agencies within the TVMWD service area.

Physical Characteristics and Hydrogeology
The Central Basin is one of the largest groundwater basins in Los Angeles County, encompassing a surface area of approximately 277 square miles. The basin is a subbasin of the larger Coastal Plain of Los Angeles Groundwater Basin and is bounded on the northeast and east by the Elysian, Repetto, Merced, and Puente Hills, on the southeast by the Los Angeles County–Orange County line (roughly following Coyote Creek), and on the south and west by the Newport-Inglewood fault system and its associated uplift. The Los Angeles River and San Gabriel River drain across the surface of the Central Basin on their way to the Pacific Ocean.

The California Department of Water Resources historically divided the Central Basin into four hydrogeologic divisions: the Los Angeles Forebay, the Montebello Forebay, the Whittier Area, and the 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 46
Central Basin Pressure Area. The two forebays contain unconfined aquifers with relatively interconnected water-bearing strata extending up to 1,600 feet deep, providing the primary pathways for recharge to the deeper aquifer system. The Whittier Area and Pressure Area are predominantly confined aquifer systems consisting of permeable sands and gravels separated by semi-permeable to impermeable clay layers extending to approximately 2,200 feet below the surface. The principal waterproducing formations are the Lakewood Formation and the San Pedro Formation. Total storage capacity of the basin is estimated to be approximately 13.8 million AF.

The hydrologic connection between the Central Basin and the TVMWD service area is significant: the Montebello Forebay receives both surface and subsurface inflow from the Main San Gabriel Basin through a gap in the Merced and Puente Hills at Whittier Narrows. This gap provides the primary conduit through which outflows from the TVMWD region's largest groundwater basin – including the replenishment water delivered by TVMWD to the Main San Gabriel Basin's spreading grounds – ultimately reach and recharge the Central Basin.

Adjudication and Basin Management
The Central Basin was adjudicated in 1965 (Central and West Basin Water Replenishment District v.

Charles E. Adams et al.). The original Judgment was entered on October 11, 1965, and appointed DWR as Watermaster. The Judgment has been amended three times since its inception: the First Amended Judgment (1980) transitioned the administrative year from a water year to a fiscal year basis (July 1 through June 30); the Second Amended Judgment (1991) modified carryover and overproduction provisions; and, most significantly, the Third Amended Judgment was entered on December 23, 2013, substantially modernizing basin governance and establishing provisions for groundwater storage (Third Amended Judgment included in Part 3, Appendix T.

Under the Third Amended Judgment, the Central Basin Watermaster is composed of three separate bodies with distinct responsibilities:
⚫ The Administrative Body: WRD serves as the court-appointed Administrative Body, responsible for the administration and enforcement of the Judgment, including accounting and reporting functions related to groundwater extractions, carryover, and storage. ⚫ The Water Rights Panel: Composed of seven Central Basin water rights holders, the Panel has exclusive authority to enforce adjudicated extraction rights and manage the Exchange Pool. ⚫ The Storage Panel: Composed of the Water Rights Panel and the WRD Board of Directors, the Panel reviews and approves groundwater storage projects within the basin.

Unlike the Main San Gabriel and Six Basins, which utilize an annually determined OSY that fluctuates based on real-time hydrological conditions, the Central Basin operates under fixed Allowed Pumping Allocations (APAs). Each party's APA represents 80 percent of its court-adjudicated Total Water Right.

Parties are permitted to carry over unused pumping rights (up to 60 percent of their APA) into the following administrative year and may extract up to 140 percent of the sum of their APA and leased water in any given year, provided they have sufficient carryover or stored water balances. Over- 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 47
extractions by parties without stored water are limited to the greater of 20 percent of their APA or 20 AF.

The Third Amended Judgment also established formal provisions for groundwater storage in the Central Basin for the first time, designating an Adjudicated Storage Capacity of 220,000 AF. This storage capacity is apportioned between Individual Storage Accounts – sized at 50 percent of each party's APA – and a Community Storage Pool available on a first-come, first-served basis. Additionally, the Judgment established the Regional Disadvantaged Communities Incentive Program, which reserves up to 23,000 AF of the Community Storage Pool for the use or benefit of DACs within the Central Basin.

Groundwater replenishment in the Central Basin is managed by the Water Replenishment District of Southern California (WRD), which purchases imported water from MWD and recycled water from the Los Angeles County Sanitation Districts (LACSD) for recharge at the Montebello Forebay spreading grounds. WRD also manages the Alamitos Gap, Dominguez Gap, and West Coast Basin Barrier injection well projects to prevent seawater intrusion into the basin's coastal aquifers.

Table 3-12 summarizes the aggregated historical groundwater production from the Central Basin by retail agencies within the TVMWD service area over the 2021–2025 baseline period.

Table 3-12. Historical Groundwater Production from the Central Basin by TVMWD Agencies (AFY) Water Source / Agency 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 5-Year Average Participating Agencies 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other TVMWD Agencies* 1,543 1,151 1,118 2,253 2,728 1,759 Regional Total 1,543 1,151 1,118 2,253 2,728 1,759
*Note: To accurately reflect the total regional reliance on the Spadra Basin, this table incorporates estimated groundwater production for Other Member Agencies within the TVMWD service area. Because these agencies are not formal signatories to this 2025 RUWMP, their historical production volumes were estimated utilizing the best available public data, including Central Basin Watermaster Annual Reports published by WRD.

3.2.6. Puente Basin
The Puente Basin is a small, adjudicated groundwater basin located in eastern Los Angeles County, directly beneath the southern portion of the TVMWD service area. Unlike the Central Basin described in the preceding section, the Puente Basin lies entirely within the Region's geographic footprint and is actively managed by the PBWA. Groundwater within the Puente Basin is currently utilized exclusively for non-potable purposes, primarily recycled water distribution blending by Rowland Water District. While extraction volumes are small relative to the Region's other basins (approximately 1 percent of the total regional groundwater), the Puente Basin represents a strategically important local resource that PBWA is actively working to develop through a comprehensive Groundwater Management Plan.

Physical Characteristics and Hydrogeology
The Puente Basin spans approximately 20 square miles and is situated in a narrow alluvial valley between the San Jose Hills to the north and the Puente Hills to the south. The basin shares its eastern boundary with the Spadra Basin (described in Section 3.2.4) and its western boundary with the Main San 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 48
Gabriel Basin (described in Section 3.2.1). San Jose Creek, the basin's primary surface drainage feature, flows through the basin from northeast to west, ultimately passing through Whittier Narrows into the Central Basin (described in Section 3.2.5).

The basin's water-bearing formations consist of alluvial deposits along the San Jose Creek valley. Natural recharge occurs primarily through the percolation of precipitation and infiltration of surface water runoff from the surrounding San Jose Hills and Puente Hills. The basin also receives subsurface inflow from the adjacent Spadra Basin to the east.

Three water districts overlie the Puente Basin boundary: Walnut Valley WD, Rowland WD, and the Upper San Gabriel Valley Municipal Water District. The basin is sandwiched between the TVMWD service area's other groundwater resources and lies along the path of San Jose Creek's westward flow, making it a critical hydrologic link in the broader regional groundwater system. The Puente Narrows Agreement, established in connection with the 1973 Main San Gabriel Basin adjudication, governs subsurface outflow from the Puente Basin into the Main San Gabriel Basin, and the 1965 Long Beach Judgment guarantees the Central and West Coast Basins an average annual water supply through Whittier Narrows that includes underflow from the Puente Basin.

Adjudication and Basin Management
The Puente Basin was adjudicated in 1985. The Judgment (included in Part 3, Appendix U) established the legal framework for groundwater extraction rights within the basin and recognized the basin's hydrologic connections to the adjacent Main San Gabriel and Central Basins through the Puente Narrows Agreement (included in Part 3, Appendix U.

Because the Puente Basin is adjudicated, it is exempt from the requirement to form a GSA or adopt a GSP under SGMA. Basin management is instead governed by the terms of the Judgment and administered through PBWA in coordination with the Upper San Gabriel Valley Municipal Water District.

Recognizing the strategic value of this local resource, PBWA is currently developing a voluntary Groundwater Management Plan (GMP) to guide the future management and beneficial use of the Puente Basin. As part of this effort, PBWA has completed several technical memoranda, including TM-1:

Conceptual Understanding of the Puente Basin (PBWA, 2023); TM-2: Goals and Concepts for Improved Basin Management memorandum (PBWA, 2024a); and TM-3: Basin Management Alternatives analysis (PBWA, 2025). PBWA has conducted stakeholder meetings throughout 2024 and 2025 to solicit input on the GMP's development, with the stated objective of maximizing the beneficial use of the basin in a conjunctive manner with the Region's other water resources — including imported water from TVMWD, treated recycled water from LACSD, and groundwater from adjacent basins.

Current Groundwater Use
Groundwater within the Puente Basin is currently impaired by water quality constraints that limit its use to non-potable applications. Rowland WD operates a well within the Puente Basin that produces impaired groundwater for blending into its recycled water distribution system. This groundwater, along with treated water captured from an EPA Superfund cleanup project and recycled water purchased from 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 49
LACSD (via the San Jose Creek Water Reclamation Plant), supports Rowland WD's extensive non-potable recycled water program.

3.2.7. Groundwater Quality Impacts on Reliability
Groundwater quality in the Region is generally sufficient to meet municipal demands, provided that appropriate wellhead treatment and blending strategies are employed. The Participating Agencies and local Watermasters continuously monitor groundwater quality in accordance with the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) DDW regulations and the Groundwater Ambient Monitoring and Assessment (GAMA) Program.

While local groundwater is a highly reliable source in terms of volume, its usability is constrained by historical land-use practices. Decades of agricultural, industrial, and military activities have introduced various contaminants into the underlying aquifers of the Main San Gabriel, Chino, Six Basins, Spadra, Central, and Puente basins. When wells exhibit contaminant levels exceeding the Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) or Notification Levels set by DDW, they must be removed from service until treatment is installed or blending plans are approved.

Primary Contaminants of Concern
Groundwater from the Region's basins has historically exhibited exceedances for several constituents.

The most prevalent contaminants requiring active management include:
⚫ Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs): Chemicals such as Tetrachloroethene (PCE) and Trichloroethene (TCE) are widely present, primarily resulting from legacy industrial and aerospace manufacturing in the San Gabriel Valley.
⚫ Nitrates and Total Dissolved Solids: Elevated levels of nitrates and salts are particularly prevalent in the Chino Basin and portions of the Six Basins, stemming from historical agricultural operations, dairy farming, and the use of imported water and recycled water for recharge. ⚫ Perchlorate: A chemical used in rocket fuel and flares, perchlorate has impacted groundwater wells in several areas, requiring specialized ion-exchange treatment. ⚫ Contaminants of Emerging Concern (CECs) and PFAS: Per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) are man-made chemicals used in fire-retardant foams and consumer products. As DDW establishes strict new Public Health Goals and MCLs for PFAS (specifically PFOA and PFOS), many agencies in the Region are being forced to take wells offline and rapidly design and construct new GAC or ion-exchange treatment facilities.
⚫ Other Constituents: 1,2,3-Trichloropropane (1,2,3-TCP), Hexavalent Chromium, Arsenic, 1,2- Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP), and naturally occurring Uranium.

Table 3-13 describes the primary groundwater contaminants of concern in the Region. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 50
Table 3-13. Primary Groundwater Contaminants and Regional Treatment Strategies Contaminant of
Concern
Primary Source / Cause Typical Treatment Technology
Utilized in Region
Impacted Basins
(General)
VOCs (PCE, TCE) Legacy industrial and
aerospace manufacturing
Granular Activated Carbon
(GAC), Air Stripping
Main San Gabriel,
Spadra, Six Basins
Nitrates Historical agriculture, dairy
farming, fertilizers
Blending, Anion Exchange,
Reverse Osmosis (RO)
Chino Basin, Six Basins
TDS (Salinity) Agricultural runoff,
imported/recycled water
recharge
Reverse Osmosis (Desalters) Chino Basin
Perchlorate Rocket propellants, flares,
explosives
Ion Exchange (IX) Main San Gabriel, Six
Basins
PFAS / PFOA Fire-fighting foams,
industrial consumer
products
Granular Activated Carbon
(GAC), Ion Exchange
Region-wide
1,2,3-TCP Legacy agricultural soil
fumigants
Granular Activated Carbon
(GAC)
Chino Basin, Six Basins
Known Contaminant Plumes and Basin-Specific Quality
The distribution of these contaminants varies by basin:

Main San Gabriel Basin: The EPA designated portions of the San Gabriel Valley as Superfund sites due to extensive VOC contamination. Major groundwater cleanup projects, such as the Baldwin Park Operable Unit (BPOU), utilize large-scale extraction and advanced treatment facilities to contain the migration of these plumes, remove VOCs and perchlorate, and provide treated water for municipal supply.

Chino Basin: The Chino Basin faces significant challenges with TDS and nitrates. The Chino Basin Watermaster's OBMP includes the operation of regional groundwater desalters to extract and treat this degraded water, preventing the migration of poor-quality water into cleaner areas of the basin and producing potable supply.

Six Basins and Spadra Basin: Localized VOC and nitrate contamination impacts wells in these basins.

Because groundwater produced from the Spadra Basin frequently requires extensive wellhead treatment or blending to comply with SWRCB-DDW drinking water standards, it is currently utilized primarily to meet non-potable overlying demands by local water agencies. To overcome these constraints and restore potable capacity, agencies are actively investing in remediation. For example, as noted in the TVMWD’s WRMP (TVMWD, 2025), Cal Poly Pomona is pursuing VOC treatment at its Well No. 2 within the Spadra Basin to restore its capacity to produce potable water.

Central Basin and Puente Basin: The Central Basin faces water quality challenges common to the greater Coastal Plain of Los Angeles, including localized saltwater intrusion along its coastal margins and legacy contamination from industrial activities. WRD manages basin-wide water quality monitoring and replenishment using recycled water and imported water. The Puente Basin contains impaired groundwater that currently limits extraction to non-potable uses by Rowland WD. PBWA is actively 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 51
evaluating wellhead treatment options through its ongoing Groundwater Management Plan development process to potentially restore potable extraction capacity in the future. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 52
Impact on Supply Reliability
Groundwater quality degradation has a direct and severe impact on the Region's water supply reliability.

When local wells are shut down due to contamination (referred to in the WRMP as "stranded assets"), retail agencies lose their ability to pump their adjudicated groundwater rights. To replace this lost local supply, agencies are forced to increase their purchases of imported water from TVMWD. This dynamic shifts the burden to the imported water system, precisely when the Region is attempting to reduce its reliance on imported water due to drought and climate change vulnerabilities.

To break this cycle, TVMWD and the Participating Agencies have prioritized regional mitigation projects focused on water quality treatment. For example, the proposed GRIP+ project - a major regional partnership between TVMWD, the City of Glendora, and the City of Pomona – and City of Pomona Groundwater Quality Improvement project (described in Section 3.9) involve installing wellhead treatment (such as GAC for TCP and anion exchange for nitrates) to rehabilitate stranded wells. By investing in groundwater treatment, the Region can restore local extraction capacity, fully utilize its groundwater basin storage, and secure a drought-resilient water portfolio.

Stranded Groundwater Assets and Evolving Regulations
As detailed above, the Region overlies several historic contaminant plumes (VOCs, perchlorate, nitrates).

While many of these legacy plumes are actively managed, the Region faces a significant, ongoing reliability threat from "moving regulatory targets" – specifically, the introduction of stricter MCLs for CECs.

For example, the EPA issued final National Primary Drinking Water Regulations for several PFAS compounds in April 2024 (EPA, 2024), and the SWRCB DDW continues to tighten state-level Public Health Goals and MCLs. When these new, ultra-low regulatory thresholds take effect, wells that previously met all safety standards instantly become non-compliant. These wells must be taken offline, creating "stranded assets."

3.3. Surface Water
While imported water and groundwater form the foundation of the Region’s water portfolio, local surface water provides a valuable, highly cost-effective supplemental supply. Between 2021 and 2025, local surface water use by TVMWD member agencies averaged 2,267 AFY, accounting for approximately 2 percent of the Region’s total water supply portfolio.

Surface water within the Region is primarily utilized in two ways: direct diversion for potable treatment and distribution, and diversion into spreading grounds for groundwater basin replenishment. Because surface water flows are entirely dependent on local precipitation and snowpack in the San Gabriel Mountains, this supply is highly variable and susceptible to drought conditions. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 53

3.3.1. Surface Hydrology and Major Sources
The surface hydrology of the Region is dominated by the San Gabriel Mountains to the north, which capture precipitation and generate runoff that flows southward into the valley floors. The Region spans portions of two major watersheds: the San Gabriel River watershed to the west and the Santa Ana River watershed (via San Antonio Creek) to the east.

San Gabriel River
The San Gabriel River is the primary surface water system serving the western portion of the TVMWD service area. The river's headwaters originate in the Angeles National Forest. Runoff is captured and regulated by a series of upstream dams (including Cogswell, San Gabriel, and Morris Dams) before flowing downstream into the Main San Gabriel Basin. Flows in the San Gabriel River are highly variable, with the majority of natural runoff occurring during the winter storm season (December through March).

San Antonio Creek
San Antonio Creek serves the eastern portion of the Region. Originating near Mount San Antonio (Mt.

Baldy), the creek flows southward through San Antonio Canyon. Flows are regulated by the San Antonio Dam, a flood control facility operated by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. Below the dam, the creek flows into the Six Basins and Chino Basin areas, where it is utilized for both direct supply and groundwater recharge.

3.3.2. Surface Water Diversions and Management
Unlike its role with imported water, TVMWD does not own surface water rights or operate self-supplied surface water diversion facilities to meet regional water demands. Instead, surface water rights are held and managed by specific retail member agencies and mutual water companies within the Region.

Key surface water management activities in the Region include:
⚫ Covina Valley Water Company: Formed through the merger of the Covina Irrigating Company and Valencia Heights Water Company, CVWC is a TVMWD member agency that holds pre-1914 appropriative rights to divert surface water from the San Gabriel River. These surface water rights are legally administered and apportioned through CVWC's membership in the San Gabriel River Water Committee (historically known as the "Committee of Nine" established by the 1889 Compromise Agreement) (documentation of the pre-1914 rights are included in Part 3, Appendix O). CVWC treats this local surface water (along with untreated imported water from TVMWD) at its William B. Temple Treatment Plant before supplying it to member agencies within the TVMWD region. Based on historical data from 2015 to 2022, CVWC diverts an average of 1,135 AFY of local surface water from the San Gabriel River. ⚫ City of Pomona: The City of Pomona holds pre-1914 appropriative rights (included in Part 3, Appendix P) to local surface water from San Antonio Creek and its local tributary watersheds (such as Evey Canyon). These surface water rights are shared with the San Antonio Water 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 54
Company via a diversion structure located upstream of the San Antonio Dam. Crucially, the 1998 Six Basins Adjudication Judgment explicitly reaffirmed the City of Pomona's right to continue harvesting this surface water for direct municipal use, independent of the basin's groundwater recharge obligations. The City diverts this water and treats it at the Pedley Filtration Plant, located in the City of Claremont, for potable use. Based on historical data from 2021 to 2025, Pomona diverts an average of 1,481 AFY of local surface water from the San Gabriel River. ⚫ TVMWD Recharge Operations: While TVMWD does not directly serve surface water to customers, it actively participates in the management of these flows to maximize regional groundwater storage. For example, TVMWD purchases San Antonio Creek surface water supplies from the City of Pomona to replenish the Six Basins. TVMWD also utilizes interconnections, such as Pomona’s Canon pipeline, to direct surface water to the San Antonio Spreading Grounds, directly benefiting TVMWD’s groundwater extraction wells located in the Six Basins.

3.3.3. Surface Water Quality and Climate Impacts
Because the TVMWD service area straddles a major hydrological divide, surface water quality is governed by two separate regulatory frameworks:
⚫ San Gabriel River Watershed: Governed by the SWRCB Plan for the Los Angeles Region (Region 4 Basin Plan) (LARWQCB, 2014).
⚫ San Antonio Creek Watershed: Governed by the SWRCB Plan for the Santa Ana River Basin (Region 8 Basin Plan) (SARWQCB, 2025).

These Basin Plans establish the beneficial use designations and water quality objectives for the Region's surface waters. Because the Participating Agencies divert surface water from the high-elevation, upper portions of these watersheds (upstream of major urban development), the ambient water quality is generally excellent and free of the urban runoff contaminants, industrial discharges, and 303(d) impairments that typically affect the lower reaches of these river systems. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 55
Source-Specific Quality and Treatment
While free of most industrial contaminants, local surface water is directly exposed to the natural environment and requires conventional treatment (coagulation, flocculation, sedimentation, filtration, and disinfection) to meet state and federal drinking water standards. ⚫ San Gabriel River: Water diverted by the CVWC from the San Gabriel River is characterized by low TDS and high historical purity. CVWC treats this water at its William B. Temple Treatment Plant.
⚫ San Antonio Creek: Water diverted by the City of Pomona from San Antonio Creek originates as mountain snowmelt and runoff from Mount San Antonio. It is treated at the City's Pedley Filtration Plant in Claremont.

The primary water quality challenge for both of these sources is turbidity (suspended sediment and organic matter) driven by weather events. During dry periods, the water is clear and easily treated.

However, during intense winter storms, rapid runoff causes severe spikes in turbidity. When turbidity levels exceed the operational thresholds of the filtration plants, agencies are forced to temporarily halt diversions and bypass the storm flows until the water clears, resulting in a loss of potential supply.

Table 3-14 describes the primary surface water quality challenges and concerns in the Region.

Table 3-14. Primary Surface Water Quality Challenges and Operational Impacts Water Quality
Challenge
Primary Source /
Cause
Impact on Supply
Reliability
Typical Mitigation / Treatment
Strategy
Turbidity (Suspended
Solids)
Heavy winter
rainstorms, rapid
snowmelt
High Nephelometric
Turbidity Unit (NTU) levels
can blind filters; forces
temporary shutdown of
diversion facilities.

Conventional filtration;
temporary bypass of high-flow
storm events.

Total Organic Carbon
(TOC)
Natural decay, postwildfire ashActs as a precursor for DBPs when chlorinated.

Enhanced coagulation; careful
management of chlorine
dosing; blending with imported
water.

Ash and Debris Loads Post-wildfire runoff
from the San Gabriel
Mountains
Can physically damage
intakes and severely
degrade raw water quality
for extended periods.

Watershed management;
installation of protective intake
screens; temporary reliance on
groundwater/imported water.

Pathogens (Giardia,
Cryptosporidium)
Wildlife and natural
environmental
exposure
Requires strict compliance
with the Surface Water
Treatment Rule.

Multi-barrier treatment
(Filtration + UV or Chlorine
disinfection).

Climate Change and Wildfire Impacts
Because local surface water supplies are directly tied to precipitation, they are highly vulnerable to the impacts of climate change. As discussed in Section 2.5.2, TVMWD’s 2024 Climate Assessment modeled a "Dry Hot" (Drier with Extreme Warming) scenario against historical baselines (TVMWD, 2024a). As part of that Climate Assessment, projected changes in streamflow were modeled for the San Gabriel River 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 56
(specifically below Santa Fe Dam near Baldwin, USGS Gage 11085000) through the year 2045 (USGS, 2026).

The modeling revealed several critical vulnerabilities for the Region's surface water supplies:
⚫ Reduction in Total Flow: Under the Dry Hot scenario, annual streamflow in the San Gabriel River is projected to decrease by 10 percent by 2045 relative to the current climate. ⚫ Shift in Seasonal Timing: The hydrograph of the river is expected to shift significantly. Lower flows are projected during the historically high-flow months of February and March (decreasing by 20 to 21 cubic feet per second [cfs]), while precipitation shifts slightly earlier into the fall. ⚫ Increased Intensity and Shorter Seasons: The Region is projected to experience a shorter overall rainy season, but with the potential for higher-intensity storm events. This results in higher peak flows of shorter duration.

These hydrologic shifts dictate that river supplies will become less reliable for direct diversion. While natural groundwater recharge will still occur, the shifting timing and increased intensity of storm flows mean that existing diversion facilities and spreading grounds may face capacity constraints during flashflood events. Consequently, the Region must adapt its surface water management strategies to ensure diversion facilities can capture and recharge these higher-intensity, higher turbidity, and shorterduration flows before they are lost downstream.

3.4. Stormwater
Within the TVMWD service area, other than the surface water described in the prior section, stormwater is not directly diverted for potable use; rather, stormwater capture is a component of the Region’s conjunctive use and groundwater management strategy. The capture and percolation of local stormwater runoff is the primary mechanism for the natural replenishment of the Main San Gabriel, Six Basins, Chino, and Spadra groundwater basins. The volume of stormwater captured directly influences the OSY of these adjudicated basins, which in turn supports the local groundwater extraction totals detailed in Section 3.2.

3.4.1. Regional Stormwater Capture Facilities
Because TVMWD is a wholesale agency, it does not own or operate stormwater capture or flood control infrastructure. Stormwater capture is managed through highly coordinated partnerships with regional flood control districts and local protective associations. These entities operate networks of dams, diversion structures, and spreading grounds designed to capture stormwater runoff and percolate it into the underlying aquifers.

Key stormwater capture facilities benefiting the Region include:
⚫ Santa Fe Spreading Grounds (Main San Gabriel Basin): Operated by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Works (LACDPW), this facility captures runoff from the San Gabriel River watershed. Located in the upper portion of the Santa Fe Dam reservoir, the spreading grounds 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 57
utilize a rubber dam to direct river flows into percolation basins, capable of percolating approximately 400 cfs continuously.
⚫ Peck Road Water Conservation Park (Main San Gabriel Basin): Operated by the LACDPW, this facility captures stormwater runoff from the San Gabriel River and Arcadia Wash watersheds.

Functioning as both a recreational park and a critical water conservation asset, the facility utilizes a large primary lake and interconnected percolation basins to detain high-velocity storm flows. Impounding this water prevents it from bypassing the local groundwater system, instead allowing it to slowly infiltrate through highly permeable soils into the underlying Main San Gabriel Basin, actively supporting the Region's groundwater replenishment objectives. ⚫ San Antonio and Thompson Creek Spreading Grounds (Six Basins / Chino Basin): Owned and managed by the Pomona Valley Protective Association (PVPA) in coordination with the U.S.

Army Corps of Engineers and local Watermasters. Spanning approximately 1,000 acres, these facilities capture stormwater rushing out of San Antonio Canyon. Water impounded behind the San Antonio Dam is discharged in a controlled manner into PVPA diversion works, which utilize slide gates to divert high-velocity stormwater into gravel pits and channels for groundwater recharge.

Table 3-15 summarizes the primary stormwater capture and spreading facilities that support the Region’s groundwater basins.

Table 3-15. Major Stormwater Capture and Spreading Facilities Benefiting the Region Facility Name Managing/Operating Entity Primary Source Water Primary Basin(s) Recharged
Santa Fe Spreading
Grounds
Los Angeles County Dept. of
Public Works (LACDPW)
San Gabriel River Main San Gabriel
Basin
San Antonio Spreading
Grounds
Pomona Valley Protective
Association (PVPA) / USACE
San Antonio Creek Six Basins, Chino Basin
Thompson Creek
Spreading Grounds
PVPA / LACDPW Thompson Creek Six Basins
Peck Road Water
Conservation Park
Los Angeles County Dept. of
Public Works
San Gabriel River /
Arcadia Wash
Main San Gabriel
Basin

3.4.2. Climate Change Vulnerabilities and Planned Improvements As described in the Region's Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment (Section 2.5), local hydrology is projected to shift (TVMWD, 2024a). While the total volume of annual precipitation may not decrease drastically by 2050, projections show that the timing and intensity of that precipitation will.

The Region is projected to experience a shorter rainy season characterized by more severe, highintensity "atmospheric river" events. This volatility poses a direct threat to stormwater capture: existing diversion facilities and spreading grounds may face capacity constraints during flash-flood events, resulting in vital water supplies bypassing the spreading grounds and being lost to the ocean. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 58
To mitigate this climate vulnerability, the Region is actively investing in infrastructure enhancements to increase the instantaneous capture capacity of local spreading grounds. These enhancements are described in more detail in Section 3.9.

3.5. Recycled Water and Wastewater
The development and utilization of recycled water is a critical strategy for the Region. Although implementing recycled water infrastructure requires significant capital investment, the supply is highly reliable because wastewater flows to treatment plants remain relatively constant regardless of hydrologic conditions. For this reason, recycled water is often considered a "drought-proof" supply.

Based on historical water use from 2021 to 2025, recycled water accounts for approximately 4 percent of the Region’s total water supply portfolio, providing an average of 6,224 AFY. Currently, TVMWD does not directly use or have access to recycled water at the wholesale level. Instead, several member agencies within the TVMWD service area utilize recycled water to meet non-potable demands, primarily for landscape irrigation and industrial uses.

3.5.1. Wastewater Collection and Treatment
To understand the potential for recycled water, it is necessary to quantify the wastewater generated and treated within the Region. Neither TVMWD nor the majority of its Participating Agencies provide wastewater collection or treatment services. Instead, wastewater collection and treatment within the Region is primarily managed by LACSD, along with local municipal sewer departments that maintain the collection pipelines conveying wastewater to LACSD's trunk sewers.

Recycled water sources in the Region are primarily derived from two LACSD-owned and operated water reclamation plants (WRPs):
⚫ Pomona WRP: Located within the City of Pomona, this facility treats wastewater generated by residential and commercial users in the eastern portion of the Region. The Pomona WRP provides primary, secondary, and tertiary treatment for a design capacity of 15 MGD. ⚫ San Jose Creek WRP: Located adjacent to the City of Industry, this larger facility serves a broader area of the San Gabriel Valley. The San Jose Creek WRP consists of two hydraulically interconnected facilities (East and West) that provide primary, secondary, and tertiary treatment for a combined design capacity of 100 MGD.

Table 3-16 summarizes the existing wastewater collection and treatment facilities serving the Region. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 59
Table 3-16. Wastewater Treatment Plants Serving the Region Facility
Name
Operating
Agency
Treatment
Level
Design
Capacity
(MGD)
2025 Average
Daily Flow
(MGD)
Effluent Use
Pomona
WRP
LACSD Tertiary 15 6.85 Non-potable reuse for irrigation; remaining discharged to San Jose
Creek1.

San Jose
Creek WRP
LACSD Tertiary 100 60.1
2 Non-potable reuse; groundwater
recharge; remaining discharged to
San Gabriel River3.

1. Under SWRCB Wastewater Change Petition WW0104 (SWRCB, 2020a) (included in Part 3, Appendix Q), LACSD is legally permitted to reduce its discharge to San Jose Creek to zero to maximize recycled water reuse, meaning there are no minimum bypass flow obligations for downstream habitat.

2. Source: Sewerage Service "Will Serve" Documentation. As published in recent regional CEQA filings (e.g., City of Irwindale Final IS/MND, January 2025) (City of Irwindale, 2025).

3. Under SWRCB Wastewater Change Petition WW0107 (SWRCB, 2020b) (included in Part 3, Appendix R), LACSD is authorized to significantly reduce discharges to expand regional reuse. However, this authorization is subject to specific, enforceable minimum flow conditions negotiated with the SWRCB and California Department of Fish and Wildlife (e.g., maintaining ~5 MGD at specific outfalls) to protect downstream habitat and public trust resources.

3.5.2. Current Recycled Water Uses
While TVMWD does not distribute recycled water, six member agencies within the Region – the City of Pomona, Rowland WD, WVWD, Cal Poly Pomona, Mt. SAC, and the City of Industry – currently utilize tertiary-treated recycled water purchased from LACSD to offset potable water demands. This water is distributed through dedicated "purple pipe" systems and is primarily used for irrigation of parks, golf courses, schools, and roadway medians. Recycled water from LACSD is acquired by the Participating Agencies through individual service agreements rather than formal adjudicated entitlements. The total available recycled water supply is governed by the treatment capacity of LACSD's two regional WRPs – the Pomona WRP (15 MGD capacity) and the San Jose Creek WRP (100 MGD capacity) – as documented in Section 3.5.1.

The City of Pomona, Rowland WD, and WVWD are the largest utilizers of recycled water among the Participating Agencies. Furthermore, institutional partners such as Cal Poly Pomona utilize significant volumes of recycled water for campus landscaping and agricultural operations.

Table 3-17 summarizes the aggregated historical recycled water use by TVMWD agencies over the 2021–2025 baseline period.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 60
Table 3-17. Historical Annual Recycled Water Use by TVMWD Agencies (2021-2025) Water Source / Agency 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 5-Year Average Participating Agencies 4,566 4,972 3,939 3,593 3,430 4,100 Other TVMWD Agencies* 2,126 2,126 2,126 2,126 2,126 2,126 Regional Total 6,682 7,098 6,065 5,719 5,555 6,226
*Note: To accurately reflect the total regional recycled water use, this table incorporates estimated recycled water use for Other Member Agencies within the TVMWD service area. Because these agencies are not formal signatories to this 2025 RUWMP, their historical recycled water use were estimated utilizing the best available public data, including related environmental documentation (e.g., EIRs) and 2020 UWMPs.

3.5.3. Planned Recycled Water Projects
The Region is actively exploring opportunities to expand the beneficial use of recycled water to further reduce dependence on imported water supplies. While expanding traditional "purple pipe" non-potable systems is ongoing, the Region is also investigating advanced purification and groundwater injection strategies. More detail is provided in Section 3.9.

3.6. Transfers and Exchanges
To maximize the reliability and efficiency of the Region's water supply, TVMWD and its Participating Agencies actively utilize transfers and exchanges. These water management strategies allow the Region to optimize existing resources, overcome localized water quality or infrastructure constraints, and ensure that water can be moved to where it is needed most, particularly during extended drought periods or emergency outages. While TVMWD serves as the primary conduit for importing water into the Region, the retail agencies themselves possess a highly interconnected distribution network. By leveraging joint powers authorities, shared pipelines, and cooperative agreements, the agencies can physically and contractually exchange water supplies.

Water transfers and exchanges involve the temporary or long-term trading of water rights or physical water supplies between agencies. In the TVMWD service area, these exchanges are facilitated by both physical interconnections and contractual agreements.

Existing Exchange Mechanisms and Infrastructure
A critical component of the Region's transfer capability is the Pomona-Walnut-Rowland JWL. The JWL is a shared transmission pipeline – not a standalone water right or active supply transfer program – that allows for the efficient movement of treated imported water (described in Section 3.1) among the City of Pomona, Rowland WD, and WVWD. While it does not currently generate 'new' supply, the JWL's physical interconnection makes future regional exchanges possible. For example, the planned Chino Basin Conjunctive Use Exchange (described in Section 3.9) relies entirely on the JWL to physically wheel Pomona's extracted groundwater westward to offset other agencies' imported water demands.

Additionally, the PBWA acts as a legal and administrative vehicle for executing water transfers, securing groundwater export rights, and developing shared infrastructure that benefits both districts. While the PBWA does not generate ‘new’ supply, it utilizes its authority to optimize regional reliability by banking 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 61
surplus water in the Main San Gabriel Basin (described in Section 3.2.1) and facilitate external surface water transfers, such as the planned partnership with the Covina Valley Water Company (described in Section 3.9).

In addition to these specific regional projects, TVMWD and the Participating Agencies continue to maintain emergency interties with neighboring systems to facilitate short-term transfers during facility outages or localized supply disruptions.

3.7. Supply From Storage
A foundational pillar of the Region’s water supply reliability is the proactive management of local groundwater basins through "conjunctive use." Conjunctive use is the strategic practice of storing imported surface water in local groundwater aquifers during wet years when supplies are abundant, and subsequently extracting that stored water during dry years when imported supplies are constrained.

This regional "water banking" strategy acts as a critical buffer, allowing the Participating Agencies to maintain sufficient supply to meet demands during single-dry and multi-year drought conditions without triggering severe mandatory rationing.

It is important to note that 'Supply from Storage' is not quantified as an independent, separate line item in the regional supply projections presented in Section 5. Because the Region actively practices conjunctive use, the withdrawal of banked water is physically realized through increased local well production during droughts. Therefore, the yields from the storage accounts detailed in this section are implicitly embedded within the regional 'Local Groundwater' supply totals. Listing storage as a separate supply source would result in an inaccurate double-counting of the Region's available water assets.

3.7.1. TVMWD Regional Storage Capacity and MWD Cyclic Storage TVMWD actively manages changes in annual water supply availability by utilizing storage accounts across multiple adjudicated basins. Across the Main San Gabriel, Six Basins, and Chino Basins, TVMWD has a combined authorized storage capacity of 54,890 AF.

A primary mechanism for utilizing this capacity is the Cyclic Storage Program established with MWD.

Under this program, MWD delivers imported water supplies to TVMWD for storage in advance of demand. This allows the Region to capture surplus imported supplies that would otherwise be lost to the ocean during high-precipitation years. TVMWD's Cyclic Storage Agreement with MWD (included in Part 3, Appendix K) allows for the pre-delivery and storage of up to 50,000 AF. Originally signed in 1991, this agreement was recently amended and extended through June 2034, ensuring long-term contractual reliability for the Region's banking operations.

MWD Chino Basin Conjunctive Use Program (Dry-Year Yield Program) In addition to cyclic storage accounts, TVMWD is a signatory partner in MWD’s Chino Basin Conjunctive Use Program (regionally referred to as the Dry-Year Yield Program, or DYYP). Executed in June 2003 in partnership with MWD, the Inland Empire Utilities Agency (IEUA), and the Chino Basin Watermaster, this 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 62
program is one of the largest active groundwater banking operations in Southern California (MWD et al., 2003) (Agreement provided in Part 3, Appendix T).

The DYYP provides a maximum authorized storage capacity of 100,000 AF within the Chino Basin, with a designed dry-year extraction yield of up to 33,000 AF per year. Under this arrangement, MWD stores surplus imported water in the Chino Basin during hydrologically wet periods using Proposition 13 state grant funds and MWD capital.

During severe droughts or periods of imported supply constraint, MWD can "call" on this stored water.

To execute the call, local participating pumpers extract the banked groundwater in lieu of taking treated imported water deliveries from MWD. This in-lieu exchange effectively frees up MWD's regional surface water supplies, reduces TVMWD's imported water demand during critical shortage years, and provides a highly reliable local buffer against SWP allocation cuts. Operating under an initial 25-year term (through 2028, with provisions for renewal or extension), the DYYP serves as a foundational component of the Region’s drought resilience strategy and illustrates the collaborative, conjunctive management required to navigate prolonged dry periods.

By the end of 2025, TVMWD is projected to hold approximately 14,000 AF of water in storage across its accounts. Table 3-18 summarizes the Region's aggregated groundwater storage portfolio, delineating between wholesale accounts managed by TVMWD and retail accounts managed by Joint Power Authorities (such as PBWA).
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 63
Table 3-18. TVMWD Regional Groundwater Storage Portfolio Summary Groundwater Basin Agreement Type Maximum Storage
Capacity (AF)
Estimated Stored Balance
(End of 2025) (AF)
Wholesale Storage
Main San Gabriel Basin Cyclic Storage
Agreement
50,000 3,079
Six Basins Operational Storage
Account
3,500 ~3,5001
Chino Basin One-Time Storage
Agreement
1,390 1,390
Spadra Basin Planned Optimization
Project
0 (Planned: 3,500) 0
Wholesale Subtotal 54,890 (Current)
58,390 (Current and
Planned)
~7,969
Retail / JPA Storage
Main San Gabriel Basin Storage and Export
Agreement
30,000 3,0002
Retail / JPA Subtotal 30,000 3,000
Regional Total 84,890 (Current)
88,390 (Current and
Planned)
~13,969
MWD Regional Storage
(Partnered)
Chino Basin MWD Conjunctive
Use Program (DYYP)
100,000 (shared with
IEUA)4
Managed by MWD3

1. Based on 2024 Annual Watermaster Report (Six Basins Watermaster, 2025). Final 2025 stored balances are subject to ongoing Six Basins Watermaster reconciliation.

2. Balance estimated based on the PBWA Board of Commissioners' October 2024 authorization to purchase 3,000 AF of cyclic storage for the 2025-2029 water years (PBWA, 2024b).

3. The 100,000 AF maximum capacity represents a regional MWD account shared with the IEUA. Because the stored water is owned by MWD and called at MWD's discretion, the current stored balance is excluded from TVMWD’s exclusive local storage totals to accurately reflect local asset control and avoid double-counting MWD supplies.

Groundwater banking programs are a formalized extension of the Region's conjunctive use strategy.

While general groundwater storage involves recharging the aquifer to maintain basin health, "banking" involves formal, contractual agreements that allow an agency to deposit a quantified volume of water into a basin and retain the legal right to extract, transfer, or export that specific volume of water at a later date.

Because the Region overlies multiple adjudicated and managed basins, groundwater banking requires close coordination with basin Watermasters to ensure that deposits and withdrawals do not negatively impact basin safe yields or water quality.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 64

3.7.2. Recharge Mechanisms and Operational Constraints
To physically place water into these groundwater storage accounts, TVMWD purchases untreated imported water from MWD and delivers it to various regional spreading grounds, such as the San Antonio Spreading Grounds (Six Basins) and the Santa Fe Spreading Grounds (Main San Gabriel Basin).

Water is also banked "in-lieu" by providing treated surface water to retail agencies, allowing them to turn off their groundwater pumps and leave their groundwater rights in the aquifer.

While TVMWD possesses significant "paper" storage capacity, the physical availability of spreading facilities and conveyance pipelines can limit the ability to fully utilize these programs. During extreme wet years, spreading grounds must be shared with local flood control and stormwater capture operations, occasionally limiting the volume of imported water that can be recharged simultaneously.

Planned Groundwater Mitigation Projects
To overcome these operational constraints and maximize the Region's conjunctive use potential, TVMWD and its member agencies have identified a suite of regional mitigation projects focused on expanding treatment capacity, installing new extraction and injection wells, and building interties to move stored water across the Region more effectively. These projects are described in more detail in Section 3.9.

3.8. Desalination Opportunities
The CWC requires urban water suppliers to evaluate the opportunities for the development of desalinated water, including ocean water, brackish surface water, and brackish groundwater, as a longterm supply. Desalination involves treating water with high salinity levels – typically using advanced membrane processes such as reverse osmosis (RO) – to produce potable drinking water.

3.8.1. Opportunities for Brackish Water and/or Groundwater Desalination Brackish groundwater refers to groundwater with elevated levels of TDS and salts, often resulting from historical agricultural practices or localized geological conditions.

Currently, the primary groundwater quality constraints within the Region are related to VOCs, nitrates, and CECs such as PFAS. Participating Agencies are actively investing in advanced water treatment infrastructure – including ion exchange and RO trains, such as the additions planned at the Cal Poly Pomona Water Treatment Plant – to address these specific contaminants.

While RO technology is capable of desalting brackish water, large-scale brackish groundwater desalination specifically for the purpose of salt removal is not currently a primary supply development strategy for the TVMWD service area. However, as regional salt and nutrient management plans continue to monitor TDS accumulation in shared basins like the Chino Basin, the deployment of desalter operations may become a more prominent opportunity in the future. At this time, the Region focuses its groundwater recovery investments on addressing industrial and chemical contaminants to restore stranded well assets rather than brackish desalting.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 65

3.8.2. Opportunities for Seawater Desalination
Because the TVMWD service area is located in inland eastern Los Angeles County, it is geographically landlocked. Therefore, the direct development of seawater desalination facilities within the Region is physically and economically infeasible.

However, the Region recognizes and supports seawater desalination as a vital component of Southern California's overall water supply reliability. MWD actively supports the development of seawater desalination by its coastal member agencies through the Local Resources Program (LRP). When coastal agencies develop local desalinated supplies, it offsets their demand for imported water from the SWP and the Colorado River. This reduction in coastal demand directly benefits inland agencies like TVMWD by increasing the availability and reliability of imported water in MWD's regional storage network.

Consequently, while TVMWD will not construct seawater desalination facilities, it indirectly relies on regional desalination advancements to bolster its imported water reliability.

3.9. Planned Water Supply Projects and Programs
As detailed throughout this chapter, the TVMWD service area relies on a complex, interconnected portfolio of imported and local water supplies. However, escalating climate change impacts – such as hydrologic volatility, prolonged droughts, and reduced imported water reliability – combined with increasingly stringent water quality regulations (e.g., new MCLs for PFAS), threaten the historical yield and flexibility of these resources.

To proactively mitigate these vulnerabilities and ensure long-term regional water security, TVMWD and its Participating Agencies have identified a suite of collaborative water supply projects and programs that focus on optimizing existing infrastructure, remediating stranded groundwater assets, expanding conjunctive use storage, and maximizing the physical capture and treatment of available local supplies.

The key planned regional projects, which are at various stages of evaluation, design, and implementation, are detailed in TVMWD’s 2025 WRMP (Part 3, Appendix H). These projects include:

Project 1: External Partnership with CVWC (formerly CIC) (Main Basin) Through the Puente Basin Water Agency (described in Section 3.2.1), the Region is pursuing an external partnership with CVWC to access existing surplus water supplies. This project involves the construction of a new pipeline intertie that will allow the pumping of surplus CVWC well and surface water from the Main San Gabriel Basin directly into the Badillo-Grand pipeline. By physically importing this surplus local water eastward, the intertie is estimated to provide up to 2,000 AFY of supply, directly offsetting the participating agencies' reliance on TVMWD imported water deliveries.

Project 2: TVMWD Groundwater Reliability Improvement Program (GRIP) This regional project would include a TVMWD partnership with the City of Glendora and the Puente Basin Water Agency to implement a regional distribution network and local supplies by utilizing 9,000 AF/year of stranded city assets. The regional distribution network would be augmented by the construction of new treatment facilities and conveyance pipelines. Three Valleys, as the lead agency, will 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 66
develop the project that includes new replacement wells with wellhead treatment for City of Glendora’s Wells #3, 4, and 7, and the pipeline and pumpstations. This regional project could also be expanded to address water quality concerns for more member agencies. This project would increase regional water supply reliability, thereby improving operational flexibility by integrating additional water sources into the existing network. This regional project would provide an estimated 9 TAF toward Three Valleys’ goal of increasing overall water supply by 15 TAF.

Project 3: TVMWD Storing Water in Main San Gabriel Basin (GRIP+) This project represents a major regional partnership between TVMWD, the City of Glendora, and the City of Pomona to maximize the storage of surplus imported water during wet years at the Santa Fe Spreading Grounds. To ensure this stored water can be efficiently recovered and distributed during droughts, the project expands physical extraction and conveyance capacity. Infrastructure plans include the installation of five new extraction wells (two dedicated to Glendora and three to Pomona) equipped with necessary wellhead treatments. Additionally, the project will construct approximately five miles of potable water pipeline to connect these Main San Gabriel Basin supplies directly to Pomona’s distribution system and the Pomona-Walnut-Rowland JWL. Once fully implemented, this project is anticipated to produce approximately 9,200 AFY of highly reliable local groundwater supply.

Project 4: TVMWD-Pomona Chino Basin Conjunctive Use Exchange Building upon the Region's successful participation in the existing MWD Dry-Year Yield Program detailed in Section 3.7.1, TVMWD and the City of Pomona are actively evaluating a mutually beneficial "in-lieu" exchange program to leverage the Chino Basin. While the MWD DYYP provides a broad regional buffer for the State Water Project, this planned TVMWD partnership focuses on highly localized infrastructure optimizations. Under this arrangement, TVMWD would provide funding to construct or upgrade Pomona’s extraction and treatment infrastructure in the Chino Basin. In exchange, Pomona would pump and deliver an equivalent amount of its local water for use by other TVMWD member agencies. This exchanged water would be conveyed westward via the JWL and the Badillo/Grand Transmission Main.

This creates a highly reliable local groundwater source for agencies that currently possess high dependencies on imported water (such as the City of La Verne, Golden State Water Company, and the Puente Basin Water Agency).

Other planned regional efforts and projects include:

Spadra Basin Optimization & Cal Poly Pomona Injection
This initiative combines multiple concepts to revitalize the non-adjudicated Spadra Basin using advanced treated recycled water. Spearheaded collaboratively by Walnut Valley Water District, the City of Pomona, and California State Polytechnic University, Pomona (Cal Poly), the optimization project proposes the construction of an underground recharge gallery, seven injection wells, five production wells, and the expansion of the Cal Poly Reverse Osmosis (RO) plant. A key component involves utilizing TVMWD’s Corporate Center Drive properties (adjacent to the I-57 and I-71 freeways) for new injection and extraction wells. By partnering with the Los Angeles County Sanitation Districts to secure advanced treated recycled water for injection, this project aims to create a drought-proof local storage asset with a capacity of up to 3,500 AF.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 67
Stormwater Capture Enhancements
To address the climate-driven shift toward shorter, higher-intensity winter storm events, the Region is upgrading its local spreading grounds to prevent volatile flash-flood flows from bypassing capture facilities. At the San Antonio Spreading Grounds, plans include excavating and developing new, deeper recharge basins (up to 200 feet in depth) to drastically increase instantaneous stormwater capture and storage volume. Concurrently, at the Thompson Creek Spreading Grounds, the Region is working in cooperation with the Los Angeles County Department of Public Works (LACDPW) to upgrade aging conveyance ditches and diversion structures to maximize the flow rate of water safely directed into the spreading basins.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 68

4. Regional Water Use
Accurately projecting regional water use is a critical component of water supply planning. Within the TVMWD service area, historical water demands have been heavily influenced by population growth, climate variability, and diverse land uses ranging from dense urban centers to large institutional campuses. However, as the Region looks toward 2050, water use trends are undergoing a significant transformation. Despite anticipated modest population and economic growth, overall regional water demands are projected to decline. This downward shift is driven by a strong local commitment to water use efficiency and the implementation of stringent new state conservation mandates.

This chapter provides a comprehensive overview of water demands across the Region. It details the aggregated historical and projected water use for the Participating Agencies and the Other Member Agencies. Furthermore, this chapter outlines the Region's successful compliance with past SB X7-7 targets and describes the transition to the new "Making Conservation a California Way of Life" (CWOL) regulatory framework, including the development of specific Urban Water Use Objectives (UWUOs).

Finally, it highlights the robust portfolio of regional and local Demand Management Measures (DMMs) and public outreach programs that the agencies are actively deploying to achieve these long-term efficiency goals.

4.1. Total Water Demands by Agency
As shown in Table 4-1, despite some continued growth due to infill and redevelopment, the total projected demand in the Region is expected to decline over time through 2050. This is due to implementation of the State’s new “Making Conservation a California Way of Life Regulation” (CWOL Regulation), which is discussed further in Section 4.2.2. To comply with the CWOL Regulation, it is anticipated that all the Participating Agencies will need to reduce their water demands relative to 2017 to 2021 demands. The reductions vary by agency and range from 9% (City of Pomona and GSWC – Claremont) to 37% (City of Glendora). This estimated reduction is based on the actual customer base in 2017-2021 so it does not account for demand increases from future growth. It is generally assumed that new growth will comply with water use efficiency standards due to current building codes.

Table 4-1. Projected Total Annual Retail Water Demand (RUWMP Participating Agencies) (Acre-Feet) Agency 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050
City of Glendora 10,004 9,878 9,696 9,517 9,342
City of La Verne 6,352 6,340 6,301 6,263 6,228
City of Pomona 20,147 20,116 19,917 19,719 19,521
GSWC – Claremont 9,873 9,603 9,262 8,941 8,644
GSWC – San Dimas 9,713 10,000 9,970 9,937 9,903
Rowland Water District 10,267 10,004 9,777 9,584 9,421
Walnut Valley Water District 16,369 15,246 14,559 14,580 14,589 Projected Total Demand 82,725 81,187 79,482 78,541 77,648 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 69

4.2. Water Use Efficiency
The Region has invested in expanding and optimizing local water resources to reduce reliance on imported supplies and maintain cost stability for its customers. At the same time, the Region continues to advance water use efficiency and conservation programs that have meaningfully reduced per capita demand and strengthened long-term supply reliability. These conservation efforts are a core component of the Region’s resource management strategy and help maximize the value of available supplies.

4.2.1. SB X7-7 Compliance
Senate Bill 7 of Special Extended Session 7 (SBX7-7) was incorporated into the UWMP Act in 2009 and requires that all water suppliers increase water use efficiency with the overall goal to decrease per capita water consumption within the state by 20 percent by the year 2020. SBX7-7 required DWR to develop certain criteria, methods, and standard reporting forms through a public process that water suppliers could use to establish their baseline water use and determine their water conservation targets.

SBX7-7 and DWR's Methodologies for Calculating Baseline and Compliance Urban Per Capita Water Use (DWR, 2016) specify methodologies for determining the baseline water demand, 2015 interim urban water use target, and the 2020 urban water use target for Western, as described in detail in the Participating Agencies’ 2020 UWMPs. All of the Participating Agencies met their targets to reduce per capita water consumption by 20 percent by 2020. For final verification in the 2025 UWMP, Section 3 of each retail agency chapter in Part 2 also demonstrates that the suppliers met its 2020 target.

4.2.2. New Water Conservation Legislation
Going forward, Participating Agencies that are retail suppliers are continuing to align with new water use efficiency standards from the CWOL Regulation, which supersede SBX7-7 standards. In 2018, two policy bills were enacted by the California Legislature, Assembly Bill 1668 (AB1668, Friedman) and Senate Bill 606 (SB606, Hertzberg), collectively referred to as the “2018 Water Conservation Legislation.” Based on the 2018 Water Conservation Legislation, related legislation, and subsequent adoption of the CWOL Regulation (SWRCB, 2024), each urban retail water supplier must calculate and comply with its specific Urban Water Use Objective (UWUO), with efficiency standards becoming increasingly stringent through 2040. DWR and the SWRCB have developed a reporting framework for calculating the UWUO and compliance annually. The UWUO is composed of several standards to create one comprehensive objective, as shown in Figure 4-1.

Figure 4-1. Urban Water Use Objectives Regulation Overview 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 70
Indoor Residential
The indoor residential water use standard was set as part of Senate Bill (SB) 1157, which adopts recommendations made by DWR and the State Water Board to reduce indoor water use targets from 55 gallons per capita per day (gpcd) to 47 gpcd by 2025 and 42 gpcd by 2030.

Outdoor Residential
Outdoor residential use is expected to be based on the amount of irrigable area and an increasingly stringent landscape efficiency factor with compliance progress measured annually through 2035, when the efficiency factor is proposed to remain constant. The SWRCB assists agencies in calculating outdoor residential use budgets by providing aerial imagery that delineates irrigable irrigated, irrigable but not irrigated, and non-irrigable areas. This data has been provided to suppliers and is expected to be updated in five-year cycles.

Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional Landscape
Commercial, industrial, and institutional (CII) standards will be based on total gallons used and will require implementation of dedicated irrigation meters or in-lieu technologies, and other performance measures for conservation. Additionally, CII customer accounts will need to be classified into specific and general categories for reporting and compliance over the course of several years yet to be determined by the State.

Water Loss
The water loss component of the UWUO is a standalone component that must be met on its own beginning in 2028. Section 2.1.3 of each retail agency chapter in Part 2 describes the water loss standard and the agency’s progress toward meeting it.

Additionally, each urban retail water supplier must submit an Annual Water Use Report (AWUR) starting January 1, 2024 to document progress toward complying with the UWUO regulations.

As discussed in Section 2.2 of each retail agency chapter in Part 2, some Participating Agencies in this RUWMP elected to incorporate the conservation that would be required to meet the UWUO into the future demand projections directly and some elected to assume less conservation than would be required to meet the UWUO for the purpose of more conservative supply planning. The required calculations and reporting associated with the CWOL Regulations are complex and extensive and are therefore not required to be included in the UWMP.

4.2.3. Regional Demand Management Programs
TVMWD retail agencies have adopted water waste prevention ordinances, universal metering, tiered conservation pricing, and robust public education and outreach programs, as described in Section 8 of each retail agency chapter in Part 2. Common measures include active leak detection, annual water loss audits, and dedicated conservation staffing to support program implementation. All seven retail agencies participate in one or more components of MWD’s regional rebate program: SoCal Water$mart. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 71
This program includes rebates for high efficiency indoor fixtures, irrigation devices, and turf removal.

Other programs offered by retailers, or through participation with MWD, include water use efficiency surveys and leak repair programs.

Retail agencies have also launched unique and innovative efforts. La Verne provides video-based water‑wise landscaping training classes that teaches how to use rainwater as a resource and manage irrigation in backyards. Walnut Valley installed Hydrant Guard check valves, which aim to reduce catastrophic water loss associated with broken fire hydrants. Rowland Heights offers multi‑tiered school and youth education programs. Rowland Heights and Glendora have each deployed advanced metering systems with customer leak alerts and usage analytics. Pomona participates in, or hosts, more than a dozen events throughout the year including the “Water is Life” art poster and essay contest. Pomona also has a Water Watcher reporting line (online and via phone) for reporting visible leaks or excess runoff.

These regional and local programs work together to support the Region’s strategy to reduce demand, improve efficiency, reduce water loss, and reinforce conservation as California way of life. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 72

5. Comparison of Regional Supplies and Demands
The continuous and reliable provision of potable water is the foundational mandate of urban water suppliers. In accordance with California Water Code § 10635(a), every urban water supplier must assess the reliability of its water service by comparing total projected water use with the projected water supply over a planning horizon of at least 20 years.

This chapter provides that core statutory assessment for the TVMWD service area as a whole, extending the planning horizon out to 2050 to ensure robust long-term resiliency. The analysis rigorously stresstests the Region's water portfolio under varying hydrological conditions, specifically encompassing a Normal Water Year, a Single Dry Year, a drought scenario lasting Five Consecutive Water Years, and a highly conservative Twenty-Year Drought scenario.

To navigate the complexities of shared imported water aqueducts and interconnected groundwater aquifers, this chapter synthesizes supply and demand data gathered from across the entire 133-squaremile TVMWD service area. As established in Section 1, the aggregated "Regional Context" analysis meticulously integrates projections for both the seven Participating Agencies and the Other Member Agencies. By systematically incorporating all entities that draw upon the Region's shared infrastructure, the ensuing analysis provides a highly accurate, bottom-up aggregation of the regional water balance.

The water service reliability assessment for each of the Participating agencies individually is presented in Chapter 5 of the respective chapters in Part 2.

5.1. Supply and Demand Projections Methodology
Evaluating water supply reliability through the year 2050 requires sophisticated forecasting methodologies that account for complex demographic shifts, the escalating impacts of climate change, evolving regulatory constraints, and behavioral modifications in urban water consumption. The analytical framework developed for this 2025 RUWMP utilizes ground-truthed projections and operationally conservative supply capability assessments to rigorously test the Region's overall water portfolio.

5.1.1. Demand Projections
The demand projections utilized in this comparison (detailed in Chapter 4) were generated using a multi-scenario analytical approach. Recognizing that a single, flat population growth multiplier is insufficient for modern water planning, distinct demand projection methodologies were developed for each agency. These dynamic scenarios ranged from baseline trend continuations to aggressive conservation scenarios modeled to ensure statutory compliance with the new CWOL Regulation.

Through collaborative working sessions, each participating agency selected the specific methodology most representative of its local service area dynamics, accounting for factors such as high-density infill development, the prevalence of Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs), and historical per capita usage trends.

Crucially, the finalized demand projections incorporate both "Passive Conservation" (savings achieved 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 73
organically through the natural replacement of older plumbing fixtures per California building codes) and "Active Conservation" (savings derived from agency-sponsored rebate initiatives and turf-removal programs). Detailed explanations of the demand projection methodology used for each of the Participating Agencies are included in Section 2.2 of each agency chapter in Part 2.

5.1.2. Supply Projections
Water supply reliability planning frequently grapples with the discrepancy between contractual water rights (theoretical capacity) and actual, physical water availability (operational reality). To systematically address potential differences, the analytical framework for the 2025 RUWMP evaluated two distinct methodologies for projecting future local water supply: the "Paper Water" approach and the "Real Water" approach.
⚫ Option 1: The "Real Water" Approach (Utilization-Based): This approach is grounded strictly in empirical operational data. Under this framework, the baseline local agency supplies are tied directly to the actual historical averages extracted and utilized between the years 2021 and 2025. This period provides a good representation of hydrologic variations because it includes the severe, critically dry conditions of 2021–2022, the exceptionally wet hydrology of 2023, and the transitional conditions of 2024-2025. This period also reflects the most recent operational constraints that impact supply availability. By capturing recent shifts in groundwater availability – specifically, extraction wells taken offline or restricted due to newly implemented PFAS and CEC water quality regulations – this baseline ensures the supply projections reflect current physical reality rather than outdated infrastructure capacities. ⚫ Option 2: The "Paper Water" Approach (Capacity-Based): This approach projects future supply based on the maximum legal rights or absolute physical extraction capacity an agency holds within a basin. While useful for demonstrating legal entitlements and maximum potential supply, this approach can inadvertently mask critical infrastructure bottlenecks or localized water quality constraints (such as expanding contaminant plumes) that prevent an agency from accessing its full theoretical allocation.

To ensure the most conservative, defensible, and operationally realistic stress-test possible, the Participating Agencies unanimously selected the "Real Water" approach for their primary supply projections in this 2025 RUWMP. Once this empirical 2021–2025 baseline was established, specific climate change factors – derived from TVMWD's 2024 Climate Assessment (TVMWD, 2024a; provided in Part 3, Appendix I) and updated through 2025 for these analyses – were applied to project the degradation, volatility, or shift in local supply availability through 2050. Any projected unmet demand remaining after these adjusted local supplies are exhausted is assumed to be met by imported water supply deliveries from TVMWD and MWD.

Detailed explanations of the supply projection methodology used for each of the Participating Agencies are included in Section 4 of each agency chapter in Part 2. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 74

5.2. Summary of Regional Supplies and Demands
The core statutory requirement of the UWMP is the direct comparison of total water supply sources available to the water supplier with the long-term total projected water use over the next 20 years, in five-year increments. This assessment determines if the Region possesses the physical, contractual, and infrastructural capacity to support its population through 2050 under varying climatic stressors.

Because the Participating Agencies selected the "Real Water" (Utilization-Based) methodology for this analysis, projected supplies are managed conjunctively to meet projected demands. Any localized deficits in groundwater or surface water are met by imported water deliveries from TVMWD and MWD.

To understand the supply and demand comparisons in the following sections, it is critical to understand how the Region’s water portfolio changes under hydrological stress.

A key trend in Southern California urban water management is that during dry years, water demand typically increases. Hotter baseline temperatures and a lack of natural precipitation drive residents and institutional campuses to increase outdoor irrigation to maintain landscaping. To meet this increased demand, the retail agencies adapt their operations. Some agencies ramp up extraction from local groundwater wells (drawing upon cyclical storage accounts), and agencies heavily reliant on imported water lean more on TVMWD to supply imported water from MWD.

As discussed in Section 3.2.1, Metropolitan’s 2025 UWMP projects 100 percent imported water supply reliability under normal year, single dry year and 5 consecutive dry year scenarios and that conclusion is incorporated into this analysis (MWD, 2026b).

5.2.1. Normal Year
A "Normal Year" assessment evaluates the system under average climate conditions and standard baseline water yields. For this 2025 RUWMP, the Normal Year is defined by the average historical hydrology and usage patterns observed over the 2021–2025 baseline period. It is important to note that this specific five-year baseline applies exclusively to the Region's local supplies and retail demands; projected imported water availability relies on MWD's independent 2025 UWMP reliability modeling, which utilizes its own distinct, long-term historical baselines.

To accurately forecast reliability through 2050, the long-term climate change factors derived from the Region's 2024 Climate Assessment (described in Section 2.5.2) were applied to these baseline local supplies (described in Section 3) to account for projected warming, increased evapotranspiration, and shifting precipitation patterns. Additionally, the aggregated Normal Year demand projections incorporate anticipated demographic growth (described in Section 2.3) and the strict, mandatory active and passive conservation targets required by the new CWOL Regulations (described in Section 4).

Based on this thorough analysis, the TVMWD RUWMP Participating Agencies and entire service area exhibit total supply reliability through the year 2050. Table 5-1 and Table 5-2 detail the Normal Year 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 75
Supply and Demand comparison in five-year increments through 2050 for the specific Participating Agencies and the entire TVMWD service area, respectively. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 76
Table 5-1. Normal Year Supply and Demand (RUWMP Participating Agencies) (Acre-Feet) Category 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050
Local Groundwater 31,495 32,173 31,697 31,046 30,225
City of Glendora 9,090 9,018 8,864 8,642 8,357
City of La Verne 1,849 1,834 1,803 1,758 1,700
City of Pomona 13,266 13,160 12,936 12,612 12,196
GSWC - Claremont 4,593 4,534 4,493 4,456 4,420
GSWC - San Dimas 1,996 1,970 1,952 1,937 1,921
Rowland Water District 700 1,657 1,649 1,641 1,633
Recycled Water1 5,058 5,132 5,191 5,234 5,263
City of Pomona 1,874 1,874 1,874 1,874 1,874
Rowland Water District 1,033 1,127 1,219 1,309 1,396
Walnut Valley Water District 2,152 2,131 2,098 2,051 1,993 Surface Water 1,691 1,674 1,649 1,616 1,576
City of Pomona 1,691 1,674 1,649 1,616 1,576
Imported Water (TVMWD/MWD) 41,991 37,199 35,956 35,684 35,658 City of Glendora 906 853 825 867 977
City of La Verne 4,503 4,506 4,498 4,505 4,528
City of Pomona 3,315 3,408 3,458 3,617 3,876
GSWC - Claremont 5,280 5,069 4,769 4,485 4,224
GSWC - San Dimas 7,036 7,321 7,310 7,294 7,278
Rowland Water District 7,433 6,128 5,836 5,588 5,380
Walnut Valley Water District 13,518 9,915 9,261 9,329 9,396 Imported Water (Other)2 2,491 5,009 4,988 4,960 4,926
City of Glendora 8 8 7 8 9
GSWC - San Dimas 682 709 707 706 705
Rowland Water District 1,101 1,092 1,073 1,047 1,012
Walnut Valley Water District 700 3,200 3,200 3,200 3,200 Projected Total Supply 82,726 81,187 79,481 78,541 77,648 City of Glendora 10,004 9,878 9,696 9,517 9,342
City of La Verne 6,352 6,340 6,301 6,263 6,228
City of Pomona 20,147 20,116 19,917 19,719 19,521
GSWC - Claremont 9,873 9,603 9,262 8,941 8,644
GSWC - San Dimas 9,714 10,000 9,969 9,937 9,904
Rowland Water District 10,267 10,004 9,777 9,584 9,421
Walnut Valley Water District 16,369 15,246 14,559 14,580 14,589 Projected Total Demand 82,726 81,187 79,481 78,541 77,648

1. To accurately reflect the separation of the Region's potable and non-potable distribution systems, it is assumed that projected Recycled Water supply strictly equals Recycled Water demand for non-potable uses. All other water supplies listed in this table are utilized exclusively to meet potable demands. There is no crossover of non-potable supplies to meet potable demands.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 77

2. This category represents water supplies purchased, transferred, or imported from entities other than TVMWD/MWD (described in Section 3.1.4).

Table 5-2. Normal Year Supply and Demand (Regional Total – All Agencies) (Acre-Feet) Category 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050
Local Groundwater 65,872 66,550 66,074 65,448 64,627
Recycled Water1 7,688 7,762 7,821 7,864 7,893
Surface Water 2,541 2,524 2,499 2,466 2,426
Imported Water (TVMWD/MWD) 60,832 56,210 54,998 54,755 54,729 Imported Water (Other)2 16,239 18,756 18,735 18,708 18,673 Projected Total Supply 153,172 151,803 150,127 149,241 148,348 Projected Total Demand 153,172 151,803 150,127 149,241 148,348

2. This category represents water supplies purchased, transferred, or imported from entities other than TVMWD/MWD (described in Section 3.1.4).

5.2.2. Single Dry Year
A "Single Dry Year" assessment models the reliability of the system under acute, short-term hydrological stress. To accurately model this scenario and predict future behavior, the analysis utilizes empirical data from the 2021 fiscal year, which represents a severe, comprehensively documented dry-year condition within the Region.

Based on TVMWD's operational data, the historical average year baseline was established using the fiveyear period of 2021–2025. During dry years, hotter temperatures and a lack of rainfall typically drive increased outdoor irrigation, resulting in higher overall water demand. To project future drought demands, historical peaking factors were calculated and applied to the projected normal year demands:
⚫ RUWMP Participating Agencies: The ratio of water utilized by the seven Participating Agencies during 2021 (94,504 AF) to their historical average (83,031 AF) yielded a higher scaling factor of 114 percent.
⚫ Regional Total (All Agencies): The ratio of water utilized by all 13 agencies during the historical single dry year of 2021 (156,297 AF) to the historical average (144,907 AF) yielded a scaling factor of 108 percent.

These respective scaling factors (114% and 108%) were applied to the projected normal year demands to forecast the elevated water demands during future single dry years. As shown in Table 5-3 and Table 5-4, the Region possesses the physical and contractual capacity to completely fulfill these elevated demands, indicating total reliability during all future Single Dry Year events modeled through 2050. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 78
Table 5-3. Single Dry Year Supply and Demand (RUWMP Participating Agencies) (Acre-Feet) Category 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050
Local Groundwater 35,847 36,619 36,077 35,336 34,402
Recycled Water1 5,757 5,841 5,908 5,957 5,990
Surface Water 1,925 1,906 1,877 1,839 1,793
Imported Water (TVMWD/MWD) 47,793 42,339 40,925 40,615 40,586 Imported Water (Other)2 2,835 5,701 5,677 5,646 5,606
Projected Total Supply 94,157 92,406 90,464 89,393 88,377 Projected Total Demand 94,157 92,406 90,464 89,393 88,377

2. This category represents water supplies purchased, transferred, or imported from entities other than TVMWD/MWD (described in Section 3.1.4).

Table 5-4. Single Dry Year Supply and Demand (Regional Total – All Agencies) (Acre-Feet) Category 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050
Local Groundwater 71,050 71,781 71,267 70,592 69,707
Recycled Water1 8,292 8,372 8,436 8,482 8,513
Surface Water 2,741 2,723 2,696 2,660 2,616
Imported Water (TVMWD/MWD) 65,614 60,629 59,321 59,059 59,031 Imported Water (Other)2 17,515 20,231 20,208 20,178 20,141 Projected Total Supply 165,212 163,736 161,928 160,972 160,009 Projected Total Demand 165,212 163,736 161,928 160,972 160,009

3. To accurately reflect the separation of the Region's potable and non-potable distribution systems, it is assumed that projected Recycled Water supply strictly equals Recycled Water demand for non-potable uses. All other water supplies listed in this table are utilized exclusively to meet potable demands. There is no crossover of non-potable supplies to meet potable demands.

4. This category represents water supplies purchased, transferred, or imported from entities other than TVMWD/MWD (described in Section 3.1.4).

5.2.3. Five-Consecutive Dry Year and Drought Risk (2026-2030) Assessments In accordance with California Water Code Section 10635(b), the evaluation of a drought lasting five consecutive water years serves as the Region's statutory Drought Risk Assessment (DRA). This assessment verifies the near-term resiliency of the Region's cyclic storage mechanisms and wholesale contracts by stress-testing the limits of aquifer drawdown and reservoir depletion over the immediate five-year planning horizon (2026 through 2030).

To estimate demands during a five-consecutive-year drought, the Region utilized the historical drought sequence from 2018 through 2022. The ratio of water utilized in each of these years was compared to the 2021-2025 historical average to yield specific annual scaling factors. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 79
⚫ RUWMP Participating Agencies: The historical water demand sequence yielded scaling factors of 112 percent, 102 percent, 107 percent, 114 percent, and 107 percent for years one through five.
⚫ Regional Total (All Agencies): The historical water demand sequence yielded scaling factors of 112 percent, 102 percent, 107 percent, 108 percent, and 104 percent for years one through five of the drought, respectively.

These sequences of scaling factors were applied to the projected normal year demands to forecast the fluctuating, but consistently elevated, demands of a multi-year drought.

As shown in Table 5-5 and Table 5-6, because the Region’s groundwater basins are managed holistically using OSY, agencies are legally and physically permitted to intentionally draw down aquifer levels during a prolonged five-year drought starting in 2026, balancing the overdraft with replenishment during subsequent wet years. Consequently, backed by MWD's surface reservoirs and local groundwater banks, the Region projects sufficient supply capacity to meet these scaled demands across a five-year drought horizon through 2030.

Table 5-5. Regional Drought Risk Assessment (2026-2030) Supply and Demand by Source (RUWMP Participating Agencies) (Acre-Feet)
Category 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030
Local Groundwater 35,241 32,127 33,642 35,847 33,634
Recycled Water1 5,660 5,160 5,403 5,757 5,402
Surface Water 1,893 1,725 1,807 1,925 1,806
Imported Water (TVMWD/MWD) 46,986 42,834 44,853 47,793 44,843 Imported Water (Other)2 2,787 2,541 2,661 2,835 2,660
Projected Total Supply 92,567 84,387 88,365 94,157 88,346 Projected Total Demand 92,567 84,387 88,365 94,157 88,346

2. This category represents water supplies purchased, transferred, or imported from entities other than TVMWD/MWD (described in Section 3.1.4).
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 80
Table 5-6. Regional Drought Risk Assessment (2026-2030) Supply and Demand by Source (Regional Total – All Agencies) (Acre-Feet)
Category 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030
Local Groundwater 73,708 67,194 70,361 71,050 68,201
Recycled Water1 8,602 7,842 8,212 8,292 7,960
Surface Water 2,844 2,592 2,715 2,741 2,631
Imported Water (TVMWD/MWD) 68,069 62,054 64,978 65,614 62,983 Imported Water (Other)2 18,170 16,565 17,345 17,515 16,813 Projected Total Supply 171,393 156,247 163,612 165,212 158,588 Projected Total Demand 171,393 156,247 163,612 165,212 158,588

2. This category represents water supplies purchased, transferred, or imported from entities other than TVMWD/MWD (described in Section 3.1.4).

While Table 5-5 and Table 5-6 illustrate the detailed shift in supply sources for the 2030 horizon, Table 5-7 and
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 81
Table 5-8 demonstrate the Region's total supply reliability across all five-year drought horizons through 2050.

Table 5-7. Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand (RUWMP Participating Agencies) (Acre-Feet) Sequence Year Category 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050
First Year Projected Supply 92,567 90,845 88,936 87,884 86,885 Projected Demand 92,567 90,845 88,936 87,884 86,885
Surplus / Deficit 0 0 0 0 0
Second Year Projected Supply 84,387 82,817 81,077 80,118 79,207 Projected Demand 84,387 82,817 81,077 80,118 79,207
Surplus / Deficit 0 0 0 0 0
Third Year Projected Supply 88,365 86,721 84,898 83,894 82,940 Projected Demand 88,365 86,721 84,898 83,894 82,940
Surplus / Deficit 0 0 0 0 0
Fourth Year Projected Supply 94,157 92,406 90,464 89,393 88,377 Projected Demand 94,157 92,406 90,464 89,393 88,377
Surplus / Deficit 0 0 0 0 0
Fifth Year Projected Supply 88,346 86,702 84,880 83,876 82,922 Projected Demand 88,346 86,702 84,880 83,876 82,922
Surplus / Deficit 0 0 0 0 0
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 82
Table 5-8. Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand (Regional Total - All Agencies) (Acre-Feet) Sequence Year Category 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050
First Year Projected Supply 171,393 169,861 167,985 166,994 165,995 Projected Demand 171,393 169,861 167,985 166,994 165,995 Surplus / Deficit 0 0 0 0 0
Second Year Projected Supply 156,247 154,851 153,141 152,237 151,326 Projected Demand 156,247 154,851 153,141 152,237 151,326 Surplus / Deficit 0 0 0 0 0
Third Year Projected Supply 163,612 162,149 160,359 159,412 158,458 Projected Demand 163,612 162,149 160,359 159,412 158,458 Surplus / Deficit 0 0 0 0 0
Fourth Year Projected Supply 165,212 163,736 161,928 160,972 160,009 Projected Demand 165,212 163,736 161,928 160,972 160,009 Surplus / Deficit 0 0 0 0 0
Fifth Year Projected Supply 158,588 157,171 155,435 154,518 153,593 Projected Demand 158,588 157,171 155,435 154,518 153,593 Surplus / Deficit 0 0 0 0 0
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 83

6. References
California Department of Finance (DOF). (2025, May). E-5 Population and Housing Estimates for Cities, Counties, and the State, 2020-2025. Demographic Research Unit, Sacramento, CA.

California Department of Water Resources (DWR). (2016, February). Methodologies for Calculating Baseline and Compliance Urban Per Capita Water Use. Sacramento, CA.

California Department of Water Resources (DWR). (2025, December). 2025 State Water Project Delivery Capability Report. Sacramento, CA.

California Department of Water Resources (DWR) (2026a, February). Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook, State of California Natural Resources Agency.

California Department of Water Resources (DWR). (2026b). California Irrigation Management Information System (CIMIS) Station 78 - Pomona. Accessed February 2026.

Chino Basin Watermaster. (2020, October). Optimum Basin Management Program (OBMP) Update.

The OBMP Update is available at this link.

City of Irwindale. (2025, January). Final Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration for 14005 Live Oak Avenue Project. Available at: The Final IS/MND is available at this link.

Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board (LARWQCB). (2014, September). Water Quality Control Plan, Los Angeles Region (Basin Plan for the Coastal Watersheds of Los Angeles and Ventura Counties). The Water Quality Control Plan is available at this link.

Main San Gabriel Basin Watermaster. (2023). Five-Year Water Quality and Supply Plan (2023-2028).

Azusa, CA.

Main San Gabriel Basin Watermaster. (2025, May). Final Determination of Operating Safe Yield for 2025- 26 Through 2029-30. Available at: The Final Determination is available at this link.

Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (MWD). (2025). Rate Structure Administrative Procedures Handbook (FY24/25). The 2024 to 2025 handbook is available at this link.

Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (MWD). (2026a, January). Rate Structure Administrative Procedures Handbook (FY25/26).

The 2025 to 2026 handbook is available at this link.

Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (MWD). (2026b, February). 2025 Urban Water Management Plan. The MWD 2025 UWMP is available at this link. 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 84
Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (MWD), Inland Empire Utilities Agency (IEUA), Chino Basin Watermaster, and Three Valleys Municipal Water District (TVMWD). (2003, June). Chino Basin Dry-Year Yield Program Agreement.

The MWD, IEUA, TVWMD agreement is available at this link.

Puente Basin Water Agency (PBWA). (2023, December). Final TM-1: Conceptual Understanding of Puente Basin Technical Memorandum. The technical memorandum is available at this link.

Puente Basin Water Agency (PBWA). (2024a, March). Final TM-2: Goals and Concepts for Improved Basin Management Technical Memorandum. The technical memorandum is available at this link.

Puente Basin Water Agency (PBWA). (2024b, October). Minutes Of Meeting Of The Board Of Commissioners Of Puente Basin Water Agency.

The PBWA board meeting minutes are available at this link.

Puente Basin Water Agency (PBWA). (2025, June). Final TM-3: Basin Management Alternatives for the Puente Basin Groundwater Management Plan.

The final PBWA technical memorandum is available at his link.

San Bernardino County Superior Court. (2017, April 28). Order Regarding Safe Yield Reset (Case No.

RCVRS 51010).

San Gabriel Valley Economic Partnership and California State Polytechnic University, Pomona (SGVEP & Cal Poly Pomona). (2025). 2025 San Gabriel Valley Economic Forecast.

Santa Ana Regional Water Quality Control Board (SARWQCB). (2025, April). Water Quality Control Plan for the Santa Ana River Basin. The SARWQCB plan is available at his link.

Six Basins Watermaster. (2025, March). 2024 Annual Watermaster Report.

The Six Basins report is available at his link.

Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG). (2024). Connect SoCal 2024: The 2024-2050 Regional Transportation Plan/Sustainable Communities Strategy. Los Angeles, CA.

Spadra Basin Groundwater Sustainability Agency (GSA). (2022, January). Groundwater Sustainability Plan for the Spadra Basin. Prepared by West Yost Associates.

The Spadra Basin GSA is available at his link.

State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB). (2020a, October). Order Approving Change in Place of Use, Purpose of Use, and Quantity of Discharge (Wastewater Change Petition WW0104).

The SWRCB 2020a Order is available at this link.

State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB). (2020b, October). Order Approving Change in Place of Use, Purpose of Use, and Quantity of Discharge (Wastewater Change Petition WW0107). The SWRCB 2020b Order is available at this link.
2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan
Three Valleys Municipal Water District
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 85
State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB). (2024). Making Conservation a California Way of Life Regulation. Adopted July 3, 2024. Sacramento, CA.

The SWRCB 2024 regulation is available at this link.

Three Valleys Municipal Water District (TVMWD). (2024a, July). Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment. [Unpublished internal report]. Three Valleys Municipal Water District, Claremont, CA. Available upon request.

Three Valleys Municipal Water District (TVMWD). (2024b, November). Annual Comprehensive Financial Report for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2024.

The TVMWD annual report is available at this link.

Three Valleys Municipal Water District (TVMWD). (2025, February). Water Resources Master Plan.

The TVMWD 2018-2023 master plan is available at this link.

U.S. Census Bureau. (2024). American Community Survey (ACS) 5-Year Estimates, 2018-2023. Accessed via the California Department of Water Resources Disadvantaged Communities (DAC) Mapping Tool.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). (2024, April). PFAS National Primary Drinking Water Regulation. Washington, D.C.

U.S. Geological Survey (USGS). (2026). National Water Information System data (USGS Water Data for the Nation), Gage 11085000. The USGS regulation is available at this link.

THREE VALLEYS REGIONAL URBAN

WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN
Local Agency
Urban Water Management Plans

PUBLIC REVIEW DRAFT
2025 Part 2:

APRIL 2026
2025 RUWMP
City of Glendora
2025 Urban Water Management Plan
Part 2 Chapter 2:

APRIL 2026
Prepared by GEI Consultants, Inc. and Water Systems Consulting, Inc. 2025 Urban Water Management Plan: Individual Chapter
City of Glendora
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. i
Table of Contents
Acronyms and Abbreviations ...................................................................................iv Individual UWMP..........................................................................................................vi

1. System Description............................................................................................1

1.1. Service Area 3

1.1.1. Population, Demographics, and Socioeconomics 3

1.1.2. Land Use 4

2. Water Use..............................................................................................................5

2.1. Water Use by Sector 5

2.1.1. Water Use Sectors Listed in Water Code 5

2.1.2. Past and Current Water Use 6

2.1.3. Distribution System Water Losses 6

2.2. Projected Water Use 10

2.3. Climate Change Considerations 12

3. SB X7-7 Compliance & Future Water Use Efficiency
Requirements ...................................................................................................13

3.1. Compliance and Future Water Use Efficiency Requirements 13

4. Water Supply.....................................................................................................14

4.1. Purchased or Imported Water 14

4.1.1. Three Valleys Municipal Water District 14

4.1.2. Covina Valley Water Company 14

4.2. Groundwater 14

4.2.1. Main San Gabriel Basin 15

4.3. Surface Water 15

4.4. Stormwater 15

4.5. Wastewater and Recycled Water 16

4.5.1. Potential, Current, and Projected Recycled Water Uses 16

4.6. Water Exchanges and Transfers 18

4.7. Future Water Projects 18

4.8. Summary of Existing and Planned Sources of Water 19

4.9. Energy Intensity of Water Supplies 20

5. Water Service Reliability Assessment......................................................22

5.1. Constraints on Water Sources 22

5.2. Year Type Characterization 22

5.3. Water Service Reliability 24
2025 Urban Water Management Plan: Individual Chapter
City of Glendora
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. ii

6. Drought Risk Assessment.............................................................................26

6.1. Data, Methods, and Basis for Water Shortage Conditions 26

6.2. DRA Water Source Reliability 26

6.3. Total Water Supply and Use Comparison 26

7. Water Shortage Contingency Plan .............................................................28

8. Demand Management Measures................................................................29

8.1. Existing Demand Management Measures 29

8.1.1. Water Waste Prevention Ordinances 29

8.1.2. Metering 29

8.1.3. Conservation Pricing 30

8.1.4. Public Education and Outreach 30

8.1.5. Programs to Assess and Manage Distribution System Real Losses 31

8.1.6. Water Conservation Program Coordination and Staffing Support 31

8.1.7. Other Demand Management Measures 32

8.1.7.1. Large Landscape Conservation Programs 32

8.1.7.2. Rebate Programs 32

8.1.7.3. Conservation Programs for Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional Accounts 32

8.1.7.4. Smart Water Meter Program 33

8.1.7.5. Free Water Conservation Programs 33

8.1.8. Implementation to Achieve Water Use Targets 33

9. Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation.............................................34

9.1. Notice of Public Hearing 34

9.2. Public Hearing and Adoption 34

9.3. Plan Submittal 34

9.4. Public Availability 34

9.5. Amending an Adopted UWMP or WSCP 35

10. References .........................................................................................................36 List of Tables
Table 1-1. Current and Projected Population 3
Table 1-2. SCAG Household and Employment Projections for Water Service Area 4 Table 2-1. Fiscal Year 2021-2025 Connections by Customer Class 6 Table 2-2. DWR 4-1R Actual Demands for Water, 2025, AFY 6 Table 2-3. DWR 4-5R Month Water Loss Audit Reporting 7
Table 2-4. Calculated Water Loss 9
Table 2-5. DWR 4-6R Progress Towards 2028 Water Loss Standard 9 Table 2-6. DWR 4-2R Projected Demands for Water Use, AFY 11 Table 2-7. DWR 4-3R Inclusion in Water Use Projections 12 2025 Urban Water Management Plan: Individual Chapter
City of Glendora
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. iii
Table 3-1. SB X7-7 2020 Target Progress 13
Table 4-1. DWR 6-1R Groundwater Pumped Last Five Years (AF) 15 Table 4-2. DWR 6-2R Wastewater Collected within Service Area in 2025 (AF) 17 Table 4-3. DWR 6-8R Actual Water Supplies in 2025 (AF) 19 Table 4-4. DWR 6-9R Projected Water Supplies (AF) 20
Table 5-1. DWR 7-1R Basis of Water Year Data 23
Table 5-2. DWR 7-2R Normal Year Supply and Demand Comparison (AF) 25 Table 5-3. DWR 7-3R Single Dry Year Supply and Demand Comparison (AF) 25 Table 5-4. DWR 7-4R Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison 25 Table 6-1. DWR 7-5 Five-Year Drought Risk Assessment (AF) 27 List of Figures
Figure 1-1. Service Area 2
Figure 2-1. Historical and Projected Demands 11
Figure 4-1. The City Projected Supply and Demand Comparison (AF) 20 Appendices
Part 4 of the 2025 RUMWP Appendix B contains Agency Supporting Information. 2025 Urban Water Management Plan: Individual Chapter
City of Glendora
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. iv
Acronyms and Abbreviations
Acronym Description
AB1668 Assembly Bill 1668
AF Acre-feet
AFY acre-feet per year
AWWA American Water Works Association
CEC Contaminants of Emerging Concern
cfs cubic feet per second
CIC Covina Irrigating Company
CII Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional
City City of Glendora
CRA Colorado River Aqueduct
CVWC Covina Valley Water Company
CWC California Water Code
CWOL Making Conservation a California Way of Life
DCP Drought Contingency Plan
DIM Dedicated Irrigation Meters
DMM demand management measure
DRA Drought Risk Assessment
DWR California Department of Water Resources
DWR Department of Water Resources
FY Fiscal year
GHG greenhouse gas
GIS geographic information systems
GPCD gallons per capita per day
gpmd gallons per mile of pipe per day
gpscd gallons per service connection per day
GRIP Groundwater Reliability Improvement Program
GRIP+ Groundwater Reliability Improvement Program (Plus) GSP Groundwater Sustainability Plan
HECW high-efficiency clothes washing
HVAC Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
kWh kilowatt-hours
LACSD Los Angeles County Sanitation Districts
MAF million acre-feet
MGD million gallons per day
MWD Metropolitan Water District of Southern California
OSY Operating Safe Yield
PFAS Per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances
PHET premium high-efficiency toilets
RHNA Regional Housing Needs Assessment
2025 Urban Water Management Plan: Individual Chapter
City of Glendora
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. v
RUWMP Regional Urban Water Management Plan
SB X7-7 Senate Bill X7-7
SB606 Senate Bill 606
SBX7-7 Senate Bill 7 of the 2009 Special Session
SCAG Southern California Association of Governments
SGMA Sustainable Groundwater Management Act
SJCWRP San Jose Creek Water Reclamation Plant
SWP State Water Project
UWMP Urban Water Management Plan
UWUO Urban Water Use Objectives
VHWC Valencia Heights Water Company
VOC Volatile Organic Compounds
WRMP Water Resources Master Plan
WSCP Water Shortage Contingency Plan
WUE Water Use Efficiency
WWTP Wastewater Treatment Plant
2025 Urban Water Management Plan: Individual Chapter
City of Glendora
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. vi
Individual UWMP
This chapter describes information specific to the City of Glendora (City), including its supplies, demands, and water use efficiency programs. The information and analysis provided in this chapter supplements the regional information presented in Part 1 of the 2025 Regional Urban Water Management Plan (RUWMP) and is provided to fulfill the City of Glendora’s reporting requirements for 2025 under the UWMP Act.

The regional analyses described in Part 1 (Regional Context) of the 2025 RUWMP were conducted using a consistent analytical framework, assumptions, and methodologies that are directly applicable to the City of Glendora. The City relies on Part 1 of the RUWMP for the lay description, regional water supply availability, and the underlying technical methodology used to evaluate water supply reliability under normal, single dry-year, multiple dry-year, and five-year drought stress-test conditions.

The water supply reliability assessment and Drought Risk Assessment (DRA) applicable to the City’s Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) are presented in plain language in Part 1 of the 2025 RUWMP, specifically within Chapter 5.

Building upon that regional foundation, the City-specific supply and demand comparisons are presented in the tables within this UWMP. Unless otherwise noted, the conclusions of the regional water supply reliability assessment and DRA are directly applicable to the City and satisfy the requirements of the Urban Water Management Planning Act and the 2025 UWMP Guidebook. A completed DWR UWMP Compliance Checklist for the City is provided in Part 4, Appendix B-1. 2025 Urban Water Management Plan: Individual Chapter
City of Glendora
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 1

1. System Description
This section describes the City’s water system, service area, population demographics, local climate, and land uses.

The City was founded in 1887 and was officially incorporated in 1911. It is located at the base of the San Gabriel Mountains, in the eastern portion of Los Angeles County, approximately 30 miles from downtown Los Angeles. The City’s service area covers approximately 11 square miles and is bounded by the Cities of Azusa to the west, Covina to the south and San Dimas and unincorporated portions of Los Angeles County to the east. The location of the City’s service area is shown in Figure 1-1.

The City is governed by a five-member City Council. Council members are elected by district for four-year terms, and the Mayor is selected each year by vote of the Council. The City Manager is appointed by the City Council. Other City managerial positions are filled by the City Manager. The Water Division manager is directly responsible for the operation and management of the City’s water system.

The City’s water system is comprised of smaller water companies which historically were formed to support the citrus-producing community until the late 1950s, when agriculture gave way to large scale residential development. The City acquired the Glendora Water Company in 1915, the Glendora Independent Water Company in 1956, and the Glendora Irrigating Company in 1965.

The City’s primary water supply is groundwater produced from eight active wells. Wells 5‑E, 8‑E, 9‑E, and 12‑E are located in the Upper San Gabriel Canyon Sub‑basin, and Wells 2‑E, 10‑E, 11‑E, and 13‑E are located in the Glendora Sub‑basin of the Main San Gabriel Basin. The City’s distribution system consists of twelve pressure zones supplied by reservoirs, three zones served by hydro‑pneumatic systems, and one zone supplied through a pressure‑reducing station. The system elevations range from approximately 700 feet above sea level, to an elevation of 1,500 feet above sea level.

To supplement local groundwater, the City maintains three treated‑water connections with Three Valleys Municipal Water District (TVMWD) for imported Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (MWD) supplies and one connection with Covina Valley Water Company (CVWC) for treated local surface water and groundwater. The City also has the capability to receive untreated imported water from TVMWD, as well as from the Upper San Gabriel Valley Municipal Water District (Upper District) to serve portions of the City’s service area that lie outside the TVMWD boundary, for groundwater replenishment.
2025 Urban Water Management Plan: Individual Chapter
City of Glendora
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 2
Figure 1-1. Service Area
2025 Urban Water Management Plan: Individual Chapter
City of Glendora
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 3

1.1. Service Area
The City of Glendora is a retail public water supplier that meets the definition of an urban water supplier with 14,053 municipal water service connections in 2024. The City’s service area is shown in Figure 1-1.

The regional climate, which includes the City’s service area, is described in Part 1 Chapter 2 of the 2025 RUWMP.

1.1.1. Population, Demographics, and Socioeconomics
Estimates of population served by the City are based on the 2020 U.S. Census Bureau and the Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) (Southern California Association of Governments, 2024). A geographic information systems (GIS) analysis of 2020 Census data was used to determine the City’s 2020 service area population, which was 45,710. The 2020 population and the number of residential connections served by the City in 2020 were used to derive a 2020 persons per residential connection factor of 3.3. This factor was then multiplied by the City’s number of residential connections in 2025 to estimate the 2025 population served by the City. To project the population served by the City from 2030 to 2050, average annual population growth rates from SCAG projections were applied to this 2025 estimate. A GIS analysis of SCAG projection data was used to determine the SCAG growth rate specific to the City’s service area. SCAG projected an increase in population from 2019 to 2035 averaging 0.15% per year and from 2035 to 2050 averaging 0.03% per year. Estimated current and projected populations of the City’s service area are included in Table 1-1.

Table 1-1. Current and Projected Population
Population Served 2025 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050
Total 45,593 45,943 46,294 46,368 46,441 46,515
The estimated 2025 and projected future number of households and employees within the service area were estimated using the same approach as population. SCAG projected an increase in households from 2019 to 2035 averaging 0.54% per year and from 2035 to 2050 averaging 0.12% per year. SCAG projected an increase in employment from 2019 to 2035 averaging 0.16% per year and from 2035 to 2050 averaging 0.05% per year, as shown in Table 1-2.

According to U.S. Census Bureau QuickFacts from 2024, the median household income in the City is $113,569. The City’s poverty rate is 7%. The City is 47% white alone, 12% Asian alone, 3% black alone, 22% two or more races, and 39% Hispanic or Latino. The average commute to work for workers at least 16 years of age is 33 minutes, which indicates that most jobs are local (United States Census Bureau, 2024). According to 2024 U.S. Census Bureau QuickFacts, the City’s population is made up of 17% of seniors (65 years and over), 22% of persons under 18 years, and 5% of persons under 5 years. (United States Census Bureau, 2024). Table 1-2 provides employment and household projections for the City’s water service area based on SCAG GIS data intersected with the water service area. 2025 Urban Water Management Plan: Individual Chapter
City of Glendora
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 4
Table 1-2. SCAG Household and Employment Projections for Water Service Area Category 2025 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050
Households 16,886 17,341 17,796 17,904 18,012 18,120
Employees 19,466 19,623 19,781 19,830 19,878 19,927

1.1.2. Land Use
Per the Fiscal Year (FY) 2024-2025 Three Valleys Municipal Water District Assessed Service Area by Land Use, the City of Glendora’s land use distribution by parcel count is as follows:
⚫ Single-Family Residential: 81%
⚫ Multi-Family Residential and Condominiums: 12%
⚫ Mobile Homes: <1%
⚫ Commercial: 3%
⚫ Churches: <1%
⚫ Industrial: 1%
⚫ Recreational Camping Facilities: <1%
⚫ Vacant Residential: 3%
⚫ Vacant Non-Residential: 1%
2025 Urban Water Management Plan: Individual Chapter
City of Glendora
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 5

2. Water Use
This section describes the current and projected water uses within the City’s service area.

2.1. Water Use by Sector

2.1.1. Water Use Sectors Listed in Water Code
Water suppliers are required to identify water uses to the extent that records are available, for at least each of the water use sectors identified in CWC 10631(d) to assist in the water demand projections.

The City serves the following water uses:

Single Family Residential
Single family residential customers are typically on a lot with a free-standing building containing one dwelling unit that may include a detached secondary dwelling.

Multi-Family Residential
Multi-family residential customers are typically multiple dwelling units within one building or several buildings within one complex.

Landscape Irrigation
City tracks the water use for landscape irrigation.

Commercial/Institutional
The City tracks commercial and institutional customer water uses as one.

Government
Government water customers are typically public services, such as higher-education institutions, schools, courts, churches, hospitals, government facilities, and nonprofit research institutions.

Losses
Distribution system water losses are the water losses from the point of water entry to the distribution system to the delivery point to the customer’s system. Water losses are discussed in Section 2.1.3.

The number of active connections is shown in Table 2-1. 2025 Urban Water Management Plan: Individual Chapter
City of Glendora
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 6
Table 2-1. Fiscal Year 2021-2025 Connections by Customer Class Customer Class 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
Residential – Single Family 12,906 12,973 12,973 12,973 12,243 Residential – Multi-Family 391 222 222 222 222
Landscape Irrigation 47 42 42 42 58
Industrial - - - - 32
Commercial 706 816 816 816 879
Agricultural - - - - -
Total 14,050 14,053 14,053 14,053 13,434

2.1.2. Past and Current Water Use
The City serves potable water for a variety of uses, as summarized in Table 2-2. Over the past five years, the City served an average of 8,373 AFY of potable water. In 2025, 81% of the total potable water deliveries were to residential customers. The City has no current recycled water demands. Table 2-2 shows the annual volume of potable water used by each customer class for 2025.

Table 2-2. DWR 4-1R Actual Demands for Water, 2025, AFY Use Type Potable or Non-Potable (optional) 2025 Volume
Single Family Potable 6,710
Multi-Family Potable 445
Commercial Potable 1,161
Landscape Potable 343
Sales to other agencies Potable 18
Distribution System Water Loss Potable 1,436
Total 10,113

2.1.3. Distribution System Water Losses
Distribution system water losses are the physical potable water losses from the point of water entry to the distribution system to the point of delivery to the customer’s system. Water loss can result from aging infrastructure, leaks, seepage, theft, metering inaccuracies, data handling errors, and other causes.

Addressing water losses can increase water supplies and recover revenue. The City monitors its water loss and prepares an annual American Water Works Association (AWWA) Water Audit to estimate the volume of water loss. The City reports their AWWA Water Audit using a FY calendar. The City has submitted all required water loss audits to the State, as shown in Table 2-3. Copies of the City’s recent AWWA audits are provided in Part 4, Appendix B-6.
2025 Urban Water Management Plan: Individual Chapter
City of Glendora
April 2026
GEI Consultants, Inc. 7
Table 2-3. DWR 4-5R Month Water Loss Audit Reporting
Public Water System ID # Reported in
DWR Table 2-1R
Reporting Period Submitted to DWR Water Loss
Audit Program
CA1910044 2020 Yes
2021 Yes
2022 Yes
2023 Yes
2024 Yes
2025 Yes
DWR Notes:
2020 AWWA: Glendora City of - Validated Water Audit - FY19-20.xlsx 2021 AWWA: City of Glendora FY 20-21 - Validated Audit- Final.xlsx 2022 AWWA: Glendora City of - Validated Audit FY22.xlsx 2023 AWWA: Glendora - FY2023 Validated Audit- FINAL.xlsx 2024 AWWA: Glendora FY2024 - Validated Audit- Final.xlsx 2025 AWWA: Glendora-FY2025- Validated - Final.xlsx
CWC Section 10608.34 required the State Water Resources Control Board (State Board) to develop water loss performance standards for urban retail water suppliers to minimize water waste through system leaks. Water loss performance standards were developed through a rulemaking that became effective in 2023. Under the regulations, each supplier will be required to comply, by 2028, with an individualized volumetric water loss standard based on real loss, using the economic model developed by the State Board and the supplier’s own unique data. Real loss is the physical loss of water from water distribution systems, as opposed to apparent losses, which are revenue losses due to meter inaccuracies, billing errors or unauthorized consumption. A supplier’s baseline water loss is calculated as the average water loss from at least 3 of the 4 water loss audits from 2017 – 2020. The real water loss performance standard is based on gallons per service connection per day (gpscd), or gallons per mile of pipe per day (gpmd), depending on how the supplier reports real loss. Post-2028 compliance with volumetric water loss standards will be assessed every three years based on the average of the supplier’s real loss from the preceding three years, with an allowed variation of 5 gallons per connection per day above the supplier’s water loss standard. Apparent loss standards are equal to the baseline apparent loss and compliance is evaluated at the same time as compliance with the Real Water Loss Performance Standard.

Glendora City CouncilJune 9, 2026

Glendora City Council
June 9, 2026